SSAC Catalog
TIMERS,
FLASHERS &
EQUIPMENT
CONTROLS
CATALOG
Timers • Flashers • Liquid Level Controls • Alternating Relays
Current Sensors/Transducers • Voltage/Phase Monitors • Indicators
We Are The GLOBAL EXPERTS in
Electrical Safety and Productivity
Global Resources for A Global Market
From mining installations in Chile to semiconductor
fabrication plants in Taiwan, customers trust Littelfuse
electrical safety products and services to keep systems
running and workers protected.
Trollhättan
Calgary
Bellingham
Rapid City
Chicago
Champaign
Piedras Negras
Muzquiz
Kaunas
Roskilde
Norwich
Swindon
Bremen
Saskatoon
Winnipeg
Lake Mills
Baldwinsville
Boston
Noida
Matamoros
Our innovation, proven technical expertise, broad portfolio
of products and services and global resources enable us
to provide objective, comprehensive solutions for each
unique application.
Wuxi
Suzhou
Dongguan
Shenzhen
Seoul
Shanghai
Taipei
Yokohama
Hong Kong
Lipa City
Singapore
São Paulo
nnArc-Flash Relays
nnGenerator Control & Protection
nnVoltage/Phase Monitors
nnNeutral-Grounding Resistors
nnEngine Control & Diagnostics
nnAlternating Relays
nnMulti-Function Relays
nnAlarm Monitors
nnPump Controllers
nnVoltage Protection
nnCustom Power Centers
nnLoad Sensors
nnFuses and Fuse Holders
nnEnhanced Overload Relays
nnTimers
WWW.SSAC.COM
SSAC Now Part of Littelfuse
Littelfuse acquired SSAC in 2014. Since 1968, SSAC, an ISO9001
certified and RoHS lead free compliant company, has been a leader
in the design and manufacturing of timers, flashers and control
products (commercial appliances, metering pumps, lab and test
equipment, dairy equipment, boiler controls, HVAC/R controls,
coin vending controls, pumping, motor and compressor relays, and
controls for an assortment of process industries). SSAC is known
for its reliable designs that provide long service lives with low
maintenance costs. These reliable designs allow SSAC to back
products with an industry leading 10-year warranty.
Looking for a control board designed specifically to maximize a
product’s functionality and eliminate extra wiring and setup costs?
SSAC has over 30 years of experience designing and manufacturing
custom control solutions. Our team of knowledgeable application
engineers work with your engineering team to create custom
controllers that reduce component cost and assembly time,
eliminate unused features and provide system intelligence not
possible when using individual components.
Littelfuse products are certified to many standards around the world. To check certifications on specific product
please refer to the product datasheet on Littelfuse.com.
Index
Accessories ............................... 149
AF .............................................. 107
ARP ........................................... 135
ASQU .......................................... 18
ASTU ........................................... 18
CT .............................................. 101
DCSA......................................... 126
DLMU .........................................111
DSQU .......................................... 19
DSTU ........................................... 19
ECS ........................................... 122
ECSW ........................................ 123
ERD3 ........................................... 82
ERDI ............................................ 58
ERDM .......................................... 25
ESD5 ........................................... 95
ESDR........................................... 86
FA155 ........................................ 137
FA165 ........................................ 137
FB120A, FB230A....................... 138
FB9L .......................................... 141
FS100 ........................................ 105
FS126 ........................................ 104
FS155 ........................................ 137
FS165 ........................................ 137
FS200 ........................................ 105
FS300 ........................................ 106
FS400 ........................................ 106
FS500 ........................................ 107
FSU ........................................... 104
HLMU ........................................ 112
HLV............................................ 119
HRD3 ........................................... 81
HRD9 ........................................... 67
HRDB .......................................... 44
HRDI ............................................ 70
HRDM .......................................... 24
HRDR .......................................... 80
HRDS .......................................... 57
HRID .............................................. 5
HRIS .............................................. 6
HRIU .............................................. 7
HRPD ............................................ 5
HRPS............................................. 6
HRPU ............................................ 7
HSPZ ............................................. 8
HRV ........................................... 102
KRD3 ........................................... 84
KRD9 ........................................... 68
KRDB........................................... 46
KRDI ............................................ 71
KRDM .......................................... 27
KRDR .......................................... 83
KRDS........................................... 60
KRPD............................................. 3
KRPS ............................................. 4
KSD1 ........................................... 33
KSD2 ........................................... 76
KSD3 ........................................... 91
KSD4 ........................................... 39
KSDB ........................................... 50
KSDR........................................... 88
KSDS ........................................... 64
KSDU........................................... 28
KSPD ............................................. 9
KSPS ........................................... 10
KSPU ........................................... 11
KVM ........................................... 120
LCS............................................ 127
LLC1 .......................................... 129
LLC2 .......................................... 130
LLC4 .......................................... 131
LLC5 .......................................... 132
LLC6 .......................................... 133
LLC8 .......................................... 134
LPM ........................................... 127
MSM ............................................ 36
NHPD .......................................... 12
NHPS........................................... 13
NHPU .......................................... 14
NLF ............................................ 147
ORB ............................................. 45
ORM ............................................ 26
ORS ............................................. 59
PCR ........................................... 143
PHS ........................................... 148
PLM ........................................... 114
PLMU......................................... 113
PLR............................................ 117
PLS ............................................ 118
PRLB ........................................... 43
PRLM........................................... 23
PRLS ........................................... 56
PTHF ........................................... 92
RS................................................ 85
SC3/4......................................... 108
SCR430T ...................................140
SCR490D .................................. 139
SCR630T ................................... 140
SCR9L ....................................... 142
SIR............................................. 145
SLR............................................ 146
SQ3/4 .......................................... 93
T2D .............................................. 97
TA .............................................. 99
TAC1 .......................................... 96
TAC4 ........................................... 98
TCS ........................................... 124
TCSA ......................................... 125
TDB ............................................. 41
TDBH ........................................... 41
TDBL ........................................... 41
TDI ............................................... 69
TDIH ............................................ 69
TDIL ............................................. 69
TDM ............................................. 21
TDMB .......................................... 94
TDMH .......................................... 21
TDML ........................................... 21
TDR ............................................. 79
TDS ............................................. 54
TDSH ........................................... 54
TDSL ........................................... 54
TDU ............................................. 28
TDUB ........................................... 47
TDUI ............................................ 72
TDUS ........................................... 61
TH1 .............................................. 35
TH2 .............................................. 78
THC ............................................. 66
THD1 ........................................... 32
THD2 ........................................... 74
THD3 ........................................... 89
THD4 ........................................... 38
THD7 ........................................... 52
THDB ........................................... 49
THDM .......................................... 31
THDS ........................................... 63
THS ............................................. 66
TL .............................................. 100
TMV8000 ..................................... 29
TRB ............................................. 42
TRDU ........................................... 16
TRM ............................................. 22
TRS ............................................. 55
TRU ............................................. 17
TS1 .............................................. 34
TS2 .............................................. 77
TS4 .............................................. 40
TS6 .............................................. 77
TSB.............................................. 53
TSD1 ........................................... 30
TSD2 ........................................... 73
TSD3 ........................................... 90
TSD4 ........................................... 37
TSD6 ........................................... 75
TSD7 ........................................... 51
TSDB ........................................... 48
TSDR ........................................... 87
TSDS ........................................... 62
TSS.............................................. 65
TSU2000 ..................................... 29
TVM ........................................... 116
TVW ........................................... 115
WVM .......................................... 110
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Timers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ProgramaCube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Multifunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Dedicated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Flashers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Voltage Monitors & Phase Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Current Sensors & Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Liquid Level Controls & Alternating Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Tower & Obstruction Lighting Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Solid-State Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Appendix A - Timer Functions & Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Appendix B - Dimensional Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Appendix C - Connection Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
1
Series Included
Relay Output - Single
KRPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
KRPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Power Relay Output
Timers (ProgramaCube)
2
HRPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HRPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HRIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HRPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HRIU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
6
6
7
7
Solid-State Output - Dual
HSPZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Solid-State Output
KSPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
KSPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
KSPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Power Solid-State Output
NHPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
NHPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
NHPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer
KRPD Series
Connection:
L1
The KRPD Series is a factory programmed time
delay relay available with 1 of 12 standard dual
functions. The time delays can be factory fixed,
onboard or externally adjustable or a combination
of fixed and adjustable. The SPDT output relay
contacts offer a full 10A rating with complete
isolation. Its microcontroller timing circuit
provides excellent repeat accuracy and stability.
Encapsulation protects against shock, vibration,
and humidity. The KRPD Series is a cost effective
approach for OEM applications that require small
size, isolation, accuracy and long life.
Features:
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional
drawing.
Auxiliary Products:
Output Current/Ambient Temperature:
N/L2
•Choose 1 of 12 standard dual functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Factory programmed
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.5% repeat
accuracy
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•Input voltage from 12 to 240V in 2 ranges
•Delays from 100ms - 1000h in 9 ranges
Approvals:
•External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
• P/N: P1004-95-X
•Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
•Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
•Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
•DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
•DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KRPD12121MB
KRPDA2825AMI
KRPD215S190SMB
KRPDA3232MB
KRPD417M113MRXD
KRPDA3434MB
KRPDA11M14MRXE
KRPDD2121MB
KRPDA175S130SMI
KRPDD3232RXE
KRPDA2222RXE
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NC = Normally Closed
NO = Normally Open
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Untimed Load
A knob is supplied for adjustable units
or RT terminals for external adjust. The
untimed load is optional. S1 is not used
for some functions.
Order Table:
KRPD
X
Input
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC/DC
─D
─ - 12 to 48VDC
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─9
─ - 230VAC
X
First Adjustment
(T1 or RT1)
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
X
First Time Delay*
X
Second Adjustment
(T2 or RT2)
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1-999)
followed by (S) secs., or (M) mins., or (H) hrs.
X
Second Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
MB, MRE, MI, MS,
IRE, BRE, SRE, RXE,
RXD, IM, AMI, SL
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000h in 9 adjustable ranges or fixed (to 999)
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 40ms; 750 operations per minute
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 48VDC; 24 to 240VAC/DC
Tolerance
12 to 48VDC. . . . . . . . . -15% - 20%
24 to 240VAC/DC. . . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . 50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated relay contacts
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 125VAC
5A resistive @ 230VAC & 28VDC
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250VAC
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
3
Timer
KRPS Series
The KRPS Series is a factory programmed time
delay relay available with 1 of 15 functions and
measures only 2 inches square. The KRPS offers
a wide range of fixed, onboard, or externally
adjustable time delays. The output relay contacts
offer a full 10A rating with complete isolation. Its
microcontroller timing circuit provides excellent
repeat accuracy and stability. Encapsulation
protects against shock, vibration, and humidity.
The KRPS Series is a cost effective approach for
OEM applications that require small size, isolation,
accuracy, and long life. Special time ranges and
functions are available.
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional
drawing.
Connection:
L1
Output Current/Ambient Temperature:
N/L2
Features:
•Choose 1 of 15 standard functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Factory programmed
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.5% repeat
accuracy
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•Input voltage from 12 to 240V in 2 ranges
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000h in 9 ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KRPS1110SM
KRPSD10.1SF
KRPS4160MM
KRPSD10.1SM
KRPS425M
KRPSD10.5SS
KRPS913MB
KRPSD12STS
KRPSA10.1SFT
KRPSD13SB
KRPSA10.5SFT
KRPSD21B
KRPSA110SM
KRPSD21M
KRPSA12MM
KRPSD22M
KRPSA12SM
KRPSD22PSD
KRPSA15SM
KRPSD22S
KRPSA21RE
KRPSD24B
KRPSA22B
KRPSD24M
KRPSA22PSD
KRPSD25B
KRPSA24M
KRPSD25S
KRPSA28PSE
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NC = Normally Closed
NO = Normally Open
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Untimed Load
A knob is supplied for adjustable units, or
RT terminals 4 & 5 for external adjust. See
external adjustment vs. time delay chart. The
untimed load is optional. S1 is not used for
some functions.
Order Table:
KRPS
X
Input
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC/DC
─D
─ - 12 to 48VDC
─1
─ - 12VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─9
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
*If fixed delay is selected,
insert delay (0.1-1000)
followed by (S) secs.,
(M) mins., or (H) hrs.
X
Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
M, B, RE, RD, S, SD, I,
TS, US, UB, AM, PSD,
FT, F, SF
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12 to 48VDC. . . . . . . . . . . .
24 to 240VAC/DC . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Microcontroller circuitry
0.1s - 1000h in 9 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±2%
≤ 150ms
≤ 40ms; ≤ 750 operations per minute
≤ ±2%
12 to 48VDC; 24 to 240VAC/DC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Isolated relay contacts
SPDT
10A resistive @ 125VAC
5A resistive @ 230VAC & 28VDC
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Life (Operations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature.. . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250VAC
Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Encapsulated
≥ 1500V RMS input to output
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer
HRID / HRPD Series
The HRID/HRPD Series combines an
electromechanical relay with microcontroller
timing circuitry. It is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 12 standard functions. It offers
12 to 240V operation in two universal ranges and
factory fixed, onboard or externally adjustable time
delays with a repeat accuracy of ±0.5%. The high
switching capacity of the output contacts allow
for direct control of heavy loads like compressors,
pumps, motors, heaters, and lighting. HRPD has
non-isolated SPDT relay contacts, and the HRID
has isolated SPDT relay contacts. An excellent
choice for OEM applications where cost is a
factor. Both offer dual functions in one convenient
package.
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional
drawing.
Connection:
L1
L1
N/L2
N/L2
HRID
HRPD
Relay contacts are
isolated.
Relay contacts are
non-isolated.
Features:
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Factory programmed
•30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•12 to 240V operation in 2 ranges
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000h in 9 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HRPDD2225RXE
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
C = Common
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
HRID /
HRPD
X
Input
─W
─ - 24 to 240VAC
──
24 to 110VDC
─D
─ - 12 to 48VDC
X
First Adjustment
(T1 or RT1)
X
First Time Delay*
X
Second Adjustment
(T2 or RT2)
X
Second Time Delay*
X
Function
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─Specify
─
function
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─1
─ - Fixed
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
Functions:
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─3
─ - External adjust
MB, MRE, MI, MS,
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
IRE, BRE, SRE, RXE,
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
RXD, IM, AMI, SL
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1-999)
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
followed by (S) secs., or (M) mins., or (H) hrs.
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs. Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
2 to 48VDC. . . . . . . . .
24 to 110VDC/24 to 240VAC. . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ratings:
General Purpose
125/240VAC
Resistive
125/240VAC
28VDC
0.1s - 1000h in 9 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
±2%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms; ≤ 1500 operations per minute
≤ ±2%
12 to 48VDC; 24 to 240VAC/24 to 110VDC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60Hz
AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Electromechanical relay
SPDT
SPDT-N.O
SPDT-NC
30A
15A
30A
15A
20A
10A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
6
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 10
5
Electrical - 1 x 10 , *3 x104, **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥1500V RMS input to output; isolated units
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature.. . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
5
Timer
HRPS / HRIS Series
The HRPS/HRIS Series combines an
electromechanical relay output with microcontroller
timing circuitry. It is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 13 standard functions. It offers
12 to 240V operation in two universal ranges and
factory fixed, onboard, or external adjustable
time delays with a repeat accuracy of ±0.5%. The
output contact rating allows for direct operation of
heavy loads, such as compressors, pumps, blower
motors, heaters, etc. This series is ideal for OEM
applications where cost is a factor. The HRPS has
non-isolated SPDT relay contacts, and the HRIS has
isolated SPDT relay contacts. Both offer the most
popular timer functions in the industry.
Features:
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional
drawing.
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Connection:
L1
N/L2
L1
N/L2
HRPS
HRIS
Relay contacts are
isolated.
Relay contacts are
non-isolated.
•30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•Factory programmed
•12 to 240V operation in 2 ranges
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000h in 9 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±2% factory calibration
•Fixed, external, or onboard adjustment
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Available
Models:
HRISW21FT
HRISW27I
HRPSD12HI
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Untimed Load (optional)
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
C = Common
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
A knob, or terminals 4 & 5 are only included
on adjustable units. RT is used when external
adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
HRPS /
HRIS
X
Input
─W
─ - 24 to 240VAC
──
24 to 110VDC
─D
─ - 12 to 48VDC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
*If fixed delay is selected,
insert delay (0.1-1000)
followed by (S) secs.,
(M) mins., or (H) hrs.
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
M, B, RE, RD, S, SD,
I, TS, US, UB, AM,
PSD, FT
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000h in 9 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 48VDC; 24 to 240VAC/24 to 110VDC
Tolerance
12 to 48VDC. . . . . . . . -15% - 20%
24 to 110VDC/240VAC . . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
Ratings:
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
General Purpose
125/240VAC
30A
15A
Resistive
125/240VAC
30A
15A
28VDC
20A
10A
6
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
6
Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 10 5
Electrical - 1 x 10 , *3 x 104, **6,000 Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output; isolated units
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature.. . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer
HRPU / HRIU Series
The HRPU/HRIU Series combines an
electromechanical relay output with
microcontroller timing circuitry. Its switching
capacity allows direct control of loads like
compressors, pumps, motors, heaters, and
lighting. It is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 14 standard functions. The
HRPU/HRIU offers a single adjustable timer
or counter function. Switch adjustment allows
accurate selection of the time delay or number
of counts. The HRPU has non-isolated relay
contacts, the HRIU has isolated relay contacts.
Encapsulation protects against shock, vibration,
and humidity. The HRPU/HRIU Series is a cost
effective approach for OEM applications that
require small size, reliability and accurate switch
adjustment.
Connection:
L1
Features:
•Choose 1 of 14 standard functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Factory programmed
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.1% repeat
accuracy
•30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•Accurate switch adjustment
•12 to 240V operations in 2 ranges
•Delays from 0.1s - 1023h
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional
drawing.
N/L2
Switch Adjustment:
HRIU
Isolated Output
Available Models:
HRIUW2I
HRIUW2M
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
L1
*
N/L2
* for selecting time in minutes or seconds
HRPU
Non-isolated Output
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
L = Load
V = Voltage
Order Table:
HRPU/
HRIU
X
Input
─W
─ - 24 to 240VAC
24 to 110VDC
─D
─ - 12 to 48VDC
X
Time Delay/Counts
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 102.3m
─4
─ - 1 - 1023m
─5
─ - 0.1 - 102.3h
─6
─ - 1 - 1023h
─7
─ - 1 - 165 counts (straight) w/ pulsed output
─8
─ - 1 - 1023 counts (binary) w/ pulsed output
─9
─ - 1 - 7 counts to start 1 - 63s or m interval time
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
M, B, RE, RD, S, SD, I,
TS, PSD, US, AM, UB,
C, CI
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Count Functions/Switch Type. . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical switch (counts on switch closure)
Count Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1023 counts
Counter Output (Variable 7 & 8). . . . . . . . . . Pulse widths 300ms ±20%
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms, ≤ 1500 operations per minute
Time Delay/Range ***. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable 0.1s - 1023h
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1%, or 50ms, whichever is greater
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage.. . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 48VDC; 24 to 240VAC/24 to 110VDC
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz / ≤ 10%
Tolerance
12 to 48VDC. . . . . . . -15% - 20%
24 to 240VAC/24 to 110VDC. . . . . . . -20% - 10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
Ratings:
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
General Purpose
125/240VAC
30A
15A
Resistive
125/240VAC
30A
15A
28VDC
20A
10A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106
Electrical - 1 x 105, *3 x 104, ** 6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output; isolated units
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
***For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a
switch position is changed.
7
Timer
HSPZ Series
Connection:
The HSPZ Series is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 13 standard functions. The
HSPZ offers dual switch adjustable timer or
counter functions. Switch adjustment allows
accurate selection of the time delay or number of
counts the first time and every time. The 1A steady,
10A inrush rated solid-state output provides 100
million operations, typical. Its microcontroller
timing circuit provides excellent repeat accuracy
and stability. Encapsulation protects against
shock, vibration, and humidity. The HSPZ Series
is a cost effective approach for OEM applications
that require small size, solid state reliability, and
accurate switch adjustment.
Features:
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 3 for dimensional
drawing.
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Switch Adjustment:
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
L1
•Choose 1 of 13 standard functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Factory programmed
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.1% repeat accuracy
•1A, solid-state output •Accurate switch adjustment
•12 to 240V in 3 options
•Delays from 0.1s - 1023h
•Counts to 1023
Approvals:
N/L2
Available
Models:
HSPZA13MS
HSPZA22SL
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
L = Load
V = Voltage
Order Table:
HSPZ
X
Input
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC
─P
─ - 12 to 120VDC
positive switching
─N
─ - 12 to 120VDC
negative switching
X
T1 Time Delay/Counts
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 102.3m
─4
─ - 1 - 1023m
─5
─ - 0.1 - 102.3h
─6
─ - 1 - 1023h
─7
─ - 1 - 165 counts (straight)
─8
─ - 1 -1023 counts (binary)
─9
─ - 1 - 512m or s
X
T2 Time Delay/Counts
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 102.3m
─4
─ - 1 - 1023m
─5
─ - 0.1 - 102.3h
─6
─ - 1 - 1023h
─7
─ - for future expansion
─8
─ - for future expansion
─9
─ - 1 - 512m or s
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
MB, MRE, MI, MS,
IRE, BRE, SRE, RXE,
RXD, IM, AMI, SL, CI
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Counter Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay
Protection
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s, m or h in 0.1s, m or h increments
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 - 1023s, m or h in 1s, m or h increments
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 - 512s or m in 1s or m increments
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Mechanical
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Environmental
Count Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1023 in 2 ranges
Operating / Storage Temperature.. . . . .
Count Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 25 counts per second
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 120VDC; 24 to 240VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±15%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid-state output
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady, 10A inrush for 16ms
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 5mA @ 240VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
8
Output pulse width: 300ms ±20%
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer
KSPD Series
The KSPD Series is a factory programmed module
available with 1 of 12 standard dual functions.
The time delays can be factory fixed, externally
or onboard adjustable, or a combination of
fixed and adjustable. The 1A steady, 10A inrush
rated solid-state output provides 100 million
operations, typical. Its microcontroller timing
circuit provides excellent repeat accuracy and
stability. Encapsulation protects against shock,
vibration, and humidity. The KSPD Series is a
cost effective approach for OEM applications that
require small size and long life.
Features:
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional
drawing.
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Connection:
L1
N/L2
•Choose 1 of 12 standard dual functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Factory programmed
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.5% repeat
accuracy
•1A steady, solid-state output , 10A inrush
•12 to 240V in 3 options
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000h in 9 ranges
Approvals:
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
Available Models:
KSPD32221RXD
KSPDA2222RXE
KSPD4175S130SMS
KSPDP10.1S31RXE
KSPD42121MB
KSPDP110M18SRXD
KSPDA110ST00127
KSPDP110M18SRXE
KSPDA114ST00173
KSPDP3131MI
KSPDA2121RXE
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Terminal Location for
External Adjustment.
V = Voltage
L = Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Untimed Load
T1 & RT1 = First Adjustment
T2 & RT2 = Second Adjustment
Order Table:
KSPD
X
Input
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC
─P
─ - 12 to 120VDC
positive switching
─N
─ - 12 to 120VDC
negative switching
─1
─ - 120VDC
positive switching
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
X
First Adjustment
(T1 or RT1)
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
X
First Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
X
Second Adjustment
(T2 or RT2)
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1-999)
followed by (S) secs., or (M) mins., or (H) hrs.
X
Second Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
MB, MRE, MI, MS,
IRE, BRE, SRE, RXE,
RXD, IM, AMI, SL
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000h in 9 adjustable ranges or fixed (to 999)
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms; ≤ 1500 operations per minute
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 120VDC; 24 to 240VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±15%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . 50/60Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid-state output
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady, 10A inrush for 16ms
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
9
Timer
KSPS Series
The KSPS Series is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 14 standard functions. The
KSPS offers a single, fixed, externally or onboard
adjustable time delay. The 1A steady, 10A inrush
rated solid-state output provides 100 million
operations typical. Its microcontroller timing
circuit provides excellent repeat accuracy and
stability. Encapsulation protects against shock,
vibration, and humidity. The KSPS Series is a
cost effective approach for OEM applications that
require small size and solid state reliability.
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional
drawing.
Features:
•Choose 1 of 14 standard functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Factory programmed
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.5% repeat
accuracy
•Solid-state output 1A steady, 10A inrush
•Fixed, external, or onboard adjustment
•12 to 240V in 3 options
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000h in 9 ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Connection:
L1
N/L2
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
Available Models:
KSPS121TS
KSPS124PS
KSPS2180SB
KSPS3115SRE
KSPSA21FT
KSPSA23SD
KSPSA24B
L = Load
UTL = Untimed Load
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
KSPSA24US
KSPSN110SI
KSPSN21B
KSPSP110SI
KSPSP145SM
KSPSP160MB
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
KSPS
X
Input
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC
─P
─ - 12 to 120VDC
positive switching
─N
─ - 12 to 120VDC
negative switching
─1
─ - 12VDC
positive switching
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
positive switching
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
M, B, RE, RD, S, SD,
FT I, TS, US, UB, AM,
PS, PSD
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1-1000) followed by (S)
secs., or (M) mins., or (H) hrs.
For a complete list of functions with
descriptions and diagrams, see Appendix
A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
Microcontroller circuitry
0.1s - 1000h in 9 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±2%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms; ≤ 1500 operations per minute
≤ ±2%
12 to 120VDC; 24 to 240VAC
≤ ±15%
50/60Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
Solid-state output
1A steady, 10A inrush for 16ms
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 5mA @ 240VAC, DC ≅ 1mA
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer
KSPU Series
The KSPU Series is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 14 standard functions. The
KSPU offers a single adjustable timer or counter
function. Switch adjustment allows accurate
selection of the time delay or number of counts
the first time and every time. The 1A steady,
10A inrush rated solid-state output provides 100
million operations, typical. Its microcontroller
timing circuit provides excellent repeat accuracy
and stability. Encapsulation protects against
shock, vibration, and humidity. The KSPU Series
is a cost effective approach for OEM applications
that require small size, solid state reliability, and
accurate switch adjustment.
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional
drawing.
Connection:
L1
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
*
* for selecting time in minutes or seconds
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Load
UTL = Untimed Load
•Choose 1 of 14 standard functions
•Special time ranges & functions
available
•Factory programmed
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.1%
repeat accuracy
•1A steady, solid-state output,
10A inrush
•Accurate switch adjustment
•12 to 240V in 3 options
•Delays from 0.1s - 1023h
•Counts 1 to 1023
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Switch Adjustment:
N/L2
Features:
Available Models:
KSPU11M
KSPUA2I
KSPUA8C
If desired part number is not listed, please
call us to see if it is technically possible
to build
Order Table:
KSPU
X
Input
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC
─P
─ - 12 to 120VDC
positive switching
─N
─ - 12 to 120VDC
negative switching
1 - 12VDC
positive switching
─4
─ - 120VAC
─9
─ - 120/240VAC
X
Time Delay/Counts
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 102.3m
─4
─ - 1 - 1023m
─5
─ - 0.1 - 102.3h
─6
─ - 1 - 1023h
─7
─ - 1 - 165 counts (straight) w/ pulsed output
─8
─ - 1 - 1023 counts (binary) w/ pulsed output
─9
─ - 1 - 7 counts to start 1 - 63s or m interval time
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
M, B, RE, RD, S, SD, I,
TS, US, UB, AM, PSD,
C, CI
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s, m or h in 0.1s, m or h increments
1 - 1023s, m or h in 1s, m or h increments
1 - 63s or m in 1s or m increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Count Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1023 in 3 ranges
Count Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 25 counts per second
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 120VDC; 24 to 240VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±15%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . 50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid-state output
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady, 10A inrush for 16ms
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 5mA @ 240VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
Counter Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output pulse width: 300ms ±20%
Time Delay/Counts Variable 7 & 8
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature.. . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
11
Timer
NHPD Series
The NHPD Series is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 12 standard dual functions.
The time delays can be factory fixed, externally or
onboard adjustable, or a combination of fixed and
adjustable. The NHPD includes a high current
solid-state output. It can switch motors, lamps
and heaters directly without the addition of a
contactor. It can switch up to 20A with up to 100
million operations typical. Its microcontroller
timing circuit provides excellent repeat accuracy
and stability. Encapsulation protects against
shock, vibration, and humidity. The NHPD Series
is a cost effective approach for OEM applications
that require small size and long life.
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional
drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•High load currents up to 20A, 200A inrush
•Factory programmed
•Choose 1 of 12 standard dual functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.5% repeat
accuracy
•Fixed, external, or onboard adjustment
•24 to 240VAC
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000h in 9 ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
Available Models:
There are no part numbers currently active. Please
call Technical Support with your requirements.
Terminal Location for
External Adjustment
V = Voltage
L = Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Untimed Load
T1 & RT1 = First Adjustment
T2 & RT2 = Second Adjustment
Order Table:
NHPD X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input Voltage
X
X
X
X
X
First Adjustment First Time Delay* Second Adjustment Second Time Delay* ──Function
─Specify
─
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
(T1 or RT1)
(T2 or RT2)
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1-999)
followed by (S) secs., or (M) mins., or (H) hrs.
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
function
Functions:
MB, MRE, MI,
MS, IRE, BRE,
SRE, RXE,
RXD, IM,
AMI, SL
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000h in 9 adjustable ranges or fixed (to 999)
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms; ≤ 1500 operations per minute
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 to 240VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±15%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Rating
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
12
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 2.5V @ rated current
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mt with one #10 (M5 x 0.8)
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer
NHPS Series
The NHPS Series is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 13 standard functions. The
NHPS offers a single, fixed, onboard adjustment
or an externally adjustable time delay. The NHPS
includes a high current solid-state output. It can
switch motors, lamps and heaters directly without
the addition of a contactor. It can switch up to
20A with up to 100 million operations typical. Its
microcontroller timing circuit provides excellent
repeat accuracy and stability. Encapsulation
protects against shock, vibration, and humidity.
The NHPS Series is a cost effective approach for
OEM applications that require small size and solid
state reliability.
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional
drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•High load currents up to 20A, 200A inrush
•Factory programmed
•Choose 1 of 13 standard functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.5% repeat
accuracy
•Fixed, external, or onboard adjustment
•24 to 240VAC
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000h in 9 ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
Available Models:
There are no part numbers currently active. Please
call Technical Support with your requirements.
Terminal Location for
External Adjustment
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Untimed Load
L = Load
Order Table:
NHPS
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─2
─ - 1 - 100s
─3
─ - 10 - 1000s
─4
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─5
─ - 1 - 100m
─6
─ - 10 - 1000m
─7
─ - 0.1 - 10h
─8
─ - 1 - 100h
─9
─ - 10 - 1000h
X
Function
─Specify
─
function
Functions:
M, B, RE, RD, S,
SD, I, TS, US, UB,
AM, FT, PSD
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1-1000)
followed by (S) secs., or (M) mins., or (H) hrs.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating
Output
A
B
C
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . .
Microcontroller circuitry
0.1s - 1000h in 9 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±2%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms; ≤ 1500 operations per minute
≤ ±2%
24 to 240VAC
≤ ±15%
50/60Hz
Solid state
Steady State
Inrush**
6A
60A
10A
100A
20A
200A
100mA
≅ 2.5V @ rated current
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000 V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
13
Timer
NHPU Series
Connection:
L1
N/L2
The NHPU Series is a factory programmed module
available in any 1 of 14 standard functions. The
NHPU offers a single adjustable timer or counter
function. Switch adjustment allows accurate
selection of the time delay or number of counts,
the first time and every time. The NHPU includes
a high current solid-state output. It can switch
motors, lamps and heaters directly without the
addition of a contactor. It can switch up to 20A
with up to 100 million operations, typical. Its
microcontroller timing circuit provides excellent
repeat accuracy and stability. Encapsulation
protects against shock, vibration, and humidity.
The NHPU Series is a cost effective approach for
OEM applications that require small size, solid
state reliability, and accurate switch adjustment.
Features:
See Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional
drawing.
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
Switch Adjustment:
•High load currents up to 20A, 200A inrush
•Factory programmed
•Choose 1 of 14 standard functions
•Special time ranges & functions available
•Microcontroller circuitry, ±0.1% repeat
accuracy
•Accurate switch adjustment
•24 to 240VAC
•Delays from 0.1s - 1023h
•Counts to 1023
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Available Models:
There are no part numbers currently active. Please
call Technical Support with your requirements.
*
V = Voltage
L = Load
UTL = Untimed Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
* for selecting time in minutes or seconds
Order Table:
NHPU
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input Voltage
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC
X
Time Delay/Counts
X
Function
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s
─Specify
─
function
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s
Functions:
─3
─ - 0.1 - 102.3m
M, B, RE, RD, S, SD,
─4
─ - 1 - 1023m
─5
─ - 0.1 - 102.3h
I, TS, US, UB, AM,
─6
─ - 1 - 1023h
PSD, C, CI
─7
─ - 1 - 165 counts (straight) w/ pulsed output
─8
─ - 1 - 1023 counts (binary) w/ pulsed output
─9
─ - 1 - 7 counts to start 1 - 63s or m interval time
For a complete list of functions with descriptions and diagrams,
see Appendix A - Timer Functions, pages 156-164.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s, m or h in 0.1s, m or h increments
1 - 1023s, m or h in 1s, m or h increments
1 - 63s or m in 1s or m increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Count Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1023 in 3 ranges
Count Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 25 counts per second
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 to 240VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±15%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Rating
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
14
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V @ 1A
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Counter Output
Time Delay/CountsVariable 7 & 8). . . . . Pulse width: 300ms ±20%
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting **. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mt. with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Series Included
Relay Output
TRDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
TRU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ASQU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSQU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSTU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
18
18
19
19
Timiers - Multifunction
Solid-State Output
15
Timer
TRDU Series
The TRDU Series is a versatile universal time delay
relay with 21 selectable single and dual functions.
The dual functions replace up to three timers
required to accomplish the same function. Both the
function and the timing range are selectable with
switches located on the face of the unit. Two LED’s
indicate input voltage and output status. This
device offers full 10A isolated relay output contacts
in either SPDT or DPDT. The TRDU replaces
hundreds of part numbers, thereby, reducing your
stock inventory requirements.
21 Functions:
Connection:
8-pin DPDT
L1
N/L2
8-pin SPDT
L1
N/L2
11-pin DPDT
L1
N/L2
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
Five switches are provided to set one of 10 single or
11 dual modes of operation.
Single Functions *Delay-on-Make
Delay-on-Break
* Recycle (ON time first, equal recycle delays)
Single Shot
*Interval
Trailing Edge Single Shot
Inverted Single Shot
Inverted Delay-on-Break
Accumulative Delay-on-Make
Retriggerable Single Shot (motion detector)
Dual Functions Delay-on-Make/Delay-on-Break
* Delay-on-Make/Recycle
(ON time first, equal recycle delays)
* Delay-on-Make/Interval
Delay-on-Make/Single Shot
* Interval/Recycle
(ON time first, equal recycle delays)
Delay-on-Break/Recycle
(ON time first, equal recycle delays)
Single Shot/Recycle
(ON time first, equal recycle delays)
* Recycle - both times adjust. (ON time first)
* Recycle - both times adjust. (OFF time first)
* Interval/Delay-on-Make
Accumulative Delay-on-Make/Interval
Features:
•Microcontroller ±0.1% repeat accuracy
•Multifunction – 21 timing functions
•Multirange – 0.1s - 1,705h in 8 ranges
•Switch selectable modes, time delay,
& ranges
•AC & DC input voltages are available
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT or DPDT output
contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• DIN rail:
P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
TRDU120A1
TRDU120A2
TRDU120A3
TRDU12D1
TRDU12D3
TRDU230A2
TRDU24A1
TRDU24A2
TRDU24A3
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 163-164 for function diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 5 for dimensional drawing.
Order Table:
TRDU
X
Input Voltage
─12D
─
- 12VDC
─24A
─
- 24VAC/DC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
Base Connection
─1
─ - 8-pin DPDT*
─2
─ - 8-pin SPDT
─3
─ - 11-pin DPDT
*Limited to 9 operating functions in 8-pin DPDT units
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller
Range: Switch Selectable** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Functions: 0.1s - 1,705h in 8 ranges
Dual Functions: 0.1s - 3,100m each in 8 ranges
Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplier: 3 position DIP switches select
0.1, 1, 10, or 100 in s or m
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1% or 50ms, whichever is greater
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Timing Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Five switches are provided to set one of
twenty-one single or dual functions
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120VAC: 75ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ±1%
Indication
Two LEDs indicate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1) Input voltage applied 2) Output relay status
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VDC, 24VAC/DC, 120VAC, or 230VAC
Tolerance 12VDC & 24VAC/DC. . . . . . . . . -15% - 20%
120 & 230VAC. . . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 to 230V ≤ 3W; 12VDC ≤ 2W
16
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT or DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28 VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical – 1 x 107; Electrical – 1 x 106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (78.7 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in or magnal 11-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5.8 oz (164 g)
**For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer
TRU Series
Connection:
8-pin DPDT
Delay-on-Make
Interval
Recycling
L1
The TRU Series is a multifunction, knob adjustable,
Universal Time Delay Relay. It includes six of the
most popular timing functions selected by a slide
switch. The time delay is knob adjustable and the
time delay range is switch selectable. The repeat
accuracy is + 0.1%. Both function and time range
can be selected on the top face of the unit. In
addition to multifunctioning and multiple time
ranges, the TRU Series features universal input
voltage; 19 to 264VAC and 19 to 30VDC and full
10A output relay. The TRU Series can directly
replace up to 1000 competitive time delay relay
models.
Features:
Operation
A six position slide switch selects delay-on-make, interval,
single shot, recycling (ON time first, Equal Recycle
Delays), delay-on-break, and retriggerable single shot.
8-pin DPDT base wiring is limited to delay-on-make,
interval, and recycling functions. All six functions are
available in the 8-pin SPDT and 11-pin DPDT versions.
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 6 for dimensional drawing.
•Microcontroller ±0.1% repeat accuracy
•Six timing functions are switch selectable
•0.1s - 1000m in six ranges
•Knob adjustable time delay
•Universal input voltage 19 to 264VAC & 19
to 30VDC
•10A, SPDT or DPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Available Models:
TRU1
TRU2
TRU3
N/L2
8-pin SPDT
L1
N/L2
Delay-on-Make
Interval
Single Shot
Recycling (ON Time First,
Equal Recycle Delays)
Delay-on-Break
Retriggerable Single Shot
11-pin DPDT
L1
N/L2
S1 = Initiate Switch
Order Table:
Input Voltage
19 to 264VAC; 19 to 30VDC
19 to 264VAC; 19 to 30VDC
19 to 264VAC; 19 to 30VDC
Base Wiring
8-pin DPDT
8-pin SPDT
11-pin DPDT
Functions
3
6
6
Part Number
TRU1
TRU2
TRU3
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range: Switch Selectable*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges - 0.1 - 10, 1 - 100 or
10 - 1000s; 0.1 - 10, 1 - 100 or 10 - 1000m
Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplier: 4 position DIP switch selects
x0.1, x1, x10, and s or m
Time Setting: Onboard knob adjustment with
1 - 100 reference dial
Two LEDs indicate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1) Input voltage applied 2) Output relay status
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or ±20ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 300ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Input
Voltage - Universal Input Range. . . . . . . . . 19 to 264VAC and 19 to 30VDC
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT & DPDT, isolated
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Transient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 joules
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reversed polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.44 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (87.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in or magnal 11-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
* For CE approved applications, power must be removed when a switch position
is changed.
17
Timer
ASQU / ASTU Series
The ASQU/ASTU Series of 17.5 mm, knob
adjustable, universal solid-state timers offer
multiple functions, voltages, and time delay
ranges. Choose one of 5 functions and 4 time delay
ranges via 4 selection switches located on face of
the unit. Adjustment through the time range is
accomplished by an onboard knob.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 7 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
DOM A
B
A
SS B
R
DOB A
B
Delay-on-Make & Recycling
L1
A
B
R
M
0.1-10s
X1s
C
D
E
F
1-100s
X10s
C
D
E
F
10-1000s X100s
C
D
E
F
C
D
E
F
1-100m
DOM = Delay-on-Make
SS = Single Shot/Interval
R = Recycling
DOB = Delay-on-Break
N/L2
•17.5 mm package for high rail density
•Microprocessor controlled with ±1%
repeat accuracy
•Multimode: 5 selectable functions
•Multirange: knob adjustable from
0.1s - 100m
•Multivoltage: 24 to 240VAC or 9 to
110VDC
•0.7A steady, 10A inrush rated solidstate output
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Adjustment:
N/L2
Features:
X10m
S
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
ASQUA3
ASQUD3
ASTUA3
ASTUD3
R = Range
M = Multiplier
S = Setting
Single Shot, Interval & Delay-on-Break
V = Voltage
L = Load
J= Wire Required for Interval Operation
S1= Initiate Switch
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
Order Table:
ASQU - Quick Connects
ASTU - Terminal Blocks
X
Input Voltage
─A
─ - Universal AC Voltage
── (24 to 240VAC)
─D
─ - Universal DC Voltage
(9 to 110VDC)
X
Base Adaptors
─3
─ - Both - Surface & DIN rail adaptors with
quick mount fasteners
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller based with ceramic resonator
and watchdog circuitry
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Knob with dial; 2 switches select 1 of 4 multipliers
Range*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 10s, 1 - 100s, 10 - 1000s, 1 - 100m
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1% or ±50ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . ±2% or ±50ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 300ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Shot & Delay-on-Break: ≤ 32ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . ±2%, or ±50ms, whichever is greater
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC: 24 to 240VAC; -20% - 10%
DC: 9 to 110VDC; -0% - 20% @ -25°C
9.4 to 110VDC; -0% - 20% @ -40°C
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . 50/60Hz / ≤ 10%
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7A steady state, 10A inrush
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 2.5V @ 0.7A; DC ≅ 1.5V @ 0.7A
18
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIN Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination
ASQU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Two base adaptors are available
Snap on to 32 mm DIN 1 & 35 mm DIN 3 rail
Two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws or quick mount fasteners
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
0.197 in. (5 mm) push-on terminal blocks for up to
#14 AWG (2.5 mm2) wire
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 4 oz (113 g)
*For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer
DSQU / DSTU Series
The DSQU/DSTU Series of 17.5 mm, switch
adjustable, universal solid-state timers offer
multiple functions, voltages, and time delay
ranges. Choose one of 5 functions and 4 time delay
ranges via 4 selection switches located on face of
the unit. Six switches adjust the time delay through
the selected range.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 7 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•17.5 mm package for high rail density
•Microprocessor controlled with ±0.1%
timing accuracy
•Multimode: 5 selectable functions
•Multirange: switch adjust from 0.1s - 63m
•Multivoltage: 24 to 240VAC or 9 to 110VDC
•0.7A steady, 10A inrush rated solid-state
output
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Connection:
L1
Adjustment:
N/L2
DOM A
B
A
SS B
0.1-6.3s
A
B
R
DOB A
B
Delay-on-Make & Recycling
L1
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
R
M
I
E
F
0.1s
C
D
E
F
1s
10-630s
X10s C
D
E
F
10s
1-63m
X1m C
D
E
F
1m
X1s
1-63s
Available Models:
DSQUA3
DSQUD3
DSTUA3
DSTUD3
R = Range
M = Multiplier
S = Setting
I = Increments of time
DOM = Delay-on-Make
SS = Single Shot/Interval
R = Recycling
DOB = Delay-on-Break
N/L2
S
X0.1s C
D
ON
Single Shot, Interval & Delay-on-Break
V = Voltage
L = Load
J= Wire Required for Interval Operation
S1= Initiate Switch (for Single Shot or
Delay-on-Break)
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
1
2
4
8
16
32
Add switches
in ON position
TD = 2+8+16=26
Order Table:
DSQU - Quick Connects
DSTU - Terminal Blocks
X
Input Voltage
─A
─ - Universal AC Voltage
(24 to 240VAC)
─D
─ - Universal DC Voltage
(9 to 110VDC)
X
Base Adaptors
─3
─ - Both - Surface & DIN rail adaptors with
quick mount fasteners
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller based with ceramic resonator
and watchdog circuitry
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 switches adjust the time delay;
2 switches select 1 of 4 multipliers
Range*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x0.1s = 0.1 - 6.3s in 0.1s increments
x1s = 1 - 63s in 1s increments
x10s = 10 - 630s in 10s increments
x1m = 1 - 63m in 1m increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or ±20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or ±50ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 300ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Shot & Delay-on-Break: ≤ 32ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . ±2% or ±50ms, whichever is greater
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC: 24 to 240VAC; -20% - 10%
DC: 9 to 110VDC; -0% - 20% @ -25°C
9.4 to 110VDC; -0% - 20% @ -40°C
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . 50/60Hz / ≤ 10%
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric
Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIN Rail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination
DSQU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7A steady state, 10A inrush
AC ≅ 2.5V @ 0.7A; DC ≅ 1.5V @ 0.7A
IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Two base adaptors are available
Snap on to 32 mm DIN 1 & 35 mm DIN 3 rail
Two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws or quick mount fasteners
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
0.197 in. (5 mm) push-on terminal blocks for up to
#14 AWG (2.5 mm2) wire
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 4.2 oz (119 g)
*For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
19
Series Included
Single Function
Timers - Dedicated
Delay-on-Make (ON Delay). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Series: TDM, TDMH, TDML, TRM, PRLM, HRDM,
ERDM, ORM, KRDM, KSDU, TDU, TMV8000, TSU2000,
TSD1, THDM, THD1, KSD1, TS1, TH1, MSM
Delay-on-Make, Normally Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Series: TSD4, THD4, KSD4, TS4
Delay-on-Break (OFF Delay). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Series: TDB, TDBH, TDBL, TRB, PRLB, HRDB, ORB,
KRDB, TDUB, TSDB, THDB, KSDB, TSD7, THD7, TSB
Single Shot (Pulse Former). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Series: TDS, TDSH, TDSL, TRS, PRLS, HRDS, ERDI,
ORS, KRDS, TDUS, TSDS, THDS, KSDS, TSS, THC,
THS
Single Shot, Retriggerable (Watchdog, Zero Speed). . . . . 67
Series: HRD9, KRD9
Interval (Impulse ON). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Series: TDI, TDIH, TDIL, HRDI, KRDI, TDUI, TSD2,
THD2, TSD6, KSD2, TS2, TS6, TH2
Recycling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Series: TDR, HRDR, HRD3, ERD3, KRDR, KRD3, RS,
ESDR, TSDR, KSDR, THD3, TSD3, KSD3
Percentage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Series: PTHF
Sequencer
SQ3 & SQ4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Dual Function
Delay-on-Make/Delay-on-Break. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Series: TDMB - Plug-In
Delay-on-Make/Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Series: ESD5
HVAC Timers
Solid-State Output
TAC1 - Anti Short Cycle, Random Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T2D - Anti Short Cycle, Random Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAC4 - Bypass Timing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TA - Anti Short Cycle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TL - Anti Short Cycle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CT - Fan Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
96
97
98
99
100
101
Vending Timers
HRV - Relay Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
20
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TDM / TDMH / TDML Series
The TDM Series is a delay-on-make timer that
combines accurate digital circuitry with isolated,
DPDT relay contacts in an industry standard
8-pin plug-in package. DIP switch adjustment
allows precise selection of the time delay over
the full time delay range. The TDM Series is the
product of choice for custom control panel and
OEM designers.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output relay
energizes and remains energized until input voltage is
removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 8 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
Digi-Set Binary Switch Operation:
Features:
•Switch settable time delay
•Three time ranges from 0.1s - 10,230s
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±2% setting accuracy
•10A, DPDT output contacts
•LED indication
Approvals:
8-pin models UL
listed when used in
combination with
P1011-6 socket only.
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
• Octal socket for UL listing: P/N: P1011-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
L1
TDM120AL
TDMH24DL
TDM12DL
TDML110DL
TDM230AL
TDML120AL
TDM24AL
TDML12DL
TDM24DL
TDML230AL
TDMH120AL
TDML24DL
TDMH24AL
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
N/L2
Relay contacts are isolated.
Order Table:
TDM - 1 - 1023s in 1s increments
TDMH - 10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
TDML - 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
X
Input Voltage
─12D
─
- 12VDC
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─24D
─
- 24VDC/28VDC
─110D
─
- 110VDC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
LED Indication
─L
─
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 50ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . During Timing - TDMH: ≤ 500ms
TDM, TDML: ≤ 300ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED glows during timing; relay is
de-energized
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, or 110 VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . . . -15% - 20%
110VAC/DC to 230VAC. . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2.25W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
*For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
21
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TRM Series
The TRM Series is a combination of analog
electronic circuitry and electromechanical relay
output. It provides input to output isolation with
a wide variety of input voltages and time ranges.
Standard plug-in base wiring, fast reset, rugged
enclosure, and good repeat accuracy make the
TRM a select choice in any OEM application.
Features:
•10A, DPDT or SPDT output contacts
•24 to 230V operation in ranges
•8-pin or 11-pin plug-in
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.05 - 600s
in multiple ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
Approvals:
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output relay
energizes and remains energized until input voltage is
removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
8-pin octal DPDT
L1
8-pin models UL listed when
used in combination with P1011-6
socket only.
Auxiliary Products:
• Octal socket for UL listing: P/N: P1011-6
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
• 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-XX
P/N: P1004-XX-X
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 9 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
External RT P/N Selection Table
8-pin octal SPDT
L1
N/L2
11-pin DPDT
Value
Part Number
1M ohm
1.5M ohm
2M ohm
3M ohm
5M ohm
1M ohm
1.5M ohm
2M ohm
3M ohm
5M ohm
P1004-16
P1004-15
P1004-14
P1004-12
P1004-13
P1004-16-X
P1004-15-X
P1004-14-X
P1004-12-X
P1004-13-X
Available Models:
L1
TRM110D1Z30
TRM120A2X1
TRM120A2X30
TRM120A2Y180
N/L2
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Relay contacts are isolated.
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TRM
X
── Input Voltage
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─24D
─
- 24VDC/28VDC
─110D
─
- 110VDC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
Adjustment and Output Form
─1
─ - Fixed, Octal, DPDT
─2
─ - Knob Adjust, Octal, DPDT
─3
─ - Lock Shaft Adjust, Octal, DPDT
─5
─ - Ext. Adjust, 11-pin, DPDT
without potentiometer
─6
─ - Ext. Adjust, 11-pin, DPDT
supplied with potentiometer
─8
─ - Ext. Adjust, Octal, SPDT,
without potentiometer
─9
─ - Ext. Adjust, Octal, SPDT,
with potentiometer
X
Time Tolerance
─X
─ - ±20%
─Y
─ - ±10%
─Z
─ - ±5%
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50ms - 10m in 15 adjustable ranges
or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 20 ms, whichever is greater
Fixed Time Tolerance & Setting Accuracy. . . . ±5, 10, or 20%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After timing: ≤ 20ms
During timing: 0.1% of max. time delay
or 75ms, whichever is greater
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VDC/AC. . . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC. . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2.25W
22
TRM120A2Y60
TRM120A2Y600
TRM24A8Y5
TRM24D1Y1
X
Time Delay*
(seconds)
─120
─
- 2 - 120
─180
─
- 2 - 180
─240
─
- 7 - 240
─300
─
- 7 - 300
─360
─
- 7 - 360
─420
─
- 7 - 420
─480
─
- 7 - 480
─600
─
- 7 - 600
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
─1
─ - 0.05 - 1
─2
─ - 0.05 - 2
─3
─ - 0.05 - 3
─5
─ - 0.1 - 5
─10
─ - 0.1 - 10
─30
─ - 1 - 30
─60
─ - 1 - 60
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated DPDT or SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS between input & output
terminals
Insulation Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (91.6 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin or 11-pin plug-In
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
PRLM Series
The PRLM Series is designed for use in non-critical
timing applications. It offers low cost, knob
adjustable timing control, full 10A relay output,
and onboard LED indication. The knob adjustment
provides a guaranteed time range of up to 10
minutes in 6 ranges. The onboard LED indicates
whether or not the unit is timing (flashing LED)
as well as the status of the output.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
The time delay is initiated when input voltage is applied.
LED flashes during timing. At the end of the delay period,
the output contacts energize. LED is on steady after the
unit times out.
Reset: Reset is accomplished by removal of input voltage.
There is no false output when reset during timing.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 9 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
Features:
•Knob adjustable time delay relay
•Electronic circuit with electromechanical
relay
•Popular AC & DC operating voltages
•Industry standard octal plug-in connection
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.05 - 600s
in multiple ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±10% factory calibration
•LED indication
•10A, DPDT output contacts
•Isolated relay contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
L1
PRLM41180
PRLM423
N/L2
8-pin octal
DPDT
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
PRLM
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Factory Fixed
─2
─ - Adjustable
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─3
─ - 1 - 60s
─4
─ - 2 - 180s
─5
─ - 7 - 480s
─6
─ - 7 - 600s
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog circuitry
0.05 - 600s in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Knob adjust: guaranteed range
Fixed: ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After timing: ≤ 20ms
During timing: 0.1% of max. time delay
or 75ms, whichever is greater
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC. . . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 240VAC/DC. . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2.25W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, DPDT
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 28VDC;
10A resistive @ 240VAC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1x107; Electrical - 1x106
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Indication
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . During timing - flashing
Output energized - on steady
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (91.6 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
23
Timer - Delay-on-Make
HRDM Series
The HRDM Series combines an electromechanical
relay output with microcontroller timing circuitry.
It offers 12 to 230V operation in five ranges and
factory fixed, onboard, or external adjustable
time delays with a repeat accuracy of ±0.5%. The
output contact rating allows for direct operation of
heavy loads, such as compressors, pumps, blower
motors, heaters, etc. This series is ideal for OEM
applications where cost is a factor.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output relay
energizes and remains energized until input voltage is
removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•30A, SPDT, NO output contact
•12 to 230V operation in 5 ranges
•Encapsulated circuitry
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HRDM114S
HRDM120
HRDM220
HRDM221
HRDM222
HRDM223
HRDM224
HRDM3112S
HRDM320
HRDM321
NO = Normally Open
L = Load
C = Common, Transfer Contact
HRDM322
HRDM323
HRDM324
HRDM4130S
HRDM413M
HRDM415M
HRDM420
HRDM421
HRDM422
HRDM423
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
NOTE: A knob, or terminals 4 & 5
are only included on adjustable units.
RT is used when external adjustment
is ordered. Relay contacts are not
isolated.
Order Table:
HRDM
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Tolerance
─Blank
─
- ±5%
─A
─ - ±1%
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1
- 1000) followed by (S) sec, or (0.1 - 100)
(M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20 ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . ±1%, ±5%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC. . . . . . -15% - 20%
24 to 230VAC. . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-isolated, SPDT
Ratings:
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
General Purpose 125/240VAC
30A
15A
Resistive
125/240VAC
30A
15A
28VDC
20A
10A
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
24
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106 ; Electrical - 1 x 105,
*3 x 104, **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
ERDM Series
Econo-Timers are a combination of digital
electronics and a reliable electromechanical relay.
These devices offer a DPDT relay output for relay
logic circuits, and isolation of input to output
voltages. Cost effective for OEM applications, such
as random starting, sequencing ON, switch debouncing, anti-short cycling, and other common
delay-on-make applications.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 10 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Encapsulated, digital circuitry
•Isolated, 10A, DPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-16
P/N: P1004-16-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
ERDM1110S
ERDM4210
ERDM123
ERDM422
ERDM126
ERDM423
ERDM128
ERDM425
ERDM222
ERDM427
ERDM310.5S
ERDM429
ERDM324
ERDM6210
ERDM326
ERDM628
ERDM4110S
ERDM629
ERDM4130S
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
A knob, or terminals 9 & 10 are only
included on adjustable units. Relay
contacts are isolated.
RT is used when external adjustment
is ordered.
Order Table:
ERDM
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 120VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 1s
─2
─ - 0.1 - 5s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─4
─ - 0.2 - 15s
─5
─ - 0.3 - 30s
─6
─ - 0.6 - 60s
─7
─ - 0.1 - 5m
─8
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─9
─ - 0.2 - 15m
─10
─ - 1 - 100m
─11
─ - 10 - 500m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay
(0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 500m in 11 adjustable ranges or
0.1s - 1000m fixed
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed, onboard or external adjust
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5%
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, or 120VDC; 24, 120, or
230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . . . . -15% - 20%
120VAC/DC & 230VAC. . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated relay contacts
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Full Load - 1 x 106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.5 x 1.7 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 43.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -40° to 65°C / -40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5.7 oz (162 g)
25
Timer - Delay-on-Make
ORM Series
The ORM Series features open PC board
construction for reduced cost. It has isolated,
10A, DPDT relay contacts and all connections are
0.25 in (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals.
The time delay may be ordered as factory fixed,
onboard knob, or external adjustment. Time delays
from 0.05 - 300 seconds.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 11 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•Time delays from 0.05s - 300s in 5 ranges
or fixed
•Low cost open PCB construction
•10A, DPDT output contacts
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±10% factory calibration
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-12
P/N: P1004-12-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
ORM120A110
ORM120A115
ORM120A145
ORM120A17
ORM120A25
ORM230A17
ORM24D13.5
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
RT is used when external adjustment
is ordered.
Relay contacts are isolated.
Order Table:
ORM
X
Input Voltage
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─24D
─
- 24VAC/28VDC
─110D
─
- 110VDC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 30s
─3
─ - 0.6 - 60s
─4
─ - 1.2 - 120s
─5
─ - 3 - 300s
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay
(0.05 - 300) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog circuitry
0.05 - 300s in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Adjustable: guaranteed range
Fixed: ±10%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After timing - ≤ 16ms;
During timing - 0.1% of max. time delay
or 75ms, whichever is greater
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VDC/AC. . . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC. . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25W
26
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT, Isolated
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1x107; Electrical - 1x106
Protection
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥1500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with four #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.7 oz (77 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
KRDM Series
The KRDM Series is a compact time delay relay
measuring only 2 in. (50.8 mm) square. Its solidstate timing circuit provides excellent repeat
accuracy and stability. Encapsulation protects
against shock, vibration, and humidity. The
KRDM Series is a cost effective approach for OEM
applications that require small size, isolation,
reliability, and long life.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins. The
output is de-energized before and during the time delay. At the
end of the time delay, the output relay energizes and remains
energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
External Resistance vs Time Delay:
Features:
•Compact time delay relay
•10A, SPDT output contacts
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges or fixed
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•Input voltages from 12 to 230V in 6 ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
•
Available Models:
KRDM110.4S
KRDM223
KRDM110.5S
KRDM224
KRDM111.5S
KRDM234
KRDM1110S
KRDM310.2S
KRDM111S
KRDM320
KRDM1130S
KRDM4110S
KRDM120
KRDM4145S
KRDM121
KRDM4160S
KRDM2110M
KRDM421
KRDM215M
KRDM430
KRDM220
KRDM433
KRDM221
KRDM623
KRDM222
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
A knob is supplied for adjustable units, or
RT terminals 4 & 5 for external adjust. See
external adjustment vs time delay chart.
Relay contacts are isolated.
Output Current/Ambient
Temperature:
Order Table:
KRDM
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC/DC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S)
sec. or (0.1 - 100) (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VAC/DC. . . . .
110VDC 120 & 230VAC . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±5%
12, 24 or 110VDC; 24, 120 or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Isolated relay contacts
SPDT
10A resistive @ 125VAC;
5A resistive @ 230VAC & 28VDC;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolation Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250VAC
Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Encapsulated
≥ 1500V RMS input to output
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
27
Timer - Delay-on-Make
KSDU/ TDU Series
The TDU and KSDU Series are encapsulated solidstate, delay-on-make timers that combine digital
timing circuitry with universal voltage operation.
The TDU offers DIP switch adjustment allowing
accurate selection of the time delay over the full
time delay range. The KSDU is factory fixed from
0.1s to 10,230s and does not include the DIP switch.
These series are excellent choices for process
control systems and OEM equipment.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Digi-Set Binary Switch Operation:
Features:
•2 universal voltage ranges from
24 to 240VAC/DC
•Digital integrated circuitry
•Switch selectable delays from 0.1s - 2.8h
in 3 ranges or factory fixed
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•1A steady, 10A inrush
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KSDU8110
KSDU811200
TDU3000A
TDU3001A
TDU3003A
TDUH3000A
TDUH3001A
TDUL3000A
TDUL3001A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Load may be connected to terminal 3 or 1.
TDU has DIP switch adjustment; KSDU is fixed.
Order Tables:
KSDU
X
Input Voltage Range
─8
─ - 24 to 120VAC/DC
─9
─ - 100 to 240VAC/DC
TDU
Input Voltage Range
24 to 120VAC/DC
100 to 240VAC/DC
24 to 120VAC/DC
100 to 240VAC/DC
120 to 277VAC
24 to 120VAC/DC
100 to 240VAC/DC
X
Type
─1
─ - Fixed
X
Time Delay (Seconds)
─Specify
─
fixed delay in
seconds 0.1 - 10230
Time Range - Seconds
0.1 - 102.3
0.1 - 102.3
1 - 1023
1 - 1023
1 - 1023
10 - 10230
10 - 10230
Part Number
TDUL3000A
TDUL3001A
TDU3000A
TDU3001A
TDU3003A
TDUH3000A
TDUH3001A
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range*
Adjustable (TDU) . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
10 - 10230s in 10s increments Fixed (KSDU). . . . . . Fixed from 0.1s - 10230s
Repeat Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . ±5%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 to 120VAC/DC; 100 to 240VAC/DC
AC Line Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, open during timing
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
28
Minimum Holding Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Protection
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
* For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TMV8000 / TSU2000 Series
The TMV and TSU Series are universal voltage
delay-on-make timers. Two models cover all the
popular voltages and time delays. Available with
knob or external adjust time delay. Its simple two
terminals can easily be connected in series with a
relay coil, contactor coil, solenoid, lamps, small
motor, etc., to delay their energization, prevent
short cycling or to sequence on various loads.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•Operates from 24 to 240VAC/DC
•Onboard or external adjust time delays
•Delays from 5s - 8m
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
•1A steady, 10A inrush
•Two terminal series connection with load
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-12
P/N: P1004-12-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TMV8000
TSU2000
Load may be connected to terminal 3 or 1.
TMV has knob adjustment.
TSU has external adjustment terminals 4 & 5.
Order Table:
Input Voltage Range
24 to 240VAC/DC
24 to 240VAC/DC
Time Delay
5 - 480s
0.1 - 8m
Adjustment
External
Onboard
Part Number
TSU2000
TMV8000
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 480s (TSU2000)
0.1 - 8m (TMV8000)
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 100ms
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 to 240VAC/DC ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid State
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, open during timing
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state, 10A inrush at 55°C
Minimum Holding Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 40mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V @ 1A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 70°C / -30° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
29
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TSD1 Series
The TSD1 Series is designed for more demanding
commercial and industrial applications where small
size and accurate performance is required. The
factory calibration for fixed time delays is within
1% of the target time delay. The repeat accuracy,
under stable conditions, is 0.1% of the time delay.
The TSD1 Series is rated to operate over an extended
temperature range. Time delays of 0.1 seconds to 100
hours are available. The output is rated 1A steady
and 10A inrush. The modules are totally solid state
and encapsulated to protect the electronic circuitry.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 100h
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•12 to 230V in 6 ranges
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TSD11110S
TSD1311.2S
TSD1315S
TSD1320
TSD1321
TSD1424
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Load may be connected to terminal 3 or 1.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
TSD1
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 120VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
─6
─ - 1 - 100h
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
(M) min. or (1 - 100) (H) hours.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Holding Current. . . . . . . . . . .
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
0.1s - 100h in 7 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±1%
12, 24, 120VDC; 24, 120, 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
Solid state
NO, open during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
≤ 40mA
≅ 7mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
THDM Series
The THDM Series is a high power solid-state
delay-on-make timer that is connected in series
with the load. The THDM eliminates the need
for a timer and a separate solid-state relay. A cost
effective approach for controlling larger loads,
such as motors, electric heating elements, and
lamps. When mounted on a metal surface, it can
switch loads up to 20A steady, 200A inrush.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output is energized
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
• High load currents up to 20A, 200A
inrush
• Simple-to-use two terminal series
connection
• ± 0.5% repeat accuracy
• Fixed or adjustable delays from
1s - 1000m
• ± 10% factory calibration
• 24, 120, or 230VAC
• Metallized mounting surface for
heat transfer
• Solid state & encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-13
P/N: P1004-13-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
Time Delay
Load may be connected to terminal 3 or 1.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
1 - 1-100s
2 - 10-1000s
3 - 0.1-10m
4 - 1-100m
5 - 10-1000m
VTP P/N
VTP5G
VTP5K
VTP5N
VTP5P
VTP5R
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on
Adjustment Accessory.
Available Models:
There are no part numbers currently active. Please
call Technical Support with your requirements.
Order Table:
THDM
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec. or (1 - 100) (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . .
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital intergrated circuitry
1s - 1000m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ± 10%
After timing - ≤ 350ms;
During timing - ≤150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, open during timing
Maximum Load Currents
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
Effective Voltage Drop (V Line - V Load)
Input
Effective Drop
24VAC
≤ 3V
120VAC
≤ 3V
230VAC
≤ 5V
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The maximum
mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
31
Timer - Delay-on-Make
THD1 Series
The THD1 Series combines accurate timing
circuitry with high power solid-state switching.
It can switch motors, lamps, and heaters directly
without a contactor. You can reduce labor,
component cost, and increase reliability with these
small, easy-to-use, Digi-Power timers.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•High load currents up to 20A,
200A inrush
•Fixed or adjustable delays from
0.1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•Metallized mounting surface for
heat transfer
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
THD1B410.5S
THD1C231
THD1C232
THD1C233
THD1C234
THD1C235
THD1C415M
S1 = Optional Low Current Initiate
Switch
RT is used when external adjustment
is ordered.
THD1C431
THD1C432
THD1C433
THD1C434
THD1C435
THD1C6110S
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
THD1
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . ≤ ±1%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, open during timing
Maximum Load Current
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
32
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V @ rated current
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
KSD1 Series
The KSD1 Series features two-terminal, seriesconnection with the load. The KSD1 Series
is an ideal choice for delay-on-make timing
applications. This series is designed for general
purpose commercial and industrial applications
where a small, cost effective, reliable solid-state
timer is required. The factory calibration for fixed
time delays is within 5% of the target time delay.
The repeat accuracy, under stable conditions,
is 0.5% of the selected time delay. This series is
designed for popular AC and DC voltages. Time
delays of 0.1 seconds to 1000 minutes are available
in 6 ranges. The output is rated 1A steady and 10A
inrush. The modules are totally solid state and
encapsulated to protect the electronic circuitry.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Load may be connected to terminal 3 or 1.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 1000m
in 6 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•12 to 230V in 5 options
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KSD11120S
KSD1320
KSD1122
KSD1412S
KSD1123
KSD14130S
KSD1133
KSD1420
KSD1230
KSD1431
KSD13110M
KSD16130S
If desired part number is not listed, please call us to
see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
KSD1
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 1000) followed by (S) sec. or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Holding Current. . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±10%
24, 120, or 230VAC; 12 or 24VDC
±20%
50/60 Hz
Solid state
NO, open during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
≤ 40mA
≅ 7mA @ 230VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
33
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TS1 Series
Versa-Timer offers proven reliability and
performance with years of use in OEM equipment
and commercial applications. This encapsulated
general use timing module is capable of controlling
load currents ranging from 5mA to 1A. May be
connected in series with contactors, relays, valves,
solenoids, small motors, and lamps.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•Two terminal series connection with load
•5mA - 1A load currents
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
•±2% repeat accuracy
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.05s - 10m
in 8 ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-XX
P/N: P1004-XX-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
All Other Voltages
12VDC
Time Delay VTP P/N
Time Delay VTP P/N
1 - 0.05-3s
2 - 0.5-60s
3 - 2-180s
4 - 5-600s
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 120VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
VTP2A
VTP2E
VTP2F
VTP2H
Available Models:
Order Table:
X
Input Voltage
1 - 0.05-1s
2 - 0.5-20s
3 - 2-60s
4 - 5-120s
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on Adjustment
Accessory.
Load may be connected to terminal 3 or 1.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
TS1
VTP4B
VTP4F
VTP4J
VTP5N
X
Time Delay*
(12VDC)
─1
─ - 0.05 - 1s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 20s
─3
─ - 2 - 60s
─4
─ - 5 - 120s
X
Time Delay*
(ALL other voltages)
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s
─4
─ - 5 - 600s
TS1111
TS12110
TS121150
TS12120
TS12130
TS121360
TS1214
TS121420
TS12160
TS12190
TS1221
TS1222
TS1224
TS13115
TS1321
TS1410.1
TS1410.25
TS1411
TS14110
TS141180
TS1412
TS14120
TS14130
TS1415
TS1416
TS1418
TS1421
TS1422
TS1423
TS1424
TS1612
TS1615
TS1621
TS1622
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay
(0.05 - 120) (12VDC) or (0.05 - 600)
(other voltages) in secs.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog circuitry
Range
12VDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 120s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
(1 MΩ max. RT )
Other Voltages . . . . . . . 0.05 - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After timing – ≤ 16ms
During timing – 0.1% of time delay or 75ms,
whichever is greater
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24 or 120VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
34
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Holding Current. . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NO, open during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
5mA
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 80°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TH1 Series
The TH1 Series is a solid-state relay and timer
combined into one compact, easy-to-use control.
This highly reliable device eliminates the need
for a separate solid-state relay. When mounted to
a metal surface, it can switch load currents up to
20A steady state, and 200A inrush.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•High current load capacity up to 20A with
200A inrush
•Solid-state switching - no contact wear
or arcing
•Encapsulated
•Fixed or adjustable time delays from 0.1 - 600s
•± 2% repeat accuracy
•± 5% factory calibration
•Metallized mounting surface for heat transfer
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
TH1A421
TH1B633
TH1C415
TH1C621
If desired part number is not listed, please call us to
see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Optional Low Current Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
TH1
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s
─4
─ - 5 - 600s
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 600) in secs.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . ≤ ± 5%
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±15%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, open during timing
Maximum Load Currents
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100mA
≅ 2.5V at rated current
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The maximum
mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
35
Timer - Delay-on-Make
MSM Series
The MSM replaces bi-metal type timing with
reliable solid-state circuitry. There are no moving
parts to arc or wear. It is a cost effective solution
for OEM designers. It is available for printed
circuit board mounting or surface mounting with a
removable bracket and wire leads. The MSM offers
immediate reset on removal of power.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
The time delay begins upon application of input voltage.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 25 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•Printed circuit mount or wire leads
•Fixed delays from 0.05 - 180s
•± 5% repeat accuracy
•± 15% factory calibration
•Two-wire series connection with the load
•Fast reset
Approvals:
Available Models:
MSM10.2W7
MSM10.5W6
MSM10.7W6
MSM11W6
MSM110W6
MSM130W9
MSM16W9
MSM190W6
MSM20.15W9
MSM210P3
MSM21W9
MSM22W6
MSM25W9
MSM30.7W6
MSM33W9
MSM360P1
MSM40.2W6
MSM420W6
MSM42W6
MSM610W9
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
L = Load
R = Red Wire
B = Black Wire
Order Table:
MSM
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Fixed Time Delay
─0.05
─
- 180s
X
Wire Type
─P
─ - PC Mount
Specify fixed time
in seconds.
─W
─ - Stranded
Wire Leads
X
Wire Length Inches (mm)
─1
─ - 0.250 (6.35)
─2
─ - 0.375 (9.53)
─3
─ - 0.5 (12.70)
─4
─ - 0.625 (15.88)
─5
─ - 0.75 (19.05)
─6
─ - 6.0 (152.4)
─7
─ - 7.0 (177.8)
─8
─ - 8.0 (203.2)
─9
─ - 9.0 (228.6)
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog Circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 180s fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±5%
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . ±15%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 75ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . ±15%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid State
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, open during timing
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5A steady state 25°C; 0.25A steady state 60°C
Minimum Holding Current . . . . . . . . . . .40mA
36
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 2.5V @ 0.5A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS input to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
a. PC mount 14 AWG (2.087mm2) wires
(Can be inserted in AMP Miniature Spring
Socket #645980-1)
b. Stranded 18 AWG wire leads (0.933 mm2)
with mounting bracket
Environmental
Operation / Storage Temperature. . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -30° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P: ≅ 1.1 oz (31.2 g) W: ≅ 1.2 oz (34 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TSD4 Series
The TSD4 Digi-Timer is a delay-on-make timer
with a normally closed solid-state output. The load
is energized prior to and during the delay period.
The TSD Series is designed for more demanding
commercial and industrial applications where
small size and accurate performance are required.
The factory calibration for fixed time delays is
within 1% of the target time delay. The repeat
accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.1% of the
time delay. The TSD Series is rated to operate over
an extended temperature range. Time delays of 0.1
seconds to 100 hours are available. The output is
rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The modules are
totally solid state and encapsulated to protect the
electronic circuitry.
Operation (Delay-on-Make NC):
Upon application of input voltage, the load energizes
immediately. When the initiate switch is closed, the
time delay begins. At the end of the time delay, the load
de-energizes.
Reset: When the initiate switch is reopened, the load
energizes again and the time delay is reset. Removing
input voltage resets the time delay.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 100h
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TSD44115S
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
TSD4
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
─6
─ - 1 - 100h
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
(M) min. or (1 - 100) (H) hours.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 100h in 7 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±1%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
NC, closed before & during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
37
Timer - Delay-on-Make
THD4 Series
The THD4 utilizes solid-state circuitry and a
solid-state relay in one easy to use control. The
metallized mounting surface allows a metal panel
to dissipate heat rather than adding an expensive
heat sink. The solid-state output is rated 6, 10, or 20
amps steady and up to 200 amps inrush. Motors,
heaters and valves can be switched directly,
eliminating the expense of a separate contactor.
The THD4 offers substantial performance,
reliability, and cost advantages for OEM designers.
Operation (Delay-on-Make NC):
Upon application of input voltage, the load is energized
immediately. When the initiate switch closes, the time
delay begins. At the end of the time delay, the load
de-energizes.
Reset: When the initiate switch is reopened, the load is
again energized and the time delay is reset. Removing
input voltage resets the time delay and the output.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•High load current capacity up to 20A, 200A
inrush
•Load energized prior to & during timing
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 1000m
in 6 ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
There are no part numbers currently active. Please
call Technical Support with your requirements.
S1 = Low Current Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
THD4
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . ≤ ±1%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NC
Rating
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
38
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V at rated current
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound.
The maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make
KSD4 Series
The KSD4 Digi-Timer offers a delay-on-make
function with normally closed solid-state output.
The load is energized prior to and during the time
delay. This series is designed for general purpose
commercial and industrial applications where a
small, cost effective, reliable solid-state timer is
required. The factory calibration for fixed time
delays is within 5% of the target time delay. The
repeat accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.5% of
the selected time delay. This series is designed for
input voltages of 24, 120 or 230VAC. Time delays
of 0.1 seconds to 1000 minutes are available in 6
ranges. The output is rated 1A steady and 10A
inrush. The modules are totally solid state and
encapsulated to protect the electronic circuitry.
Operation (Delay-on-Make NC):
Upon application of input voltage, the load energizes
immediately. When the initiate switch is closed, the time
delay begins. At the end of the time delay, the load deenergizes.
Reset: When the initiate switch is reopened, the load
energizes and the time delay is reset. Removing input
voltage resets the time delay.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KSD4433
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
KSD4
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m *If fixed delay is selected, insert
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration. . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ± 5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±10%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
NC, closed before & during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
39
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TS4 Series
The TS4 Versa-Timer is an analog delay-on-make
timer with a normally closed solid-state output.
Unlike an interval timer, the load is energized prior
to and during the time delay period. It can be used
as a faster starting interval time delay when S1 is
closed upon application of input voltage.
Operation (Delay-on-Make NC):
Upon application of input voltage, the load is energized
immediately. When the initiate switch is closed, the time
delay begins. At the end of the time delay, the load deenergizes.
Reset: When the initiate switch is reopened, the load again
energizes and the time delay is reset. Removing input
voltage resets the time delay and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delay
•Load energized prior to & during time delay
•0.05 - 600s in 4 ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-XX
P/N: P1004-XX-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
Time Delay
1 - 0.05-3s
2 - 0.5-60s
3 - 2-180s
4 - 5-600s
VTP P/N
VTP4B
VTP4F
VTP4J
VTP5N
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on
Adjustment Accessory.
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Available Models:
TS441180
TS4422
TS4611
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TS4
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s
─4
─ - 5 - 600s
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.05 - 600) in secs.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater;
under fixed conditions
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NC, closed during timing
40
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . -40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Break
TDB / TDBH / TDBL Series
The TDB Series combines accurate digital circuitry
with isolated, 10A, DPDT or SPDT contacts in an 8
or 11-pin plug-in package. The TDB Series features
DIP switch selectable time delays ranging from
0.1-10,230 seconds in three ranges. The TDB Series
is the product of choice for custom control panel
and OEM designers.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied to the input before and
during timing. Upon closure of the initiate switch, the
output relay is energized. The time delay begins when
the initiate switch is opened (trailing edge triggered).
The output remains energized during timing. At the
end of the time delay, the output de-energizes. The
output will energize if the initiate switch is closed when
input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 8 for dimensional drawing.
Digi-Set Binary Switch Operation:
N/L2
•Switch settable time delay
•Three time ranges from 0.1s - 10,230s
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±2% setting accuracy
•10A, SPDT or DPDT output contacts
•LED indication
Approvals:
8-pin models UL listed when
used in combination with
P1011-6 socket only.
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Octal socket for UL listing: P/N: P1011-6
Available Models:
8-pin octal
SPDT
L1
Features:
S1 = Initiate Switch
Relay contacts are isolated.
TDB120AL
TDB120ALD
TDB12D
TDB230AL
TDB24AL
TDB24DL
TDBH120AL
TDBH120ALD
TDBH24AL
TDBL120AL
TDBL120ALD
TDBL24DL
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
11-pin
DPDT
L1
N/L2
Order Table:
TDB - 1 - 1023s in 1s increments
TDBH - 10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
TDBL - 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
X
Input Voltage
X
LED*
X
Type Plug / Output Form
─12D
─
- 12VDC
─L
─
─D
─ - 11-pin plug, DPDT
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─Blank
─
- Octal (8-pin) plug, SPDT
─24D
─
- 24VDC/28VDC
─110D
─
- 110VDC
*Note: LED not available
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
on 12VDC units.
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range**. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 50ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ±5%
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED indicates relay is energized
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 60ms
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24/28, or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC. . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC. . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 3.25W
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT or DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 x 2.4 x 1.8 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in or 11-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
** For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
41
Timer - Delay-on-Break
TRB Series
Features:
The TRB Series combines an isolated, 10A
electromechanical relay output with analog timing
circuitry. False trigger of the TRB by a transient is
unlikely because of the complete isolation of the
circuit from the line prior to initiation. The initiate
contact is common to one side of the line and may
be utilized to operate other loads. Installation is
easy due to the TRB’s industry standard 8 or 11-pin
plug-in base wiring.
Connection:
8-pin octal SPDT
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output relay
energizes. The time delay begins when the initiate switch
is opened (trailing edge triggered). The output remains
energized during timing. At the end of the time delay,
the output de-energizes. The output will energize if the
initiate switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 9 for dimensional drawing.
L1
N/L2
11-pin SPDT
L1
N/L2
11-pin DPDT
L1
N/L2
Order Table:
TRB
External RT P/N Selection Table
Value
Part Number
1M ohm
1.5M ohm
2M ohm
3M ohm
5M ohm
1M ohm
1.5M ohm
2M ohm
3M ohm
5M ohm
P1004-16
P1004-15
P1004-14
P1004-12
P1004-13
P1004-16-X
P1004-15-X
P1004-14-X
P1004-12-X
P1004-13-X
•Onboard adjustable time delays
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.05 - 600s in
multiple ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•AC and DC operating voltages are available
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT or DPDT output contacts
Approvals:
8-pin models UL listed
when used in combination
with P1011-6 socket only.
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Octal socket for UL listing: P/N: P1011-6
• External adjust potentiometers:
P/N: P1004-XX
P/N: P1004-XX-X
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
TRB120A1Y240
TRB120A2Y1
TRB120A2Y3
TRB120A2Y30
TRB120A3X600
TRB24A1Y0.2
TRB24A4Y60
TRB24D10Y10
If desired part number is not listed, please call us to
see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Initiate Switch
Relay contacts are isolated.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
X
Input Voltage
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─24D
─
- 24VDC/28VDC
─110D
─
- 110VDC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
Adjustment and Output Form
─1
─ - Fixed, Octal, SPDT
──
(AC Volts only)
─2
─ - Onboard Adjust, Octal, SPDT
──
(AC Volts only)
─3
─ - Lock Shaft Adjust, Octal, SPDT
──
(AC Volts only)
─4
─ - Onboard adjust, 11-pin, DPDT
─7
─ - Ext. Adjust, 11-pin, SPDT
──
without potentiometer
─10
─ - Fixed, 11-pin, DPDT
X
Time Tolerance
─X
─ - ±20%
─Y
─ - ±10%
─Z
─ - ±5%
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
X
Time Delay*
(seconds)
─1
─ - 0.05 - 1
─2
─ - 0.05 - 2
─3
─ - 0.05 - 3
─5
─ - 0.1 - 5
─10
─ - 0.1 - 10
─30
─ - 1 - 30
─60
─ - 1 - 60
─120
─
- 2 - 120
─180
─
- 2 - 180
─240
─
- 7 - 240
─300
─
- 7 - 300
─360
─
- 7 - 360
─420
─
- 7 - 420
─480
─
- 7 - 480
─600
─
- 7 - 600
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed Time Tolerance & Setting Accuracy. .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
24VDC/AC. . . . . . . .
110 to 230VAC/DC. . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
Analog circuitry
50ms - 10m in 15 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
±5, 10, or 20%
≤ 70ms
≤ 75ms
≤ 250ms
≤±10%
24/28 or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
(DC voltages on DPDT output models only)
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz
≤ 3.25W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated SPDT or DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Isolation Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS between input to output
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62 x 2.39 x 1.78 in (91.6 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in or 11-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Break
PRLB Series
The PRLB Series is designed for use on noncritical timing applications. It offers low cost, knob
adjustable timing control, full 10A relay output,
and onboard LED indication. The knob adjustment
provides a guaranteed time range of up to 10
minutes in 6 ranges. The onboard LED indicates
whether or not the unit is timing (flashing LED)
as well as the status of the output.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied at all times prior to and
during timing. Upon closure of the initiate switch, the
output contacts transfer and remain transferred if no
further action is taken. The LED is on steady. When the
initiate switch is opened, the time delay is started. The
LED flashes during timing. At the conclusion of the delay,
the output contacts revert to their original unenergized
position. Applying input voltage with the initiate switch
closed will energize the load.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 9 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Onboard adjustable time delay relay
•Electronic circuit with electromechanical relay
•Popular AC & DC operating voltages
•Industry standard octal plug-in connection
•Time delays 0.05 - 600s in 6 ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±10% factory calibration
•LED indication
•10A, SPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
PRLB422
PRLB425
If desired part number is not listed, please call us to
see if it is technically possible to build.
L1
N/L2
S1 = Initiate Switch
Relay contacts are isolated.
Order Table:
PRLB
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Factory Fixed
─2
─ - Adjustable
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─3
─ - 1 - 60s
─4
─ - 2 - 180s
─5
─ - 7 - 480s
─6
─ - 7 - 600s
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 600s in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Knob adjust: guaranteed range
Fixed: ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 75ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 250ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2.25W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 28VDC; 10A resistive @ 240VAC;
1/3 hp @ 120 & 240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1x107; Electrical - 1x106
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Indication
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output energized - on steady
Output energized & timing - flashing
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (91.6 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
43
Timer - Delay-on-Break
HRDB Series
The HRDB Series combines an electromechanical,
relay output with microcontroller timing circuitry.
The HRDB offers 12 to 230V operation in five
options and factory fixed, external, or onboard
adjustable time delays with a repeat accuracy of
±0.5%. The isolated output contact rating allows
for direct operation of heavy loads, such as
compressors, pumps, blower motors, heaters, etc.
The HRDB is ideal for OEM applications where
cost is a factor.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output relay
energizes. The time delay begins when the initiate switch
is opened. The output remains energized during timing.
At the end of the time delay, the output de-energizes. The
output will energize if the initiate switch is closed when
input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Timed Load
UTL = Untimed Load (optional)
NO = Normally Open
C = Common, Transfer Contact
Features:
•Isolated, 30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•12 to 230V operation in 5 options
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HRDB1110M
HRDB113S
HRDB117S
HRDB120
HRDB121
HRDB124
HRDB21A65M
HRDB220
HRDB221
HRDB222
HRDB223
HRDB224
HRDB315M
HRDB3160M
HRDB320
HRDB321
HRDB322
HRDB323
HRDB324
HRDB4130S
HRDB420
HRDB421
HRDB422
HRDB423
HRDB424
HRDB615M
HRDB621
HRDB623
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
NOTE: A knob, or terminals 4 & 5 are only
included on adjustable units. RT is used
when external adjustment is ordered. Relay
contacts are isolated. Dashed lines are
internal connections. The untimed load is
optional.
Order Table:
HRDB
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Tolerance
─Blank
─
- ±5%
─A
─ - ±1%
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec, or (0.1 - 100) (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC. . . . .
24 to 230VAC. . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ratings:
General Purpose
125/240VAC
Resistive
125/240VAC
28VDC
44
Microcontroller circuitry
0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5 % or 20ms, whichever is greater
±1%, ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms
±2%
12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz
AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Electromechanical relay
Isolated, SPDT
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
30A
15A
30A
15A
20A
10A
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
6 Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 10 ;
5
4
Electrical - 1 x 10 , *3 x 10 , **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Break
ORB Series
The ORB Series’ open PCB construction offers
the user good economy without sacrificing
performance and reliability. The output relay
is available in isolated, 10A, DPDT or SPDT
forms. The time delay may be ordered as factory
fixed, onboard knob, or external adjustment. All
connections are 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick
connect terminals.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output relay
energizes. The time delay begins when the initiate switch
is opened (trailing edge triggered). The output remains
energized during timing. At the end of the time delay,
the output de-energizes. The output will energize if the
initiate switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 11 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Low cost open PCB construction
•10A, DPDT or SPDT output contacts
•Line voltage initiation
•Delays from 0.05s - 300s in 5 ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±10% factory calibration
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-12
P/N: P1004-12-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
ORB120A160
ORB120A25
ORB24A15D
ORB24A21D
ORB24A25
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
SPDT
DPDT
Relay contacts are isolated.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
ORB
X
Input Voltage
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
X
Output Form
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─Blank
─
- SPDT
─2
─ - 0.5 - 30s
─D
─ - DPDT
─3
─ - 0.6 - 60s
─4
─ - 1.2 - 120s *If fixed delay is selected, insert delay
(0.05 - 300) in seconds.
─5
─ - 3 - 300s
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Analog circuitry
0.05 - 300s in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Adjustable: guaranteed range
Fixed: ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 70ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VAC. . . . . . . . -15% - 20%
120 & 230VAC. . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25W
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT or DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1x107; Electrical - 1x106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥1500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with four #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30°to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.7 oz (77 g)
45
Timer - Delay-on-Break
KRDB Series
The KRDB Series is a compact time delay relay
measuring only 2 in. (50.8 mm) square. Its
microcontroller timing circuit provides excellent
repeat accuracy and stability. Encapsulation
protects against shock, vibration, and humidity.
The KRDB Series is a cost effective approach for
OEM applications that require small size, isolation,
reliability, and long life.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output relay
energizes. The time delay begins when the initiate switch
is opened. The output remains energized during timing.
At the end of the time delay, the output de-energizes. The
output will energize if the initiate switch is closed when
input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Compact time delay relay
•Microcontroller circuitry
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•Input voltages from 12 to 230V in 6 options
•±5% factory calibration
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KRDB1110S
KRDB112.5S
KRDB1120M
KRDB115M
KRDB1160M
KRDB120
KRDB121
KRDB124
KRDB125
KRDB217S
KRDB222
KRDB31120S
KRDB415S
KRDB420
KRDB421
KRDB422
KRDB424
KRDB425
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
UTL = Untimed Load (optional)
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
A knob is supplied for adjustable
units. The untimed load is optional.
Relay contacts are isolated.
Output Current/Ambient
Temperature
Order Table:
KRDB
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC/DC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1
- 1000) followed by (S) sec, or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller with watchdog circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±5%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 40ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±5%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, 110VDC; 24, 120 or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . -15% - 20%
110VDC, 120 or 230VAC . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated relay contacts
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 125VAC;
5A resistive @ 230VAC & 28VDC;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
46
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250VAC
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Break
Connection:
L1
N/L2
TDUB Series
The TDUB Series combines digital timing circuitry
with universal voltage operation. Voltages of
24 to 240VAC and 12 to 24VDC are available in
three ranges. The TDUB Series offers DIP switch
selectable time delays ranging from 0.1 seconds to
102.3 minutes in three ranges. Its 1A rated output,
ability to operate on multiple voltages, and wide
range of switch selectable time delays make the
TDUB Series an excellent choice for process control
systems and OEM equipment.
Features:
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output energizes.
The time delay begins when the initiate switch is opened
(trailing edge triggered). The output remains energized
during timing. At the end of the time delay, the output
de-energizes. The output will energize if the initiate switch
is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Auxiliary Products:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
•Switch selectable time setting
•0.1s - 102.3m in 3 ranges
•± 0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 2% setting accuracy
•1A, solid-state output
•Wide voltage ranges
Approvals:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: 1023-20
Available Models:
TDUB3000A
TDUB3002A
TDUBH3002A
TDUBL3002A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Timed Load
Add the value of switches in the ON
position for the total time delay.
Order Table:
Input Voltage Range
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
Time Range
0.1 - 102.3s
0.1 - 102.3s
0.1 - 102.3s
1 - 1023s
1 - 1023s
1 - 1023s
0.1 - 102.3m
0.1 - 102.3m
0.1 - 102.3m
Part Number
TDUBL3000A
TDUBL3001A
TDUBL3002A
TDUB3000A
TDUB3001A
TDUB3002A
TDUBH3000A
TDUBH3001A
TDUBH3002A
Specifications
Time Delay
Range*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
0.1 - 102.3m in 0.1m increments
Repeat Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±5%
Input
Voltage / Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 to 240VAC, 12 to 24VDC /±20%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, closed before and during timing
Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Off State Leakage Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
*For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
47
Timer - Delay-on-Break
TSDB Series
The TSDB Series is designed for more demanding
commercial and industrial applications where
small size, and accurate performance are required.
The factory calibration for fixed time delays is
within 1% of the target time delay. The repeat
accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.5% of the
time delay. The TSD Series is rated to operate over
an extended temperature range. Time delays of 0.1
seconds to 1000 minutes are available. The output
is rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The modules
are totally solid state and encapsulated to protect
the electronic circuitry.
Connection:
(Positive Switching)
L1
N/L2
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output energizes.
The time delay begins when the initiate switch is opened.
The output remains energized during timing. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes. The output
will energize if the initiate switch is closed when input
voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time
delay and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays 0.1s - 1000m in
6 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 1% factory calibration
•12VDC to 230VAC in 5 options
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TSDB120P
TSDB320P
TSDB420
TSDB431
TSDB434
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
L = Timed Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
TSDB
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Switching Mode
(VDC only)
─P
─ - Positive
─N
─ - Negative
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . .
48
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5 % or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms
≤ ±2%
12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
±15%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10 %
Solid state
NO, closed before & during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A Positive or negative switching
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Break
THDB Series
The THDB Series combines accurate timing
circuitry with high power, solid-state switching.
It can switch motors, lamps, and heaters directly
without a contactor. You can reduce labor,
component cost, and increase reliability with these
small, easy-to-use, Digi-Power timers.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output energizes.
The time delay begins when the initiate switch is opened.
The output remains energized during timing. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes. The output
energizes if the initiate switch is closed when input
voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•High load currents up to 20A, 200A inrush
•Fixed or adjustable 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•Metallized mounting surface for heat transfer
•Totally solid-state & encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
THDB231C
THDB430C
THDB232C
THDB431C
THDB233C
THDB432C
THDB234C
THDB433C
THDB235C
THDB434C
THDB4110MC
THDB435C
THDB421A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
L = Timed Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
THDB
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . ≤ ±1%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, closed before & during timing
Maximum Load Current
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 2.5V @ rated current
≅ 5mA @t 230VAC
100mA
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The maximum
surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
49
Timer - Delay-on-Break
Connection:
L1
N/L2
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
KSDB Series
The KSDB is designed for general purpose
commercial and industrial applications where a
small, cost effective, reliable solid-state timer is
required. The factory calibration for fixed time
delays is within 5% of the target time delay. The
repeat accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.5% of
the selected time delay. This series is designed for
popular AC and DC voltages. Time delays of 0.1
seconds to 1000 minutes are available in 6 ranges.
The output is rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The
modules are totally solid state and encapsulated
to protect the electronic circuitry.
Features:
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output energizes.
The time delay begins when the initiate switch is opened.
The output remains energized during timing. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes. The output
energizes if the initiate switch is closed when input
voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
L = Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
•Fixed or adjustable 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 5% factory calibration
•12VDC to 230VAC in 6 ranges
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Available Models:
KSDB1110MP
KSDB320P
KSDB1115SP
KSDB324N
KSDB1120SP
KSDB330N
KSDB113MP
KSDB330P
KSDB113SP
KSDB334P
KSDB1160SP
KSDB4110S
KSDB120P
KSDB41150S
KSDB134P
KSDB4120M
KSDB2115S
KSDB4160S
KSDB220
KSDB4190M
KSDB231
KSDB431
KSDB312SN
KSDB61150S
KSDB314SP
KSDB631
KSDB315SP
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
KSDB
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 120VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Switching Mode
(VDC only)
─P
─ - Positive
─N
─ - Negative
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5 % or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms
≤ ±10%
12, 24, or 120VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10 %
Solid state
NO, closed before & during timing
o
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60 C
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
Positive or negative switching
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 80°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Interval/Delay-on-Break
TSD7 Series
The TSD7 utilizes only two terminals connected in
series with the load. Interval timing mode period
is achieved by using a small portion of the AC
sine wave allowing sufficient voltage for circuit
operation. It can be used as an interval timer to
control or pulse shape the operation of contactors,
solenoids, relays, and lamp loads. The TSD7 can be
wired to delay on the break of a switch for energy
saving fan delays.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Interval
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the time delay begins. The output remains energized
throughout the time delay. At the end of the time delay,
the output de-energizes and remains de-energized until
power is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Upon closure of SW1, the load is energized and the timer
is reset (zero volts across its input terminals). Opening
SW1 re-applies input voltage to the timer, the load remains
energized and the time delay begins. At the end of the
time delay, the output de-energizes. If SW1 is open when
power is applied, the load will energize for the time delay
then de-energize.
Reset: Reclosing SW1 resets the timer.
Features:
•Two terminal series connection to load
•Fixed or adjustable 1s - 1000m in 5 ranges
•Digital integrated circuitry
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-13
P/N: P1004-13-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
Time Delay
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
1 - 1-100s
2 - 10-1000s
3 - 0.1-10m
4 - 1-100m
5 - 10-1000m
VTP P/N
VTP5G
VTP5K
VTP5N
VTP5P
VTP5R
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on
Adjustment Accessory.
Delay-on- Break
Available Models:
TSD72130S
TSD7222
TSD74110M
TSD7412S
TSD7413S
TSD7414M
TSD7421
V = Voltage
L = Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
TSD7423
TSD7424
TSD761120S
TSD761180S
TSD7611S
TSD7621
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TSD7
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m or (1 - 1000) (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital integrated circuitry
1s - 1000m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±10%
≤ 400ms
≤ ±2%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 45°C
40mA
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Effective Voltage Drop (VLine-VLoad)
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Effective Drop
24VAC
3V
120VAC
4V
230VAC
6V
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
51
Timer - Interval/Delay-on-Break
THD7 Series
The THD7 utilizes only two terminals connected
in series with the load. Interval timing mode
is achieved by using a small portion of the AC
sine wave allowing sufficient voltage for circuit
operation. The THD7 can be used for interval or
delay-on-break timing. It is designed to operate
large loads directly, such as motors, heater
elements, and motor starters.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the time delay begins. The output remains energized
throughout the time delay. At the end of the time delay
the output de-energizes and remains de-energized until
power is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Upon closure of SW1, the load energizes and the timer is
reset (zero voltage across its input terminals). Opening
SW1 re-applies input voltage to the timer, the load remains
energized and the time delay begins. At the end of the
time delay the output de-energizes. If SW1 is open when
power is applied, the load will energize for the time delay
then de-energize.
Reset: Reclosing SW1 resets the timer.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Interval
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Solid-state relay and timer combined
•Two terminal series connection to load
•Up to 20A steady state, 200A inrush
•Fixed or adjustable delays from
1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-13
P/N: P1004-13-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
Time Delay
1 - 1-100s
2 - 10-1000s
3 - 0.1-10m
4 - 1-100m
5 - 10-1000m
Delay-onBreak
VTP P/N
VTP5G
VTP5K
VTP5N
VTP5P
VTP5R
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on
Adjustment Accessory.
Available Models:
THD72110SA
THD7415SB
THD7421C
THD7612MA
THD7621C
V = Voltage
L = Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
THD7
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (0.1 - 1000)(M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1s - 1000m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After timing: ≤150ms; During timing: ≤ 350ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, closed during timing
Rating
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
52
Effective Voltage Drop (VLine-VLoad)
Input
Effective Drop
24VAC
≤ 3V
120VAC
≤ 3V
230VAC
≤ 5V
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Break
TSB Series
The TSB Series is a totally solid-state, delay-onbreak timing module. The TSB is available with a
fixed, external, or onboard adjustable time delay.
Time Delays from 0.05 to 600 seconds, in 4 standard
ranges, cover over 90% of all OEM and commercial
appliance timing applications. The repeat accuracy
is ±2%. Operating voltages of 24, 120, or 230VAC
are available. The TSB’s 1A steady state, 10A rated,
solid-state output is perfect for direct control of
solenoids, contactors, relays, lamps, buzzers, and
small heaters. The TSB can be surface mounted
with a single screw, or snapped on a 35 mm DIN
rail using the P1023-20 adaptor.
Operation (Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon closure of the initiate switch, the output energizes.
The time delay begins when the initiate switch opens.
The output remains energized during timing. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes. The output
will energize if the initiate switch is closed when input
voltage is applied.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets
the time delay. Loss of input voltage resets the output
and the time delay.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
S1 = Initiate Switch
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
L = Load
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable 0.05 - 600s in 4 ranges
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
•± 2% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TSB2130
TSB2190
TSB222
TSB232
TSB4110
TSB41300
TSB414
TSB4170
TSB418
TSB4190
TSB422
TSB423
TSB424
TSB432
TSB434
TSB632
TSB634
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TSB
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s *If fixed delay is selected, insert
─4
─ - 5 - 600s delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.05s - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ ±10%
≤ 150ms
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
NO, closed before & during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
53
Timer - Single Shot
TDS / TDSH / TDSL Series
The TDS Series combines accurate digital circuitry
with isolated, 10A rated, DPDT or SPDT relay
contacts in an 8 or 11-pin plug-in package. The TDS
Series features DIP switch selectable time delays
ranging from 0.1s to 10,230s in three ranges. The
TDS Series is the product of choice for custom
control panel and OEM designers.
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied to the input before and
during timing. Upon momentary or maintained closure
of the initiate switch (leading edge triggered), the output
relay energizes for a measured interval of time. At the
end of the delay, the output de-energizes. Opening or
reclosing the initiate switch during timing has no affect
on the time delay. The output will energize if the initiate
switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
Connection:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 8 for dimensional drawing.
8-pin octal
SPDT
Digi-Set Binary Switch Operation:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•Switch selectable time delay
•Three time ranges from 0.1s - 10,230s
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±2% setting accuracy
•10A, SPDT or DPDT output contacts
•LED indication
Approvals:
8-pin models UL listed
when used in combination
with P1011-6 socket only.
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Octal socket for UL listing: P/N: P1011-6
Available Models:
TDS120AL
TDS120ALD
TDS12D
TDS230AL
TDS24AL
TDS24DL
TDSH120AL
TDSH120ALD
TDSH24ALD
TDSL120AL
TDSL12D
TDSL24D
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
11-pin
DPDT
L1
N/L2
S1 = Initiate Switch
Relay contacts are isolated.
Order Table:
TDS - 1 - 1023s in 1s increments
TDSH - 10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
TDSL - 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
X
Input Voltage
─12D
─
- 12VDC
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─24D
─
- 24VDC/28VDC
─110D
─
- 110VDC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
LED*
─L
─
X
Type of Plug /Output Form
─Blank
─
- Octal (8-pin) plug, SPDT
─D
─ - 11-pin Plug, DPDT
* Note: LED not available in 12VDC
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range**. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 50ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ±5%
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED glows during timing; relay is energized
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 60ms
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24/28, or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC. . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC. . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 3.25W
54
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT & DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28 VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 x 2.4 x 1.8 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in or 11-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
**For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Single Shot
TRS Series
The TRS Series combines an isolated, 10A
electromechanical, relay output with analog timing
circuitry. False trigger of the TRS by a transient is
unlikely because of the complete isolation of the
circuit from the line prior to initiation. The initiate
contact is common to one side of the line and may
be utilized to operate other loads. Installation is
easy due to the TRS’s industry standard 8 or 11-pin
plug-in base wiring.
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied to the input before and
during timing. Upon momentary or maintained closure
of the initiate switch (leading edge triggered), the output
energizes for a measured interval of time. At the end of
the delay, the output de-energizes. Opening or reclosing
the initiate switch during timing has no affect on the time
delay. Applying input voltage with the initiate switch
closed will energize the load and begin the time delay.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
Connection:
8-pin octal SPDT
L1
N/L2
N/L2
11-pin DPDT
L1
N/L2
Order Table:
TRS
S1 = Initiate Switch
Relay contacts are isolated.
RT is used when external
adjustment is ordered.
X
Input Voltage
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─24D
─
- 24VDC/28VDC
─110D
─
- 110VDC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
Value
Part Number
1M ohm
1.5M ohm
2M ohm
3M ohm
5M ohm
1M ohm
1.5M ohm
2M ohm
3M ohm
5M ohm
P1004-16
P1004-15
P1004-14
P1004-12
P1004-13
P1004-16-X
P1004-15-X
P1004-14-X
P1004-12-X
P1004-13-X
X
Adjustment and Output Form
X
Time Tolerance
─1
─ - Fixed, Octal, SPDT
─X
─ - ±20%
(AC Volts only)
─Y
─ - ±10%
─2
─ - Knob Adjust, Octal, SPDT
─Z
─ - ±5%
(AC Volts only)
─3
─ - Lock Shaft Adjust, Octal, SPDT
(AC Volts only)
─4
─ - Knob adjust, 11-pin, DPDT
─7
─ - Ext. Adjust, 11-pin, SPDT
without potentiometer
─10
─ - Fixed, 11-pin, DPDT
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed Time Tolerance &
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
24VDC/AC. . . . . . .
110 to 230VAC/DC. . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog circuitry
0.05s - 10m in 15 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
±5, 10, or 20%
≤ 70ms
≤ 75ms
≤ 250ms
≤±10%
24/28 or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
(DC voltages on DPDT output models only)
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz
≤ 3.25W
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
•Knob adjustable time delays
•Fixed or adjustable 0.05 - 600s in 15 ranges
•Analog circuitry
•±2% repeat accuracy
•AC & DC operating voltages are available
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT & DPDT output contacts
Approvals:
8-pin models UL listed
when used in combination
with P1011-6 socket only.
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-XX
P/N: P1004-XX-X
• Octal socket for UL listing: P/N: P1011-6
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
External RT P/N Selection Table
11-pin SPDT
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 9 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
TRS120A1X300
TRS120A2X300
TRS120A4Z3
TRS24D7Z10
TRS24D7Z3
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
X
Time Delay*
(seconds)
─1
─ - 0.05 - 1
─2
─ - 0.05 - 2
─3
─ - 0.05 - 3
─5
─ - 0.1 - 5
─10
─ - 0.1 - 10
─30
─ - 1 - 30
─60
─ - 1 - 60
─120
─
- 2 - 120
─180
─
- 2 - 180
─240
─
- 7 - 240
─300
─
- 7 - 300
─360
─
- 7 - 360
─420
─
- 7 - 420
─480
─
- 7 - 480
─600
─
- 7 - 600
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated SPDT or DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS between input & output terminals
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in or 11-pin plug-in
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (91.6 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
55
Timer - Single Shot
PRLS Series
The PRLS Series is designed for use on non-critical
timing applications. It offers low cost, knob
adjustable timing control; full 10A relay output;
and onboard LED indication. The knob adjustment
provides a guaranteed time range of up to 10
minutes in 6 ranges. The onboard LED indicates
whether or not the unit is timing (flashing LED)
as well as the status of the output.
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied to the input at all times
prior to and during timing. Upon closure of the initiate
switch (momentary or maintained) the output contacts
transfer and the time delay is initiated. The LED flashes
during timing. At the end of the delay, the output contacts
revert to their original position. If the initiate switch is
reclosed during timing, the time delay will not be affected.
Applying input voltage with the intiate switch closed will
energize the load and begin the time delay.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
Connection:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 9 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Knob adjustable time delay relay
•Electronic circuit with electromechanical
relay
•AC & DC operating voltages
•Standard, octal plug-in connection
•Fixed or adjustable 0.05 - 600s in 6 ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±10% factory calibration
•LED indication
•10A, SPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
PRLS625
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
L1
N/L2
S1 = Initiate Switch
V = Voltage
Relay contacts are isolated.
Order Table:
PRLS
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Factory Fixed
─2
─ - Adjustable
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─3
─ - 1 - 60s
─4
─ - 2 - 180s
─5
─ - 7 - 480s *If fixed delay is selected, insert
─6
─ - 7 - 600s delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog circuitry
0.05 - 600s in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Knob adjust: guaranteed range
Fixed: ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 75ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 250ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC; 12, 24, or 110VDC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2.25W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated SPDT
56
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 28VDC;
10A resistive @ 240VAC;
1/3 hp @ 120 & 240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1x107; Electrical - 1x106
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Indication
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output energized & timing - flashing
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (91.6 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin, plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Single Shot
HRDS Series
The HRDS Series combines an electromechanical
relay output with microcontroller timing circuitry.
It offers 12 to 230V operation in five options and
factory fixed, onboard or external adjustable
time delays with a repeat accuracy of ±0.5%. The
output contact rating allows for direct operation of
heavy loads, such as compressors, pumps, blower
motors, heaters, etc. This series is ideal for OEM
applications where cost is a factor.
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon momentary or maintained closure of the initiate
switch, the output relay energizes for a measured interval
of time. At the end of the delay, the output de-energizes.
Opening or reclosing the initiate switch during timing has
no affect on the time delay. The output will energize if the
initiate switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•12 to 230V operation in 5 options
•Encapsulated circuitry
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HRDS120
HRDS124
HRDS21120S
HRDS220
HRDS221
HRDS222
HRDS223
HRDS313M
HRDS320
HRDS321
HRDS322
HRDS323
HRDS324
HRDS420
HRDS421
HRDS422
HRDS423
HRDS424
HRDS430
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
NO = Normally Open
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Load
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NOTE: A knob, or terminals 4 & 5 are only
included on adjustable units. RT is used
when external adjustment is ordered. Relay
contacts are not isolated.
Order Table:
HRDS
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Tolerance
─Blank
─
- ±5%
─A
─ - ±1%
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1
- 1000) followed by (S) sec, or (0.1 - 100)
(M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC. . . . . . . .
24 to 230VAC. . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ratings:
General Purpose
125/240VAC
Resistive
125/240VAC
28VDC
Microcontroller circuitry
0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20 ms, whichever is greater
±1%, ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms
±2%
12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz
AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Electromechanical relay
Non-isolated, SPDT
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
30A
15A
30A
15A
20A
10A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
6
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 10 ;
5
4
Electrical - 1 x 10 , *3 x 10 , **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C/-40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
57
Timer - Interval/Single Shot
ERDI Series
Econo-Timers are a combination of digital
electronics and an electromechanical relay. DPDT
relay output for relay logic circuits, and isolation
of input to output voltages. For applications, such
as interval on, pulse shaping, minimum run time,
etc. The ERD Series is encapsulated to protect the
circuitry from shock, vibration and humidity.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Interval
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, time delay begins, and
output relay energizes. At the end of time delay, output
de-energizes until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before & during timing.
Upon momentary or maintained closure of initiate switch,
output relay energizes for time delay. At the end of the
delay, output de-energizes. Opening or reclosing initiate
switch during timing has no affect on time delay. Output
will energize if initiate switch is closed when input
voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when time delay is complete & initiate
switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets time delay
& output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 10 for dimensional drawing.
L1
Features:
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000m in 11 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 10% factory calibration
•Encapsulated digital circuitry
•Isolated 10A, DPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-16
P/N: P1004-16-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
ERDI1210
ERDI4311
ERDI123
ERDI436
ERDI323
ERDI628
ERDI326
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
N/L2
Single Shot
2-3 & 7-6 are Normally Open Contacts (NO)
2-4 & 7-5 are Normally Closed Contacts (NC)
A knob, or terminals 9 & 10 are included on
adjustable units. Relay contacts are isolated.
RT is used when external adjustment is
ordered.
Order Table:
ERDI
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 120VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
Specifications
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 1s
─2
─ - 0.1 - 5s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─4
─ - 0.2 - 15s
─5
─ - 0.3 - 30s
─6
─ - 0.6 - 60s
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 500m in 11 adjustable ranges,
0.1s - 1000m fixed
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Knob, external adjust, or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5%
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, or 120VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC. . . . . . -15% - 20%
120VDC/AC & 230VAC. . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated relay contacts
58
─7
─ - 0.1 - 5m
─8
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─9
─ - 0.2 - 15m
─10
─ - 1 - 100m
─11
─ - 10 - 500m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec, or (M) min.
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.5 x 1.7 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 43.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . -40° to 65°C / -40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5.7 oz (162 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Single Shot
ORS Series
The ORS Series’ open PCB construction offers
the user good economy without sacrificing
performance and reliability. The output relay
is available in isolated, 10A, DPDT or SPDT
forms. The time delay may be ordered as factory
fixed, onboard knob, or external adjustment. All
connections are 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick
connect terminals.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
L1
N/L2
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before and during
timing. Upon momentary or maintained closure of the
initiate switch (leading edge triggered), the output relay
energizes for a measured interval of time. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes. Opening or
reclosing the initiate switch during timing has no affect
on the time delay. The output will energize if the initiate
switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 11 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Low cost open PCB construction
•Momentary or maintained initiation
•10A, DPDT or SPDT output contacts
•Delays from 0.05s - 300s in 5 ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±10% factory calibration
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-12
P/N: P1004-12-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
ORS120A1180
ORS120A33
ORS230A150SD
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
SPDT
DPDT
Relay contacts are isolated.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
ORS
X
Input Voltage
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 30s
─3
─ - 0.6 - 60s
─4
─ - 1.2 - 120s
─5
─ - 3 - 300s
X
Output Form
─Blank
─
- SPDT
─D
─ - DPDT
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay
(0.05 - 300) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog circuitry
0.05 - 300s in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Adjustable: guaranteed range
Fixed: ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 70ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VAC. . . . . . . -15% - 20%
120 & 230VAC. . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25W
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT or DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1x107; Electrical - 1x106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥1500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with four #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.7 oz (77 g)
59
Timer - Single Shot
KRDS Series
The KRDS Series is a compact time delay relay
measuring only 2 in. (50.8 mm) square. Its
microcontroller timing circuit provides excellent
repeat accuracy and stability. Encapsulation
protects against shock, vibration, and humidity.
The KRDS Series is a cost effective approach for
OEM applications that require small size, isolation,
reliability, and long life.
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon momentary or maintained closure of the initiate
switch, the output relay energizes for a measured interval
of time. At the end of the delay, the output de-energizes.
Opening or reclosing the initiate switch during timing has
no affect on the time delay. The output will energize if the
initiate switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Compact time delay relay
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•±5% factory calibration
•Input voltages from 12 to 230V in 5 options
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KRDS120
KRDS221
KRDS225
KRDS424
KRDS430
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
UTL = Untimed Load
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
A knob is supplied for adjustable units. The
untimed load is optional. Relay contacts are
isolated.
Output Current/Ambient
Temperature:
Order Table:
KRDS
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC/DC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1
- 1000) followed by (S) sec, or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC. . . . . . .
110VDC, 120VAC or 230VAC . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
Microcontroller with watchdog circuitry
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ 40ms
≤ ±5%
12, 24 or 110VDC; 24, 120 or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20%- 10%
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Isolated relay contacts
SPDT
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 125VAC;
5A resistive @ 230VAC & 28VDC;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature . . . . . -40° to 60°C/-40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Single Shot
TDUS Series
The TDUS Series combines digital timing circuitry
with universal voltage operation. Voltages of
24 to 240VAC and 12 to 24VDC are available in
three ranges. The TDUS Series offers DIP switch
selectable time delays ranging from 0.1 seconds to
102.3 minutes in three ranges. Its 1A rated output,
ability to operate on multiple voltages, and wide
range of switch selectable time delays make the
TDUS Series an excellent choice for process control
systems and OEM equipment.
Features:
•Switch selectable time setting
•0.1s - 102.3m in 3 ranges
•± 0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 2% setting accuracy
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
•Wide voltage ranges
Approvals:
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon momentary or maintained closure of the initiate
switch (leading edge triggered), the output energizes for a
measured interval of time. At the end of the delay, the output
de-energizes. Opening or reclosing the initiate switch during
timing has no affect on the time delay. The output will energize
if the initiate switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and the
initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets the time
delay and output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TDUS3000A
TDUS3002A
TDUSL3000A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Timed Load
Order Table:
Input Voltage Range
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
Time Range
0.1 - 102.3s
0.1 - 102.3s
0.1 - 102.3s
1 - 1023s
1 - 1023s
1 - 1023s
0.1 - 102.3m
0.1 - 102.3m
0.1 - 102.3m
Part Number
TDUSL3000A
TDUSL3001A
TDUSL3002A
TDUS3000A
TDUS3001A
TDUS3002A
TDUSH3000A
TDUSH3001A
TDUSH3002A
Specifications
Time Delay
Range*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
0.1 - 102.3m in 0.1m increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20 ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2% or 20 ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±5%
Input
Voltage/Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 to 240VAC, 12 to 24VDC /±20%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, closed during timing
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1 mA
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
*For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
61
Timer - Single Shot
TSDS Series
The TSD Series is designed for more demanding
commercial and industrial applications where
small size and accurate performance are required.
The factory calibration for fixed time delays is
within 1% of the target time delay. The repeat
accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.5% of the
time delay. The TSD Series is rated to operate over
an extended temperature range. Time delays of 0.1
seconds to 1000 minutes are available. The output
is rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The modules
are totally solid state and encapsulated to protect
the electronic circuitry. This product is suitable for
many applications, including dispensing, welding,
and exposure timing.
Connection:
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
L1
N/L2
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon momentary or maintained closure of the initiate
switch, the output energizes for a measured interval of
time. At the end of the delay, the output de-energizes.
Opening or reclosing the initiate switch during timing has
no affect on the time delay. The output will not energize if
the initiate switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
L = Timed Load
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays 0.1s - 1000m in
6 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•12VDC to 230VAC in 5 options
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TSDS11390SP
TSDS2110S
TSDS320N
TSDS321P
TSDS421
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TSDS
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
X
Switching Mode
(VDC only)
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─P
─ - Positive
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─N
─ - Negative
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . .
62
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms
≤ ±2%
12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
±15%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
Positive or negative switching
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Single Shot
THDS Series
The THDS Series combines accurate timing
circuitry with high power solid-state switching.
It can switch motors, lamps, and heaters directly
without a contactor. You can reduce labor,
component cost, and increase reliability with these
small, easy-to-use, Digi-Power timers.
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon momentary or maintained closure of the initiate
switch, the output energizes for a measured interval of
time. At the end of the delay, the output de-energizes.
Opening or reclosing the initiate switch during timing
has no affect on the time delay. The output energizes if
the initiate switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•High load currents up to 20A, 200A inrush
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•Metallized mounting surface for heat
transfer
•Totally solid state and encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
THDS230C
THDS231C
THDS232C
THDS233C
THDS234C
THDS235C
THDS410.25SA
THDS411.5SA
THDS414MC
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
L = Timed Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
THDS420B
THDS430C
THDS432C
THDS433C
THDS434C
THDS435C
THDS610.25SA
THDS611.5SA
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
THDS
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤150ms
≤ 20ms
≤ ±2%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
Output
Steady State
A
6A
B
10A
C
20A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Inrush**
60A
100A
200A
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 2.5V @ rated current
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
100mA
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
63
Timer - Single Shot
KSDS Series
The KSDS Series is ideal for applications that
require momentary start interval timing including
dispensing, exposure timing, or pulse shaping.
This series is available for both AC and DC
voltages. This series is designed for general
purpose commercial and industrial applications
where a small, cost effective, reliable solid-state
timer is required. The factory calibration for fixed
time delays is within 5% of the target time delay.
The repeat accuracy, under stable conditions, is
0.5% of the selected time delay. Time delays of 0.1
seconds to 1000 minutes are available in 6 ranges.
The output is rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The
modules are totally solid state and encapsulated
to protect the electronic circuitry.
Connection:
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
L1
N/L2
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon momentary or maintained closure of the initiate
switch (leading edge triggered), the output energizes for
a measured interval of time. At the end of the delay, the
output de-energizes. Opening or reclosing the initiate
switch during timing has no affect on the time delay. The
output will not energize if the initiate switch is closed
when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch is opened. Loss of input voltage resets
the time delay and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
L = Timed Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays 0.1s - 1000m in
6 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 5% factory calibration
•12 to 230V in 5 ranges
•1A, solid-state output
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KSDS1115SP
KSDS121P
KSDS130P
KSDS310.1SP
KSDS330P
KSDS415M
KSDS420
If desired part number is not listed, please call us to
see if it is technically possible to build.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
KSDS
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Switching Mode
(VDC only)
─P
─ - Positive
─N
─ - Negative
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5 % or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms
≤ ±10%
12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10 %
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
Positive or negative switching
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Single Shot
TSS Series
The TSS is a totally solid-state timing module. Its
1A rated, solid-state output provides an excellent
method of time control for exposures, dispensing,
or for increasing or decreasing a switch closure.
Time delays from 0.05 to 600 seconds, in 4 ranges,
cover 90% of all OEM applications. Factory
calibration of fixed delays is ±5% and the repeat
accuracy is ±2%. The TSS can be surface mounted
with a single screw, or snapped on a 35mm DIN
rail using the P1023-20 accessory adaptor.
Operation (Single Shot):
Voltage must be applied before and during timing. Upon
momentary or maintained closure of the initiate switch,
the output energizes for a measured interval of time. At
the end of the delay, the output de-energizes. Opening or
reclosing the initiate switch during timing has no affect
on the time delay. The output will energize if the initiate
switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch opens. Loss of input voltage resets the
time delay and output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Expands or decreases switch closures
•Momentary or maintained initiate switch
•Totally solid state
•Encapsulated to protect against shock &
vibration
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.05 - 600s in 4 ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TSS223
TSS410.5
TSS421
TSS422
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Timed Load
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
TSS424
TSS432
TSS622
TSS624
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
TSS
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s
─4
─ - 5 - 600s
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.05s - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms
≤ ±10%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
- 40° to 75°C / - 40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
65
Timer - Single Shot
THC / THS Series
The TH series is a solid-state relay and timer
combined into one compact, easy-to-use control.
When mounted to a metal surface, the TH Series
may be used to directly control lamp or heater
loads of up to 20A steady, 200A inrush. Its single
shot function can perform dispensing and pulse
shaping operations. The initiate switch can be a
momentary or maintained type of switch. Time
delays can be selected from 0.1 - 600 seconds
in 4 ranges. The THC Series is used for coin
vending applications where fast initiate response
is required.
Operation (Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied before and during timing.
Upon momentary or maintained closure of the initiate
switch (leading edge triggered), the output energizes for
a measured interval of time. At the end of the delay, the
output de-energizes. Opening or reclosing the initiate
switch during timing has no affect on the time delay. The
output will energize if the initiate switch is closed when
input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and
the initiate switch opens. Loss of input voltage resets the
time delay and output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•High load current capacity, up to 20A,
200A inrush
•Momentary or maintained initiate
switch
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•Fixed or adjustable 0.1 - 600s in 4 ranges
•Metallized mounting surface for heat
transfer
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
THC41180B
THC421C
THS422B
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Timed Load
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
THC /
THS
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
X
Output Rating
─1
─ - 0.1 - 3s
─A
─ - 6A
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─B
─ - 10A
─3
─ - 2 - 180s
─C
─ - 20A
─4
─ - 5 - 600s *If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Currents
66
0.1 - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ± 5%
≤ 150ms
≤ 20ms
≤ ±10%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±15%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
Output
Steady State
A
6A
B
10A
C
20A
Inrush**
60A
100A
200A
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100mA
≅ 2.5V at rated current
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Retriggerable Single Shot
HRD9 Series
The HRD9 Series combines an electromechanical
relay output with microcontroller timing circuitry.
It offers 12 to 230V operation in five ranges and
factory fixed, external, or onboard adjustable
time delays with a repeat accuracy of ±0.5%. The
isolated output contact rating allows for direct
operation of heavy loads, such as compressors,
pumps, blower motors, heaters, etc. The HRD9 is
ideal for OEM applications where cost is a factor.
Operation (Motion Detector/Retriggerable Single Shot):
Input voltage must be applied prior to and during timing.
The output is de-energized. Upon closure of the initiate
switch (momentary or maintained) the output energizes
and the time delay starts. On completion of the delay
period, the output de-energizes.
Reset: Reclosing the initiate switch during or after timing
will reset the time delay and restart timing. Reset is also
accomplished by removing and reapplying input voltage.
Note: Powering up the unit with the initiate switch closed
will not energize the output relay or start timing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Isolated, 30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•12 to 230V operation in 5 options
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•0.5% repeat timing accuracy
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Encapsulated circuitry
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
L1
HRD93110S
HRD9320
If desired part number is not listed, please call us to
see if it is technically possible to build.
N/L2
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Timed Load
UTL = Untimed Load (optional)
NO = Normally Open
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NOTE: A knob, or terminals 4 & 5 are only
included on adjustable units. RT is used when
external adjustment is ordered. Relay contacts
are isolated. The untimed load is optional.
Order Table:
HRD9
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
Specifications
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Tolerance
─Blank
─
- ±5%
─A
─ - ±1%
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec, or (0.1 - 100) (M) min.
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5 % or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . ±1%, ±5%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 20ms (≤ 1500 operations per min.)
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC. . . . . . -15% - 20%
24 to 230VAC. . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
Ratings:
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
General Purpose
125/240VAC
30A
15A
Resistive
125/240VAC
30A
15A
28VDC
20A
10A
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106; Electrical - 1 x 105, *3 x 104, **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C/-40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
67
Timer - Retriggerable Single Shot
KRD9 Series
The KRD9 Series microcontroller timing circuit
provides excellent repeat accuracy and stability.
Cost effective approach for OEM applications
that require small size, isolation, reliability, and
long life.
Operation (Retriggerable Single Shot):
Function Type A (Output Initially De-energized): Input
voltage must be applied prior to and during timing. When
the initiate switch is closed, (momentary or maintained)
the output energizes and the time delay starts. On
completion of the delay, the output de-energizes. The unit
will time out if S1 remains in the open or closed position
for the full time delay. Reclosing the initiate switch resets
the time delay and restarts timing; the output remains
energized. The output will not energize if the initiate
switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
Function Type B (Output Initially Energized): Upon
application of input voltage, the output energizes and the
time delay starts. At the end of the time delay, the load
de-energizes. The unit will time out if S1 remains in the
open or closed position for the full time delay. Closing
(re-closing) the initiate switch resets the time delay and
restarts timing; the output remains energized.
Reset: The time delay and the output are reset when input
voltage is removed.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Compact time delay relay
•Microcontroller circuitry
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•Input voltages from 12 to 230V in 6 options
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KRD9120B
KRD92115MA
KRD92115MB
KRD9220B
KRD93115MA
KRD94115SB
KRD9423B
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
C = Common, Transfer Contact
UTL = Untimed Load (optional)
A knob is supplied for adjustable units, or
RT terminals 4 & 5 for external adjust. See
external adjustment vs time delay chart. The
untimed load is optional. Relay contacts are
isolated.
Output Current/Ambient
Temperature:
Order Table:
KRD9
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC/DC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Function Type
─A
─ - De-energized
─B
─ - Energized
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec, or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . .
110VDC, 120 or 230VAC . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
Microcontroller based with watchdog circuitry
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ 40ms; ≤ 750 operations per minute
≤ ±5%
12, 24 or 110VDC; 24, 120 or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Isolated relay contacts
SPDT
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 125VAC; 5A resistive @ 230VAC
& 28VDC; 1/4 hp @ 125VAC
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250VAC
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107 ; Electrical - 1 x 105
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reversed polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . -40°to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Interval
TDI / TDIH / TDIL Series
The TDI Series is an interval timer that combines
accurate digital circuitry with isolated, 10A rated,
DPDT relay contacts in an 8-pin plug-in package.
The TDI Series features DIP switch selectable time
delays ranging from 0.1 to 10,230 seconds in three
ranges. The TDI Series is the product of choice for
custom control panel and OEM designers.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output relay is energized during the time delay. At the
end of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 8 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
Digi-Set Binary Switch Operation:
Features:
•Switch settable time delay
•Three time ranges from 0.1s - 10,230s
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±2% setting accuracy
•10A, DPDT output contacts
•LED indication
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
TDI120AL
TDI12D
TDI230AL
TDI24AL
TDI24DL
TDIH24AL
TDIL120AL
TDIL24DL
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
L1
N/L2
Relay contacts are isolated.
Order Table:
TDI - 1 - 1023s in 1s increments
TDIH - 10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
TDIL - 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
X
Input Voltage
─12D
─
- 12VDC
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─24D
─
- 24VDC/28VDC
─110D
─
- 110VDC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
LED Indication*
─L
─
* Note: LED not available in 12VDC
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range**. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 50ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED glows during timing; relay is energized
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC. . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 3.25W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 x 2.4 x 1.8 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -20° to 65°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
** For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
69
Timer - Interval
HRDI Series
The HRDI Series combines an electromechanical
relay output with microcontroller timing circuitry.
It offers 12 to 230V operation in five ranges and
factory fixed, external, or onboard adjustable
time delays with a repeat accuracy of ±0.5%. The
output contact rating allows for direct operation of
heavy loads, such as compressors, pumps, blower
motors, heaters, etc. This series is ideal for OEM
applications where cost is a factor.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output relay is energized during the time delay. At
the end of the time delay, the output de-energizes and
remains de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and the output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•12 to 230V operation in 5 options
•Encapsulated circuitry
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•±0.5% repeat timing accuracy
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HRDI117S
HRDI220
HRDI221
HRDI222
HRDI223
HRDI224
HRDI320
HRDI321
HRDI322
HRDI323
HRDI324
HRDI4130M
HRDI421
HRDI422
HRDI423
HRDI424
HRDI431
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NO = Normally Open
L = Load
NOTE: A knob, or terminals 4 & 5 are only
included on adjustable units. RTT is used
when external adjustment is ordered. Relay
contacts are not isolated.
Order Table:
HRDI
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Tolerance
─Blank
─
- ±5%
─A
─ - ±1%
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s *If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m - 1000) followed by (S) sec, or (0.1 - 100)
(M) min.
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5 % or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . ±1%, ±5%
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC. . . . . -15% - 20%
24 to 230VAC. . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT, non-isolated
Ratings:
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
General Purpose
125/240VAC
30A
15A
Resistive
125/240VAC
30A
15A
28VDC
20A
10A
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
70
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106;
Electrical - 1 x 105, *3 x 104, **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Interval
KRDI Series
The KRDI Series is a compact time-delay relay
measuring only 2 in. (50.8 mm) square. Its solidstate timing circuit provides excellent repeat
accuracy and stability. Encapsulation protects
against shock, vibration, and humidity. The
KRDI Series is a cost effective approach for OEM
applications that require small size, isolation,
reliability, and long life.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output relay energizes during the time delay. At the
end of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Compact time delay relay
•10A, SPDT output contacts
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•Input voltages from 12 to 230V in 6 options
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
KRDI1132S
KRDI2110S
KRDI120
KRDI21120S
KRDI121
KRDI320
KRDI122
KRDI420
KRDI210.1S
KRDI423
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
A knob is supplied for adjustable units,
or RT terminals 4 & 5 for external adjust.
See external adjustment vs time delay
chart. Relay contacts are isolated.
Output Current/Ambient
Temperature:
Order Table:
KRDI
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1
- 1000) followed by (S) sec, or (0.1 - 100)
(M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . .
110VDC, 120VAC or 230VAC. . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ± 5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±5%
12, 24 or 110VDC; 24, 120 or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Isolated relay contacts
SPDT
10A resistive @ 125VAC;
5A resistive @ 230VAC & 28VDC;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250VAC
Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Encapsulated
≥ 1500V RMS input to output
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
71
Timer - Interval
TDUI Series
The TDUI Series combines digital timing circuitry
with universal voltage operation. Voltages of
24 to 240VAC and 12 to 24VDC are available in
three ranges. The TDUI Series offers DIP switch
selectable time delays ranging from 0.1 seconds to
102.3 minutes in three ranges. Its 1A rated output,
ability to operate on multiple voltages, and wide
range of switch selectable time delays make the
TDUI Series an excellent choice for process control
systems and OEM equipment.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output energizes during the time delay. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
Features:
•Switch selectable time setting
•0.1s - 102.3m in 3 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±2% setting accuracy
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
•Wide voltage ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TDUI3000A
TDUIH3001A
TDUIH3002A
TDUIL3002A
Order Table:
Input Voltage Range
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
24 to 120VAC
100 to 240VAC
12 to 24VDC
Time Range
0.1 - 102.3s
0.1 - 102.3s
0.1 - 102.3s
1 - 1023s
1 - 1023s
1 - 1023s
0.1 - 102.3m
0.1 - 102.3m
0.1 - 102.3m
Part Number
TDUIL3000A
TDUIL3001A
TDUIL3002A
TDUI3000A
TDUI3001A
TDUI3002A
TDUIH3000A
TDUIH3001A
TDUIH3002A
Specifications
Time Delay
Range*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
0.1 - 102.3m in 0.1m increments
Repeat Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±5%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 to 240VAC, 12 to 24VDC ±20%
AC Line Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 10%
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, closed during timing
Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
OFF State Leakage Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
Protection
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
*For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch position
is changed.
72
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Interval
TSD2 Series
The TSD Series is designed for more demanding
commercial and industrial applications where
small size and accurate performance are required.
The factory calibration for fixed time delays is
within 1% of the target time delay. The repeat
accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.1% of the
time delay. The TSD Series is rated to operate over
an extended temperature range. Time delays of 0.1
seconds to 100 hours are available. The output is
rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The modules are
totally solid state and encapsulated to protect the
electronic circuitry.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is energized during the time delay. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 100h
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Available Models:
TSD2221
TSD241600S
TSD2411S
TSD2434
TSD24145S
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
TSD2
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
─6
─ - 1 - 100h
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min. or (1 - 100) (H) hours
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 100h in 7 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±1%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weightv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
73
Timer - Interval
THD2 Series
The THD2 Series combines accurate timing
circuitry with high power solid-state switching.
It can switch motors, lamps, and heaters directly
without a contactor. You can reduce labor,
component cost, and increase reliability with these
small, easy-to-use, Digi-Power timers.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output energizes during the time delay. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•High load currents up to 20A, 200A inrush
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•Metallized mounting surface for heat transfer
•Totally solid state and encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
THD2B4110M
THD2B41600S
THD2B6110M
THD2C231
THD2C232
THD2C233
THD2C234
THD2C235
S1 = Optional Low Current Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
THD2C423
THD2C430
THD2C431
THD2C432
THD2C433
THD2C434
THD2C435
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
THD2
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (1 - 1000) followed by (S) secs.
or (M) mins.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current
74
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±2%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
Output
Steady State
A
6A
B
10A
C
20A
Inrush**
60A
100A
200A
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100mA
≅ 2.5V at rated current
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Interval
TSD6 Series
The TSD6 offers total solid-state, interval timing
for 12 or 24VDC applications. This series provides
either negative or positive switching. The TSD
Series is designed for more demanding commercial
and industrial applications where small size and
accurate performance is required. The factory
calibration for fixed time delays is within 1% of
the target time delay. The repeat accuracy, under
stable conditions, is 0.1% of the time delay. The
TSD Series is rated to operate over an extended
temperature range. Time delays of 0.1 seconds
to 100 hours are available. The output is rated
1A steady and 10A inrush. The modules are
totally solid state and encapsulated to protect the
electronic circuitry.
Connection:
(Positive Switching)
(Negative Switching)
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output energizes during the time delay. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 100h
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•12 or 24VDC interval timing
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
TSD6113SN
TSD6310.8SN
TSD6121N
TSD631180SP
TSD6121P
TSD631380SP
TSD6123N
TSD6320P
TSD6124P
TSD6334P
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TSD6
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─3
─ - 24VDC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
─6
─ - 1 - 100h
X
Switching Mode
─P
─ - Positive
─N
─ - Negative
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min. or (1 - 100) (H) hours
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 100h 7 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±1%
12 or 24VDC
±15%
±10%
≤ 1W
Solid state, positive or negative switching
NO, closed during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 1mA
≅ 1.0V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
75
Timer - Interval
KSD2 Series
The KSD2 Series is designed for general purpose
commercial and industrial applications where a
small, cost effective, reliable, solid-state timer is
required. The factory calibration for fixed time
delays is within 5% of the target time delay. The
repeat accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.5% of
the selected time delay. This series is designed for
input voltages of 24, 120 or 230VAC. Time delays
of 0.1 seconds to 1000 minutes are available in 6
ranges. The output is rated 1A steady and 10A
inrush. The modules are totally solid state and
encapsulated to protect the electronic circuitry.
An excellent choice for most OEM pulse shaping,
maximum run time, and other process control
applications.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output energizes during the time delay. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and the output.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 5% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KSD2211M
KSD2221
KSD2413M
KSD2420
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
KSD2
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) secs. or (M) mins.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . .
76
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±10%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
NO, closed during timing
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Interval
TS2 / TS6 Series
The TS2 Series is designed for 24, 120 or 230VAC
and the TS6 Series is designed for 12 or 24VDC.
These series are capable of controlling load
currents of up to 1A steady state, 10A inrush.
Encapsulated circuitry and the reliability of a ±2%
repeat accuracy make the TS2 and TS6 ideal for
cost sensitive applications.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output energizes during the time delay. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and
the output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features:
•12 or 24VDC; 24,120, or 230VAC input
voltages
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.05s - 10m
in 8 ranges
•Repeat accuracy ±2%
•Load currents to 1A, 10A inrush
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-XX
P/N: P1004-XX-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
TS6 12VDC
Time Delay
1 - 0.05-1s
2 - 0.5-20s
3 - 2-60s
4 - 5-120s
VTP P/N
VTP2A
VTP2E
VTP2F
VTP2H
TS2 & TS6
All Other Voltages
Time Delay
1 - 0.05-3s
2 - 0.5-60s
3 - 2-180s
4 - 5-600s
Available Models:
Order Tables:
TS6
X
Input Voltage
X
Adjustment
X
Time Delay*
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s *If fixed delay is selected, insert
─4
─ - 5 - 600s delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
X
Input Voltage
X
Adjustment
X
Time Delay*
12VDC
24VDC
─1
─ - 12VDC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
VTP4B
VTP4F
VTP4J
VTP5N
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on
Adjustment Accessory.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Note: TS6 is not reverse polarity protected.
TS2
VTP P/N
─1
─ - 0.05 - 1s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 20s
─3
─ - 2 - 60s
─4
─ - 5 - 120s
0.05 - 3s
0.5 - 60s
2 - 180s
5 - 600s
X
Switching Mode
─P
─ - Positive
TS22120
TS2421
TS6116P
TS2213
TS2422
TS6122P
TS2223
TS2423
TS6123P
TS2411.5
TS2424
TS6311P
TS24110
TS2611.5
TS63110P
TS2412
TS26130
TS6321P
TS2413
TS26190
TS24130
TS2621
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.05
- 120 12VDC) or (0.05 - 600 24VDC) in secs.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog circuitry
Range
12VDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 120s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
(1 MΩ max. RT )
Other Voltages . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±15%
DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC ≤ 1W; AC ≤ 2VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, closed during timing
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC ≅ 1.0V @ 1A; AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS6 is not reverse polarity protected
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . -40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
77
Timer - Interval
TH2 Series
The TH2 is the combination of a timer and a solidstate relay into one easy-to-use solid-state molded
module. When mounted to a metal surface, the
TH2 Series can switch load currents up to 20A
steady state with 200A inrush. The TH2 replaces
a timer and relay at a competitive price.
Operation (Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output energizes during the time delay. At the end
of the time delay, the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Features
•High load current capacity up to 20A, 200A
inrush
•Fixed or adjustable time delays from
0.1 - 600s in 4 ranges
•±2% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•Metallized mounting surface for heat
transfer
•Solid state & encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
TH2A421
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
TH2
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s
─4
─ - 5 - 600s
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges, or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±5%
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±15%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, closed during timing
Maximum Load Currents
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
78
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V at rated current
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Recycling
TDR Series
The TDR Series of time-delay relays are comprised
of digital circuitry and an isolated, 10A relay
output. The on and off delays are selected by
means of two, ten position binary switches, which
allow the setting of the desired delay to be precise
every time.
Operation (Recycling - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the green LED glows,
the output relay is energized, the red LED glows, and
the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the ON time, the
output de-energizes, the red LED turns OFF and the T2,
OFF time begins. At the end of the OFF time, the output
relay energizes and the cycle repeats as long as input
voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays, and returns the sequence to the first delay.
Operation (Recycling - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the green LED glows,
the T1 OFF time begins, the load is OFF. At the end of
the OFF time, the T2 ON time begins, the load energizes,
and the red LED glows. At the end of the ON time the
load de-energizes and the red LED turns OFF. The cycle
repeats until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to the OFF time.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 8 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
Relay contacts are isolated.
Features:
•Switch settable time delays - both times
adjustable
•0.1s - 2.84h in 3 ranges
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±2% setting accuracy
•Isolated, 10A, DPDT output contacts
•Octal plug-in base connection
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
TDR1A22
TDR2A22
TDR2A23
TDR4A11
TDR4A12
TDR4A13
TDR4A22
TDR4A23
TDR4A33
TDR4B22
TDR4B23
TDR6A22
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Digi-Set Binary Switch Operation:
Order Table:
TDR
X
Input Voltage
X
Sequence
X
ON Time
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC/DC ─A
─ - ON Time First
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s in
─D
─ - 12* to 48VDC
─B
─ - OFF Time First
0.1s increments
─1
─ - 12VDC*
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s in 1s
─2
─ - 24VAC
increments
─3
─ - 24VDC
─3
─ - 10 - 10,230s in
─4
─ - 120VAC
10s increments
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC *Control status LED not available on 12VDC units.
X
OFF Time
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s in
0.1s increments
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s in 1s
increments
─3
─ - 10 - 10,230s in
10s increments
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range**. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% or 50ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 500ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 24VDC, 110VDC, 24, 120, or 230VAC;
24 to 240VAC/DC; 12 to 48VDC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Input LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green; On when input voltage is applied
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 30VDC;
1/3 hp @ 230VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250VAC
Relay LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red; ON when output relay energizes
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
**For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
79
Timer - Recycling
HRDR Series
The HRDR Series combines an electromechanical
relay and microcontroller timing circuitry. It offers
12 to 230V operation in five ranges and factory
fixed, onboard or externally adjustable time
delays with a repeat accuracy of ±0.5%. The high
switching capacity of the output contacts allow
for direct control of heavy loads like compressors,
pumps, motors, heaters and lighting. A bypass/
reset switch option allows operator to interrupt
normal recycling sequence and energize output
relay. An excellent choice for OEM applications.
Operation (Recycling with Reset Switch):
Upon application of input voltage, the ON time T1 begins
and output relay energizes. At the end of the ON time,
the output relay de-energizes and the OFF time T2 begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the output relay energizes
and the cycle repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Some recycling timers have the OFF time as the first delay.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets output and time
delays, and returns sequence to the first delay.
Bypass/Reset Switch: Closing the normally open bypass/
reset switch energizes the output relay and resets the time
delays. Opening the switch restarts recycling operation
with the first delay.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features
•30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•12 to 230V operation in 5 options
•Encapsulated circuitry
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•Independent adjustment of on and
off delays
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HRDR11720MB60S
HRDR330A0R
HRDR120A1R
HRDR331A1
HRDR121A4R
HRDR4110MB20M
HRDR130A0R
HRDR431A1R
HRDR321A4R
HRDR322B2R
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
NO = Normally Open
S1 = Reset Switch
C = Common, Transfer Contact
L = Load
Terminals 4 & 5 and/or 7 & 8 are only included
on externally adjustable units.
Relay contacts are non-isolated. RT is included
when external adjustment is ordered. Terminal 6 is
included when Bypass/Reset is selected.
Order Table:
HRDR
X
Input
Voltage
X
External Adjust
─6─ - ON Time Onboard Adj.
─1─ - Both Times Fixed
OFF Time Fixed
─1─ - 12VDC ─2─ - Both Times Onboard Adj.
─7─ - ON Time Fixed
─2─ - 24VAC ─3─ - Both Times External Adj.
OFF Time Onboard Adj.
─3─ - 24VDC ─4─ - ON Time External Adj.
─8─ - ON Time Onboard Adj.
OFF Time Fixed
─4─ - 120VAC
OFF Time External Adj.
─6─ - 230VAC ─5─ - ON Time Fixed
─9─ - ON Time External Adj.
OFF Time External Adj.
OFF Time Onboard Adj.
X
T1 ON Time*
─0─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1─ - 1 - 100s
─2─ - 10 - 1000s
─3─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4─ - 1 - 100m
─5─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Operating
Sequence
X
T2 OFF Time*
X
Operation
─0─ - 0.1 - 10s
─Blank
─
- NoBypass/
─1─ - 1 - 100s
Reset Option
─2─ - 10 - 1000s
─R
─ - Bypass/Reset
─3─ - 0.1 - 10m
Option
─4─ - 1 - 100m
─5─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec. or (0.1 - 1000) (M) min.
──A - ON time first
──B - OFF time first
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC. . . . . .
24 to 230VAC. . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ratings:
General Purpose
125/240VAC
Resistive
125/240VAC
28VDC
Motor Load
125VAC
240VAC
80
100ms - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±2%
12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz
AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Electromechanical relay
SPDT, non-isolated
SPDT- NO
30A
30A
20A
1 hp*
2 hp**
SPDT-NC
15A
15A
10A
1/4 hp**
1 hp**
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106;
Electrical - 1 x 105, *3 x 104, **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Recycling
HRD3 Series
The HRD3 Series combines an electromechanical
relay output with microcontroller timing circuitry.
It offers 12 to 230V operation in five options and
factory fixed, external, or onboard adjustable
time delays with a repeat accuracy of ±0.5%. The
output contact rating allows for direct operation of
heavy loads, such as compressors, pumps, blower
motors, heaters, etc. This series is ideal for OEM
applications where cost is a factor.
Operation (Recycling - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output relay
energizes and the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the ON
time, the output de-energizes and the T2 OFF time begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the output relay energizes
and the cycle repeats as long as input voltage is applied
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays, and returns the sequence to the first delay.
Operation (Recycling - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the T2, OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the T1, ON time
begins and the load energizes. At the end of the ON time
the load de-energizes, and the cycle repeats until input
voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to the OFF time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Equal on and off delays
•30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•12 to 230V operation in 5 options
•Encapsulated
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HRD3220A
HRD3221A
HRD3222A
HRD3223A
HRD3224A
HRD3320A
HRD3321A
HRD3322A
HRD3323A
HRD3324A
HRD3420A
HRD3421A
HRD3422A
HRD3423A
HRD342A0A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NO = Normally Open
L = Load
NOTE: A knob, or terminals 4 & 5 are only
included on adjustable units. RT is used
when external adjustment is ordered. Relay
contacts are not isolated.
Order Table:
HRD3
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Tolerance
─Blank
─
- ±5%
─A
─ - ±1%
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
X
Operating Sequence
─A
─ - ON Time First
─B
─ - OFF Time First
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec, or (0.1 - 100) (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5 % or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . ±1%, ±5%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC . . . . . . -15% - 20%
24 to 230VAC . . . . . . -20% - 10%
Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-isolated, SPDT
Ratings:
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
General Purpose
125/240VAC
30A
15A
Resistive
125/240VAC
30A
15A
28VDC
20A
10A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
6
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 10 ;
5
Electrical - 1 x 10 , *3 x 104, **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
81
Timer - Recycling
ERD3 Series
Econo-Timers are a combination of digital
electronics and a reliable electromechanical relay.
DPDT relay output for relay logic circuits, and
isolation of input to output voltages. Cost effective
for OEM applications, such as duty cycling, drying,
washing, signaling, and flashing.
Operation (Recycling - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output relay
energizes and the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the
ON time, the output de-energizes and the T2 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the output relay
energizes and the cycle repeats as long as input voltage
is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and
time delays, and returns the sequence to the first delay.
Operation (Recycling - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins and
the load energizes. At the end of the ON time the load
de-energizes, and the cycle repeats until input voltage
is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to the OFF time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 10 for dimensional drawing.
Features
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•Encapsulated digital circuitry
•Isolated, 10A, DPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-16
P/N: P1004-16-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
ERD3425A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
A knob, or terminals 9 & 10 are only
included on adjustable units. Relay contacts
are isolated. RT is used when external
adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
ERD3
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 120VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.1 - 1s
─2
─ - 0.1 - 5s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─4
─ - 0.2 - 15s
─5
─ - 0.3 - 30s
─6
─ - 0.6 - 60s
─7
─ - 0.1 - 5m
─8
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─9
─ - 0.2 - 15m
─10
─ - 0.3 - 30s
─11
─ - 10 - 500m
X
Operating Sequence
─A
─ - ON Time First
─B
─ - OFF Time First
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec, or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital integrated circuitry
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 500m in 11 adjustable ranges
0.1s - 1000m fixed
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Knob, external adjust, or fixed
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5%
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, or 120VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . . . -15% - 20%
120VAC/DC & 230VAC. . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated relay contacts
82
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.5 x 1.7 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 43.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -40° to 65°C / -40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5.7 oz (162 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Recycling
KRDR Series
The KRDR Series is a compact time-delay relay
measuring only 2 in. (50.8 mm) square. Its solidstate timing circuit provides excellent repeat
accuracy and stability. Encapsulation protects
against shock, vibration, and humidity. The KRDR
Series is a cost effective recycling timer for OEM
applications that require small size, isolation,
reliability, and long life.
•Compact time delay relay
•10A, SPDT output contacts
•Factory fixed or onboard adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•Input voltages from 120 to 230V in 6 options
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
Approvals:
Operation (Recycling - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output relay
energizes and the T2 ON time begins. At the end of the ON
time, the output de-energizes and the T1 OFF time begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the output relay energizes
and the cycle repeats as long as input voltage is applied
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
time delays, and returns the sequence to the ON time.
Operation (Recycling - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the T1 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the T2 ON time
begins and the load energizes. At the end of the ON time
the load de-energizes, and the cycle repeats until input
voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to the OFF time.
Connection:
L1
Features:
N/L2
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
T1 = OFF Time
T2 = ON Time
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
C = Common
A knob is supplied for adjustable units.
Output Current/Ambient Temperature:
KRDR115MB25M
KRDR321A4
KRDR120A0
KRDR321B4
KRDR123A4
KRDR421A4
KRDR124A4
KRDR424A0
KRDR320A1
KRDR440.5SA0
KRDR320B0
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
KRDR
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustments
─1
─ - Both Times Fixed
─2
─ - Both Times Adj.
─3
─ - ON Time Adj.
OFF Time Fixed
─4
─ - ON Time Fixed
OFF Time Adj.
X
T2 ON Time*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Operating
Sequence
─A
─ - ON time first
─B
─ - OFF time first
X
T1 OFF Time*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 999) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance 12VDC & 24VDC/AC. . . . . . .
110VDC & 120 or 230VAC. . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5 % or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±5%
12, 24 or 110VDC; 24, 120 or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Isolated relay contacts
SPDT
10A resistive @ 125VAC;
5A resistive @ 230VAC & 28VDC;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250VAC
Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Encapsulated
≥ 1500V RMS input to output
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
83
Timer - Recycling
KRD3 Series
The KRD3 Series measures only 2 in. (50.8
mm) square. Its solid-state timing circuit
provides excellent repeat accuracy and stability.
Encapsulation protects against shock, vibration,
and humidity. The KRD3 Series is a cost effective
approach for OEM applications that require small
size, isolation, reliability, and long life.
Operation (Recycling Flasher - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
the output de-energizes and the T2 OFF time begins. At
the end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays, and returns the sequence to T1 ON time.
Operation (Recycling Flasher - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins and
the load energizes. At the end of T1, T2 begins and the
load de-energizes. This cycle repeats until input voltage
is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2 OFF time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features
•Compact time-delay relay
•10A, SPDT output contacts
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•Input voltages from 12 to 230V in 5 options
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KRD3110.4SA
KRD31160SA
KRD3420A
KRD3434A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
C = Common, Transfer Contact
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
A knob is supplied for adjustable units, or
RT terminals 4 & 5 for external adjust. See
external adjustment vs time delay chart. Relay
contacts are isolated.
Output Current/Ambient
Temperature:
Order Table:
KRD3
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard knob
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
X
Operating Sequence
─A
─ - ON Time First
─B
─ - OFF Time First
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1
- 1000) followed by (S) sec, or (0.1 - 100)
(M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . .
110VDC, 120 or 230VAC . . .
AC Line Frequency/DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating (at 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ± 5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±5%
12, 24 or 110VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Isolated relay contacts
SPDT
10A resistive @ 125VAC;
5A resistive @ 230VAC & 28VDC;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
Max. Switching voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Life (Operations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250VAC
Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
Encapsulated
≥ 1500V RMS input to output
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Recycling
RS Series
The RS Series is a solid-state, encapsulated,
recycling timer designed for tough industrial
environments. It is used by many testing labs as
a life cycle tester; by others as a cycle controller.
The RS Series has separate DIP switch adjustments
for the on delay and the off delay. These make
accurate adjustment possible the first time, every
time. Time delays of 0.1 seconds to 1023 hours are
available in 4 ranges.
Operation (Recycling - ON Time First)
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the ON time, the
output de-energizes and the T2 OFF time begins. At the
end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays, and returns the sequence to the ON time.
Operation (Recycling - OFF Time First)
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the output energizes
and the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
the output de-energizes and the cycle repeats as long as
input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays, and returns the sequence to the OFF time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Accurate, reliable, recycling timer
•Switch settable time delays - both times
adjustable
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±2% setting accuracy
•0.1s - 1023h in 4 ranges
•12 to 230V in 5 options
•1A, solid-state output
•Totally solid state and encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
RS1A11
RS1A12
RS1B12
RS2A12
RS2A24
RS2B44
RS4A11
RS4A12
RS4A13
RS4A22
RS4A24
RS4A31
RS4A33
RS4B23
RS6A13
RS6A24
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
L = Load
Order Table:
RS
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Operating Sequence
─A
─ - ON time first
─B
─ - OFF time first
X
T1 ON Time
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s in
0.1s increments
─2
─ - 0.1 - 102.3m in
0.1m increments
─3
─ - 1 - 1023m in
1m increments
─4
─ - 1 - 1023h in
1h increments
X
T2 OFF Time
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s in
0.1s increments
─2
─ - 0.1 - 102.3m in
0.1m increments
─3
─ - 1 - 1023m in
1m increments
─4
─ - 1 - 1023h in
1h increments
Specifications
Time Delay
Range*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
0.1 - 102.3m in 0.1m increments
1 - 1023m in 1m increments
1 - 1023h in 1h increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < ±2% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . < ± 2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz / < ±10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC < 2VA; DC < 1W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
3 x 2 x 1.5 in (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
*For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
85
Timer - Recycling
ESDR Series
The ESDR Series offers independent time
adjustment of both delay periods. Adjustment
options include fixed, onboard or external
adjust. The ESDR is recommended for air
drying, automatic oiling, life testing, chemical
metering and automatic duty cycling. This series
is designed for general purpose commercial
and industrial applications where a small, cost
effective, reliable, solid-state timer is required. The
factory calibration for fixed time delays is <±5%.
The repeat accuracy, under stable conditions,
is 0.1% of the selected time delay. This series is
designed for input voltages of 12VDC to 230VAC
in five ranges. Time delays of 0.1 seconds to 1000
minutes are available in six ranges. The output is
rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The modules are
totally solid state and encapsulated to protect the
electronic circuitry.
Connection:
L1
Operation (Recycling - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
(Positive Switching) and the T1, ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
(Negative Switching) the output de-energizes and the T2, OFF time begins. At
N/L2
the end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and
time delays, and returns the sequence to the first delay.
Operation (Recycling - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the output energizes
and the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
the output de-energizes and the cycle repeats as long as
input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and
time delays, and returns the sequence to the first delay.
V = Voltage
L = Load
T1 = ON Time
T2 = OFF Time
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
A knob is supplied for adjustment on the unit;
terminals for external adjustment.
For more information see: Appendix A, pages 156-164 for
function descriptions and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Features
•ON/OFF recycling with independent
adjustment of both the on and
off periods
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•0.1s to 1000m in 6 ranges
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•± 5% factory calibration
•Available in AC or DC voltages
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
ESDR120A0P
ESDR120A1P
ESDR120A4P
ESDR120B3P
ESDR121A2P
ESDR121A3P
ESDR123A0P
ESDR123B4P
ESDR124A0P
ESDR125A5P
ESDR152B1P
ESDR221A2
ESDR221B5
ESDR224B4
ESDR310.7SA10SP
ESDR320A0P
ESDR320A3P
ESDR420A1
ESDR420A4
ESDR420B1
ESDR420B4
ESDR421A1
ESDR421A4
ESDR421B1
ESDR423A4
ESDR423B1
ESDR424A0
ESDR424A4
ESDR450A1
ESDR452B1
ESDR620B3
ESDR621A1
ESDR650A1
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
ESDR X
Input
Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
External Adjust
─1
─ - Both Times Fixed
─2
─ - Both Times Onboard Adj.
─3
─ - ON Time Onboard Adj.
── OFF Time Fixed
─4
─ - ON Time Fixed
OFF Time Onboard Adj.
─5
─ - Both Times External Adj.
─6
─ - ON Time External Adj.
OFF Time Fixed
─7
─ - ON Time Fixed
OFF Time External Adj.
─8
─ - ON Time Onboard Adj.
OFF Time External Adj.
─9
─ - ON Time External Adj.
OFF Time Onboard Adj.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ± 5%
≤ ±2%
≤ 150ms
12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Solid state
1A steady state , 10A inrush at 60°C
X
T1 ON Time*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Operating
Sequence
─A
─ - ON time first
─B
─ - OFF time first
X
T2 OFF
Time*
X
Switching
Mode
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
(VDC Only)
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─P
─ - Positive
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s ─N
─ - Negative
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec. or (M) min.
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
DC units are reverse polarity protected
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Recycling
Connection:
L1
TSDR Series
T h e T S D R D i g i - Ti m e r i s a n o n / o ff o r
off/on recycling timing module designed to
control metering pumps, chemical valves, flash
lamps, or use in energy saving or duty cycling
applications. It may be ordered with both time
delays factory fixed, or one delay fixed and the
other delay external or onboard adjustable. The
TSD Series is designed for more demanding
commercial and industrial applications where
small size and accurate performance are required.
The factory calibration for fixed time delays is
< ±5%. The repeat accuracy, under stable conditions,
is 0.5% of the time delay. The TSD Series is rated to
operate over an extended temperature range. Time
delays of 0.1 seconds to 1000 minutes are available.
The output is rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The
modules are totally solid state and encapsulated
to protect the electronic circuitry.
N/L2
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
An onboard adjustment, or terminals 4 & 5 are
only included on adjustable units.
Operation (Recycling - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the T1, ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
the output de-energizes and the T2, OFF time begins. At
the end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and
time delays, and returns the sequence to the T1 ON time.
Operation (Recycling - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins
and the load energizes. At the end of the T1, T2 begins
and the load de-energizes. This cycle repeats until input
voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2 OFF time.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•± 0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 5% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TSDR2150MA5M
TSDR215SB18M
TSDR410.1SA0.3S
TSDR410.4SB4S
TSDR412.5SA0.5S
TSDR412.5SA4.5S
TSDR4140MA20M
TSDR415SB18M
TSDR440.25SA1
TSDR4412SA1
TSDR442MA2
TSDR4430SA2
TSDR450.3SA1
TSDR6110SA30S
TSDR612.5SA4.5S
TSDR615SB18M
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TSDR
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Both Times Fixed
─2
─ - ON Time Onboard Adj.
OFF Time Fixed
─3
─ - ON Time External Adj.
OFF Time Fixed
─4
─ - ON Time Fixed
OFF Time External Adj.
─5
─ - ON Time Fixed
OFF Time Onboard Adj.
X
T1 ON Time*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
First Delay
─A
─ - ON time
─B
─ - OFF time
X
T2 OFF Time*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec. or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±5%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
87
Timer - Recycling
KSDR Series
The KSDR Series offers independent time
adjustment of both delay periods. The KSDR is
recommended for air drying, automatic oiling,
life testing, chemical metering, and automatic
duty cycling. This series is designed for general
purpose commercial and industrial applications
where a small, cost effective, reliable, solid-state
timer is required. The factory calibration for fixed
time delays is within ± 5% of the target delay. The
repeat accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.5% of
the selected time delay. This series is designed for
input voltages of 24, 120 or 230VAC. Time delays
of 0.1 seconds to 1000 minutes are available in 6
ranges. The output is rated 1A steady and 10A
inrush. The modules are totally solid state and
encapsulated to protect the electronic circuitry.
Operation (Recycling - ON Time First)
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the T1, ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
the output de-energizes and the T2, OFF time begins. At
the end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays, and returns the sequence to T1 ON time.
Operation (Recycling - OFF Time First)
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins and
the load energizes. At the end of T1, T2 begins and the
load de-energizes. This cycle repeats until input voltage
is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2 OFF time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Features
•Adjustable 0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 5% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KSDR21A1
KSDR24A4
KSDR40A0
KSDR42A4
KSDR61A4
KSDR64A4
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Order Table:
KSDR
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
T1 ON Time
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Operating
Sequence
─A
─ - ON time first
─B
─ - OFF time first
X
T2 OFF Time
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±10%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Recycling Flasher
THD3 Series
The THD Series combines accurate timing circuitry
with high power, solid-state switching. It can
switch motors, lamps, and heaters directly without
a contactor. The THD3 has equal on and off time
delays. A single RT sets both time delays. You
can reduce labor, component cost, and increase
reliability with these small, easy-to-use, DigiPower timers.
Operation (Recycling Flasher - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the ON time, the
output de-energizes and the T2 OFF time begins. At the
end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays, and returns the sequence to T1 ON time.
Operation (Recycling Flasher - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins and
the load energizes. At the end of T1, T2 begins and the
load de-energizes. This cycle repeats until input voltage
is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2 OFF time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•High load currents up to 20A, 200A inrush
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•Metallized mounting surface for heat
transfer
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
THD3C23A0
THD3C23A1
THD3C23A2
THD3C23A3
THD3C23A4
THD3C23A5
THD3C42A0
THD3C43A1
THD3C43A2
THD3C43A3
THD3C43A4
THD3C43A5
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Optional Low Current Initiate Switch
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
THD3
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Operating
Sequence
─A
─ - ON time first
─B
─ - OFF time first
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay
(0.5 - 1000) followed by (S) secs. or (M) mins.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single variable resistor changes both the
on & off times equally
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±1%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Maximum Load Current
Output
Steady State
Inrush**
A
6A
60A
B
10A
100A
C
20A
200A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.5V at rated current
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
**Must
be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The maximum
mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
89
Timer - Recycling Flasher
TSD3 Series
The TSD3 is a solid-state ON/OFF recycling
timer with the on time always equal to the off
time. When time delay is changed by the RT,
both the ON and the OFF periods are changed.
The TSD Series is designed for more demanding
commercial and industrial applications where
small size, and accurate performance is required.
The factory calibration for fixed time delays is
within 1% of the target time delay. The repeat
accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.1% of the
time delay. The TSD Series is rated to operate over
an extended temperature range. Time delays of 0.1
seconds to 100 hours are available. The output is
rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The modules are
totally solid state and encapsulated to protect the
electronic circuitry.
Operation (Recycling Falsher - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the T1, ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
the output de-energizes and the T2 OFF time begins. At
the end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and
time delays, and returns the sequence to the T1 ON time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Features
•Equal on and off delays
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s - 100h
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±1% factory calibration
•24, 120, or 230VAC
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TSD3411S
TSD34150S
TSD36130M
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TSD3
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
─6
─ - 1 - 100h
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (M) min. or (1 - 100) (H) hours
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
0.1s - 100h in 7 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±1%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±1%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Off State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Recycling Flasher
KSD3 Series
The KSD3 Digi-Timer is a cost effective approach
for ON/OFF recycling applications. The on time
is equal to the off time. An adjustment of the RT
will change the time delays of both on and off
times. This series is designed for general purpose
commercial and industrial applications where a
small, cost effective, reliable, solid-state timer is
required. The factory calibration for fixed time
delays is within 5% of the target time delay. The
repeat accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.5% of
the selected time delay. This series is designed for
popular AC and DC voltages. Time delays of 0.1
seconds to 1000 minutes are available in 6 ranges.
The output is rated 1A steady and 10A inrush. The
modules are totally solid state and encapsulated
to protect the electronic circuitry.
Operation (Recycling Flasher - ON Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the T1, ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
the output de-energizes and the T2 OFF time begins. At
the end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays, and returns the sequence to the ON time.
Operation (Recycling Flasher - OFF Time First):
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time
begins and the load energizes. At the end of the ON time
the load de-energizes, and the cycle repeats until input
voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and time
delays and the sequence to the OFF time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.1s -1000m
•Equal on and off delays
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•± 5% factory calibration
•12 to 120V in 4 ranges
•1A, solid-state output
•Encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KSD3120A
KSD3310.1SA
KSD3410.5SA
KSD3432A
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Order Table:
KSD3
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
─3
─ - Onboard adjust
Note: DC voltages
available in negative
switching only
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
Operating Sequence
─A
─ - ON time first
─B
─ - OFF time first
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by
(S) sec. or (M) min.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range.............................................................0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
Repeat Accuracy..........................................±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Tolerance (Factory Calibration).................≤ ± 5%
Reset Time.....................................................≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage.................≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage...........................................................24 or 120VAC; 12 or 24VDC
Tolerance.......................................................±20%
AC Line Frequency......................................50/60 Hz
Power Consumption...................................AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 1W
Output
Type...............................................................Solid state
Maximum Load Current.............................1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
OFF State Leakage Current........................AC ≅ 5mA @ 230VAC; DC ≅ 1mA
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Drop.................................................AC ≅ 2.5V @ 1A; DC ≅ 1V @ 1A
DC Operation...............................................Negative switching only
Protection
Circuitry........................................................Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown..................................≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance...................................≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity..........................................................DC units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting......................................................Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions...................................................2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination...................................................0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature...............-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity.......................................................95% relative, non-condensing
Weight............................................................≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
91
Timer - Percentage
PTHF Series
The PTHF Series can be used for a variety
of applications from chemical metering, to
temperature regulating, to energy management.
The infinite adjustability from 1 to 99% provides
accurate percentage on control over a wide
factory fixed cycle period. When mounted on a
metal surface, it can be used to drive solenoids,
contactors, relays, or lamps, up to 20A steady,
200A inrush. PTHF is the suggested replacement
for the PT Series.
Operation (Percentage):
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the T1 ON time begins. At the end of the ON time,
the output de-energizes and the T2 OFF time begins. At
the end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle
repeats as long as input voltage is applied. Increasing the
ON time decreases the OFF time. The total cycle period is
equal to the ON time plus the OFF time. The total cycle
period is factory fixed. ON time range is 1 to 99 percent
of cycle period.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and
time delays, and returns the sequence to the T1 ON time.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Features
•ON/OFF recycling percentage control
•Controls loads up to 20A, 200A inrush
•Fixed cycle period 10s - 1000m
•±0.5% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
•Onboard or external adjustment
1 - 99% ON
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
Available Models:
PTHF410C
PTHF410CK
PTHF4120D
PTHF615A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
RT = 100 KΩ
S1 = Optional Low Current Initiate Switch
T1 = ON Time
T2 = OFF Time
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Order Table:
PTHF
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Fixed Cycle Period
─Specify
─
10 - 1000 as the
total fixed cycle period
in seconds. If cycle
period is in minutes
insert (M) suffix.
X
Output Rating
─A
─ - 6A
─B
─ - 10A
─C
─ - 20A
─D
─ - 1A
X
Adjustment
─Blank
─
- External adjust
─K
─ - Onboard adjust
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External or onboard knob
Range/External Adjustment Resistance. . . Adjustable from 1 - 99% / RT = 100 KΩ
Cycle Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed from 10s - 1000m
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Cycle Period Tolerance
(Factory Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ± 5%
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 2VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Maximum Load Currents
Output
Steady State
Inrush*
Minimum
A
6A
60A
100mA
B
10A
100A
100mA
C
20A
200A
100mA
D
1A
10A
--
92
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting *. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≅ 2.5V at rated current
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
1A unit: ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g);
6, 10, 20A units: ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
*Units rated ≥ 6A must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink
compound. The maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C.
Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Sequencing
SQ Series
The SQ Series is available with either three (SQ3) or
four (SQ4) outputs and an adjustable or fixed time
delay. The time delay period is the same for each
output. This makes the SQ ideal for applications
like dust collection, automatic lubrication, air
drying, lighting displays, merchandising displays,
duty cycling, and energy management.
Operation (Sequencing):
Upon application of input voltage, Load 1 energizes for
the selected ON time delay. At the end of this ON time
delay, Load 1 de-energizes and Load 2 immediately
energizes starting another ON time delay. At the end
of this ON time delay, Load 2 de-energizes and Load 3
immediately energizes. At the end of the ON time delay
for Load 3 (Load 4 for 4 output devices), Load 1 reenergizes and the cycle repeats. The sequential operation
continues as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing and re-applying input voltage resets the
sequence to the Load 1 ON time delay.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 14 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Three or four outputs
•Variable delays from 0.1s - 100m in 5 ranges
•Totally solid state for a long, reliable life
•Encapsulated to protect against the
environment
•Digital circuitry for accuracy and stability
•1A, solid-state outputs
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-12
P/N: P1004-12-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
Time Delay
0 - 0.1-10s
1 - 1-100s
2 - 10-1000s
3 - 0.1-10m
4 - 1-100m
VTP P/N
VTP4C
VTP4G
VTP4K
VTP45N
VTP4P
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on
Adjustment Accessory.
Available Models:
RT is 3 megohms, when external adjustment is
ordered. SQ4 shown; for SQ3, terminal 6 & load
L4 are eliminated.
SQ3221
SQ4424
SQ4434
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
SQ
X
# of Outputs
─3
─ - Three
─4
─ - Four
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - Onboard adjust
─3
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (0.1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (1 - 100) (M) min
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop (Each Output). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital integrated circuitry
0.1s - 100m in 5 adjustable ranges or fixed
±1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±10%
≤ ±10%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
Solid state
SPST NO (three or four)
1A steady state, 10A inrush per output
≅ 1.5V @ 1A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
3.5 x 2.5 x 1.22 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 31 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 5.4 oz (153 g)
93
Timer - Delay-on-Make/Delay-on-Break
The TDMB combines both delay-on-make and
delay-on-break functions into one plug-in package.
Selection of the time period is accomplished with
dual switches, one for the on delay and the other
for the off delay. SPDT or DPDT output options
provide isolated, 10A switching capability.
Operation (Delay-on-Make/Delay-on-Break):
Input voltage must be applied at all times. The output
relay is de-energized. Upon closure of the initiate switch,
the green LED glows and the delay-on-make time delay
(T1) begins. At the end of T1, the output relay energizes
and the red LED glows. When the initiate switch opens,
the green LED turns OFF and the delay-on-break time
delay (T2) begins. At the end of T2, the output relay deenergizes and the red LED turns OFF.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets time delay and
output. Opening the initiate switch during the delay-onmake delay, resets T1. Closing the initiate switch during
the delay-on-break delay, resets T2.
Connection:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 8 for dimensional drawing.
8-pin octal SPDT
L1
Digi-Set Binary Switch Operation:
TDMB Series
Features
•Switch settable time delays from
0.1s - 10,230s in 3 ranges
•±2% setting accuracy
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•10A, SPDT or DPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
Available Models:
TDMB411
TDMB422
TDMB411D
TDMB422D
TDMB413D
TDMB622
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
N/L2
11-pin DPDT
(P/N ends with D)
L1
N/L2
Relay contacts are isolated.
Order Table:
TDMB
X
Input Voltage
X
Delay-on-Make
─A
─ - 24 to 240VAC/DC
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s in
─D
─ - 12 to 48VDC
0.1s increments
─1
─ - 12VDC*
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s in 1s
─2
─ - 24VAC
increments
─3
─ - 24VDC
─3
─ - 10 - 10230s in
─4
─ - 120VAC
10s increments
─5
─ - 110VDC
─6
─ - 230VAC
*No control status LED for 12VDC
X
Delay-on-Break
─1
─ - 0.1 - 102.3s in
0.1s increments
─2
─ - 1 - 1023s in 1s
increments
─3
─ - 10 - 10230s in
10s increments
X
Type Plug/Output Form
─Blank
─
- Octal plug (8-pin) SPDT
─D
─ - 11-pin plug DPDT
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microcontroller circuitry
Range**. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1 - 102.3s in 0.1s increments
1 - 1023s in 1s increments
10 - 10,230s in 10s increments
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2% or 50ms, whichever is greater
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Control LED Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green; on when the initiate switch is closed
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC;
24 to 240VAC/DC; 12 to 48VDC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . . . . -15% - 20%
110 to 230VAC/DC . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC ≤ 2VA; DC ≤ 2W
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT or DPDT
94
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 230VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x107; Electrical - 1 x 10 5
Max. Switching Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250VAC
Relay LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red; on when output relay energizes
(not included on 12VDC units)
Protection
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100M
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC units are reverse polarity protected
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 x 2.4 x 1.8 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in, magnal 11-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
** For CE approved applications, power must be removed from the unit when a switch
position is changed.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delayed Interval
ESD5 Series
The ESD5 Series is an accurate, solid-state, delayed
interval timer. It offers a 1A steady, 10A inrush
output and is available with adjustable or fixed
time delays of 0.1 seconds to 1000 minutes in six
ranges. Input voltages of 24, 120, or 230VAC are
available. Encapsulation offers protection against
shock and vibration. Adjustment options are
factory fixed, onboard or externally adjustable. The
repeat accuracy, under stable conditions, is 0.1%.
The factory calibration of the time delay is ± 5%.
Operation (Delayed Interval):
Upon application of input voltage, the T1 delay-on-make
time delay begins and the output remains de-energized.
At the end of this delay, the output energizes and the T2
interval delay begins. At the end of the interval delay
period, the output de-energizes.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
time delays, and returns the sequence to the first delay.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
External Resistance vs. Time Delay:
Features:
•Delay-on-Make with interval output
•0.1s - 1000m in 6 ranges
•±0.1% repeat accuracy
•±5% factory calibration
•Factory fixed, onboard or external adjust
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
•24, 120 or 230VAC
•1A, solid-state output
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-95
P/N: P1004-95-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
ESD52233
ESD54160S2S
ESD54233
ESD54500
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
RT is the external adjustment component.
Note: Terminals 4, 5 and/or 7, 8 are included
when external adjustment is ordered. A knob
is included when onboard adjust is ordered.
Order Table:
ESD5
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Both Times Fixed
─2
─ - Both Times External Adj.
─3
─ - T1 Fixed, T2 External Adj.
─4
─ - T1 External Adj., T2 Fixed
─5
─ - Both Times Onboard Adj.
─6
─ - T1 Fixed, T2 Onboard Adj.
─7
─ - T1 External Adj., T2 Onboard Adj.
─8
─ - T1 Onboard Adj., T2 Fixed
─9
─ - T1 Onboard Adj., T2 External Adj.
Specifications
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF State Leakage Current . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1s - 1000m in 6 adjustable ranges or fixed
±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ ±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±2%
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
≤ 2VA
Solid state
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
≅ 5mA @ 230VAC
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
X
T1 Delay-on-Make*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
X
T2 Interval*
─0
─ - 0.1 - 10s
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
─5
─ - 10 - 1000m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay (0.1 - 1000)
followed by (S) sec. or (M) min.
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68g)
95
Timer - Delay-on-Make
TAC1 Series
The TAC1 Series was designed to delay the
operation of a compressor relay. It eliminates the
possibility of relay chatter due to half-wave failure
of the output. It connects in series with the load
relay coil and provides a delay-on-make time delay
each time input voltage is applied. It can be used
for random start, anti-short cycling, sequencing,
and many other applications. It is an excellent
choice for all air conditioning and refrigeration
equipment.
Operation (Delay-on-Make):
Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins.
The output is de-energized before and during the time
delay. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes
and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the time delay
and output.
Connection:
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
N/L2
Features
•UL approved for air conditioning &
refrigeration equipment
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.05 - 600s
•24 to 230VAC
•Fail-safe design eliminates contactor chatter
problems
•±2% repeat accuracy
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-XX
P/N: P1004-XX-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
Time Delay
1 - 0.05-3s
2 - 0.5-60s
3 - 2-180s
4 - 5-600s
Load may be connected to terminals 3 or 1.
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
VTP P/N
VTP4B
VTP4F
VTP4J
VTP5N
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on
Adjustment Accessory.
Available Models:
TAC1223
TAC1413
TAC1411
TAC14164
TAC141150
TAC1412
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TAC1
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s *If fixed delay is selected, insert
─4
─ - 5 - 600s delay (0.05 - 600) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Recycle Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analog circuitry
0.05 - 600s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2%
±20%
≤ 20ms after timing, during timing - 0.1%
of time delay or 75ms, whichever is greater
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . ≤ ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO, open during timing
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
96
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 & 230VAC: ≅ 4.2V @ 0.5A
24VAC: ≅ 2.5V @ 0.5A
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -40° to 80°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Lockout
T2D Series
The T2D Series provides protection against short
cycling of compressors and other motors. At the
end of each operation, a lockout delay prevents
restarting the compressor or motor until the delay
is completed. 24VAC models can be used with
thermostats that include a cooling anticipator
resistor. It can be connected in series with the load
for delay-on-make operation.
Operation (Lockout with Random Start):
Connection #1: Upon application of input voltage, a
random start time delay begins. At the end of this time
delay, the output is energized. Lockout Delay: Input
voltage must be applied prior to and during timing.
When the thermostat or initiate switch opens, the output
de-energizes and the lockout time delay begins. At the
end of the lockout delay, the output is energized allowing
the load to immediately energize when the initiate switch
or thermostat closes.
Connection #2: Upon application of input voltage and
closure of initiate switch, the time delay begins. At the
end of the time delay, the output is energized and remains
energized until power is removed.
Reset: Removing power resets the output and the time
delay.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
1
Random Start
Plus Lockout
L1
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Features:
•Lockout delay prevents rapid recycling
of compressor
•Random start delay helps prevent low voltage starting
•Delay-on-make timer optional two
terminal series connection
•Totally solid-state 1A output
•24VAC to 230VAC in 2 ranges
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
T2D120A1150S
T2D120A15M
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
N/L2
2
Delay-on-Make
V = Voltage
L = Load
S1 = Initiate Switch or Thermostat
Order Table:
T2D
X
Input Voltage
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─120A
─
- 120/230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 1 - 100s
─2
─ - 10 - 1000s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 10m
─4
─ - 1 - 100m
*If fixed delay is selected, insert
delay (1 - 1000) followed by (S) sec.
or (0.1 - 100) (M) min.
Specifications
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lockout & Random Start Delays. . . . . . . . . . .
24VAC, or 120/230VAC in 2 ranges
±20%
50/60 Hz
24VAC - 100mA; 120/230VAC - 40mA
1A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
≅ 2.5V @ 1A
After timing - 16ms
Analog circuitry
1s - 100m in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
Note: The lockout & random start delays
are the same length.
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable: ±30%; factory fixed: ±30%
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After timing - ≤ 16ms;
During timing - ≤ 200ms
Protection
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
Cooling Anticipator (24VAC Units Only)
Minimum Cooling Anticipator . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 3,000 Ω
97
Timer - Bypass
TAC4 Series
The TAC4 is a bypass timer that provides a closure
across the low-pressure switch during compressor
startup. Its time-delay circuit is totally solid
state including the normally closed output. The
molded housing with encapsulation, the single
hole mounting, and 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) termination
makes the TAC4 easy to use, rugged, and reliable.
Operation (Bypass Timer):
(As shown in the connection & function diagrams) Upon
application of input voltage and closure of controller
contact, CC, the load, CR, energizes and the time delay
begins. During the time delay, the TAC4’s solid-state
output bypasses the LPC, low pressure cutout switch.
This allows the compressor controlled by CR to start and
establish acceptable pressure. At the end of the time delay,
TAC4’s output de-energizes and remains de-energized
until reset. The TAC4 may be used in other applications
where a controlling contact must be bypassed for a
specified period of time.
Reset: Removing input voltage or opening CC resets the
output and time delay.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Features
•UL approved for air conditioning &
refrigeration equipment
•Fixed or adjustable delays from 0.05 - 600s
•24, 120 or 230VAC
•Fail-safe design eliminates contactor chatter
problems
•±2% repeat accuracy
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• External adjust potentiometer:
P/N: P1004-12
P/N: P1004-12-X
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
• Plug-on adjustment module:
P/N: VTP(X)(X)
Time Delay
1 - 0.05-3s
2 - 0.5-60s
3 - 2-180s
4 - 5-300s
VTP P/N
VTP4B
VTP4F
VTP4J
VTP5T
Selection Table for VTP Plug-on
Adjustment Accessory.
V = Voltage
LR = Lockout Relay
OL = Overload or High Pressure Switch
LPC = Low Pressure Cutout
CR = Compressor Control Relay
CC = Controller Contact
RT is used when external adjustment is ordered.
Available Models:
TAC42110
TAC441120
TAC4415
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TAC4
X
Input Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Adjustment
─1
─ - Fixed
─2
─ - External adjust
X
Time Delay*
─1
─ - 0.05 - 3s
─2
─ - 0.5 - 60s
─3
─ - 2 - 180s *If fixed delay is selected, insert
─4
─ - 5 - 300s delay (0.05 - 300) in seconds.
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
Analog circuitry
0.05 - 300s in 4 adjustable ranges or fixed
±2%
±20%
≤±10%
≤ 150ms
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
50/60 Hz
Solid state
NC, closed during timing
0.5A steady state, 10A inrush at 60°C
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 & 230VAC ≅ 4.2V @ 0.5A
24VAC ≅ 2.5V @ 0.5A
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -40° to 75°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Lockout
TA Series
Connection:
L1
N
The TA Series prevents rapid recycling of a
compressor. A lockout delay is started when
the thermostat opens, or input voltage is lost.
Eliminates tripped circuit breakers or blown fuses
caused by a locked rotor during short cycling. The
TA will not allow the compressor to start when
the line voltage is low. Chatter of the compressor
relay is eliminated. Because of the fast initiate time,
bounce of the thermostat will not be transmitted
to the compressor relay coil. A 30 second delay
provides anti-reversing protection for scroll
compressors.
Features:
Operation (Lockout):
On initial closure of the S1, the compressor relay
energizes immediately. When S1 opens or input voltage
is interrupted, a lockout time delay is initiated. During
this lockout time delay, the compressor relay cannot
be energized. The low voltage (brownout) protection
prevents energization of the compressor when the line
voltage is low.
Reset: The lockout time delay cannot be reset. After the
time delay is completed, the unit automatically resets.
Auxiliary Products:
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
•Ideal for HVAC/R applications
•Lockout delay prevents rapid recycling of a
compressor
•Low voltage brownout protection
•Circuitry to activate the cooling anticipator
(24VAC models)
•Eliminates nuisance service calls due to
blown fuse or tripped breakers
Approvals:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TA12D2
TA24A0.5
TA24A3
TA24A5
TA24D0.5
TA24D2
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
S1 = Initiate Switch, Contact, or Thermostat
CR = Compressor Relay (Load)
CA = Optional Cooling Anticipator
V = Voltage
Order Table:
Input Voltage
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
12VDC
12VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
24VDC
Time Delay
30s
2m
3m
5m
1m
2m
30s
2m
3m
5m
Part Number
TA24A0.5
TA24A2
TA24A3
TA24A5
TA12D1
TA12D2
TA24D0.5
TA24D2
TA24D3
TA24D5
Specifications
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 24VDC; 24VAC
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Impedance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Ω (anticipator by-pass)
Output
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75mA
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A at 60°C
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 1.25V
Time Delay
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 16ms
Lockout Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed 0.5, 1, 2, 3, or 5m
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -15% - 35%
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Low Voltage Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 20V: 24VAC/DC; ≅ 9V: 12VDC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -40° to 70°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
Thermostat
Cooling Anticipator Resistor. . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1800 Ω
99
Timer - Lockout
TL Series
The TL Series provides protection against short
cycling of a compressor. At the end of each
operation, or whenever power is lost, a lockout
delay is initiated. This lockout delay prevents
restarting of the compressor until the head pressure
has equalized. Compressor relay chatter due to
thermostat bounce is eliminated by use of optional
one second delay-on-make. The TL Series should
not be used with cooling anticipator resistors or
solid-state switches. (See the TA Series).
Connection:
L1
Operation (Lockout):
Lockout: On initial closure of S1, the compressor relay
energizes immediately (or after an optional 1 s delay).
When the S1 opens or input voltage is interrupted, the
output opens and remains open for the lockout time delay.
During this lockout time delay period, the compressor
relay cannot be re-energized.
Reset: The lockout time delay cannot be reset. After the
time delay is completed, the unit automatically resets.
N/L2
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Features
•Ideal for HVAC/R applications
•Lockout delay prevents short cycling of a
compressor
•Optional 1s delay-on-make prevents
contactor chatter
•Totally solid state and encapsulated
•24VAC to 230VAC in 3 ranges
•Eliminates nuisance service calls due to
blown fuse or tripped breakers
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TL120A5T
TL230A5
TL230A5T
TL24A5
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
CR = Compressor or Control Relay
Order Table:
TL
X
Input Voltage
─24A
─
- 24VAC
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
Lockout Time
─2
─ - 2m
─3
─ - 3m
─5
─ - 5m
X
Delay-on-Make
─Blank
─
- No delay
─T
─ - 1s
Specifications
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inrush Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay
Initiate Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lockout Time* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
24, 120, or 230VAC
50/60 Hz
±20%
≤ 40mA
1A @ 24VAC; 0.5A @ 120 & 230VAC at 60°C
10A at 60°C
24VAC - 2.5V @ 1A
120 & 230VAC - 4.2V @ 0.5A
≅ 8ms
Fixed 2, 3, or 5m
-15% - 35%
1s delay-on-make eliminates contactor chatter
due to thermostat bounce
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 70°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
*Power must be applied for at least 15 s to achieve a full lockout delay. Less than 15s
will result in proportionally shorter delay periods.
NOTE: Cooling anticipator resistor or leakage may cause erratic operation.
See TA Series for use with 24VAC systems that include anticipator resistors or use
solid-state switches.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Timer - Delay-on-Make/Delay-on-Break
The CT Series combines a delay-on-make and
delay-on-break time delay into one unit and
may be used to control fan delays in heating
and/or cooling equipment. The CT includes
bypass circuitry to allow it to operate with cooling
anticipators ≥ 3000 ohms. It is designed to operate
in 24VAC control circuits. Several CT modules
may be combined to provide sequencing on of any
number of loads and sequencing off of the same
loads, such as electric heating elements.
Operation (Delay-on-Make/Delay-on-Break):
Forced Air Heating or Air Conditioning (as shown): When
the thermostat closes, the compressor relay is immediately
energized. At the end of a fixed delay-on-make delay (T1),
the fan relay is energized. When the thermostat opens,
the compressor relay is de-energized and the delayon-break delay is initiated. On completion of the fixed
delay-on- break delay (T2) the fan relay is de-energized.
If the thermostat is reclosed during the delay-on-break
delay, the delay-on-break delay is reset and the fan relay
remains energized. If the thermostat is closed when
input voltage is applied, the delay-on-make delay (T1)
begins as normal.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and
time delays.
Connection:
L1
N
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Function:
CR = Compressor Relay
THMS = Wall Thermostat
Delay-on-Make
Delay-on-Break
CT Series
Features:
•Delay-on-make and delay-on-break in one
unit
•Use for fan delays in heating or cooling
equipment
•Use for multiple load sequencing
•24VAC operation
•Factory fixed delays from 1 - 600s in 1s
increments
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
CT1S12
CT1S30
CT1S300
CT1S45
CT1S8
CT1S90
CT30S1
CT45S45
CT5S300
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
V = Voltage
R = Reset
FS = Fan Switch
FR = Fan Relay
T1 = Delay-on-Make
T2 = Delay-on-Break
Order Table:
CT
X
Delay-on-Make (fixed)
─Specify
─
time in seconds
from 1 - 600s followed by (S)
X
Delay-on-Break (fixed)
─Specify
─
time in seconds
from 1 - 600s
Specifications
Time Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . . .
Recycle Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Microcontroller
1 - 600s
±5%
±20%
≤ 300ms 24VAC
±15%
50/60 Hz
Solid state
NO
0.75A steady state, 5A inrush at 55°C
≅ 1.25V
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 70°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
Anticipator Resistor: ≥ 3000 Ω
101
Timer - Vending
HRV Series
The HRV combines the accuracy of microcontroller
based circuitry with an electromechanical relay
output. The HRV’s switching capacity allows
direct control of loads like compressors, pumps,
motors, heaters, and lighting. The HRV “S” version
provides a vend time after the selected number
of initiate switch closures to start is reached. The
HRV “A” version includes all of the “S” features
and allows the total vend time to be extended for
each additional initiate switch closure. The HRV is
ideal for cost sensitive single coin or token vending
machines. The electronic circuitry is encapsulated
to protect against humidity and vibration.
Connection:
L1
N/L2
Isolated
Output
L1
N/L2
Non-Isolated
Output
Operation
Coin Totalizer & Vending Timer (“S” Version):
Input voltage must be applied prior to & during operation.
When the total number of S1 initiate switch closures
equals the number to start set on the lower 3 DIP switches,
the load energizes and the vending time set on the upper
7 DIP switches begins. At the end of the vending time, the
load de-energizes and the vending time is reset. Closing
the initiate switch during vend timing will have no affect
on vend time delay.
Accumulating Vending Timer (“A” Version):
Input voltage must be applied prior to & during operation.
When the total number of S1 initiate switch closures
equals the number to start set on the lower 3 DIP switches,
the load energizes and the vending time starts. For every
initiate switch closure, the HRV unit adds one time per
coin period, as set on the upper 7 DIP switches, to the
total vending time.
Operation Note: If S1 is closed when input voltage is
applied, the output remains de-energized and the S1
counter remains at zero closures. At least one “vend
time” and one “closures to start” DIP switch must be in
the “ON” position for proper operation.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the vend time delay,
the S1 closure counter, and de-energizes the output relay.
For more information see:
Appendix A, pages 156-164 for function descriptions
and diagrams.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
L = Load
UTL = Optional Untimed Load
Features
•Accumulates 1 - 256 coins
•Switch selectable 1 - 7 coins to start
•Vend time from 1s - 31.75m
•Coin switch can be connected to a counter
•Up to 30A, 1 Hp at 125VAC, NO contacts
•Encapsulated circuitry
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HRV11SC
HRV24AC
HRV31AC
HRV31SC
HRV41AE
HRV41SC
HRV41SE
HRV42SE
HRV43AE
HRV43AN
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Switch Adjustment
Combine upper seven
switches in “ON”
position for vend time
in minutes.
Combine lower three
switches in “ON”
position for number of
closures to start.
Order Table:
HRV
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Vend Time
─1
─ - 1 - 127s
─2
─ - 5 - 635s
─3
─ - 0.1 - 12.7m
─4
─ - 0.25 - 31.75m
X
Mode of Operation
─S
─ - Coin totalizer
vending timer
─A
─ - Accumulating
vending timer
X
Output Form & Rating
─C
─ - 30A SPDT - NO (Isolated)
─E
─ - 30A SPDT - NO (Isolated)
─N
─ - 30A SPDT - NO (Non-Isolated)
Specifications
Count Functions/Switch Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Switch Closure Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Min. Switch Open (between closures) Time . . . .
Count Range to start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Counts (“A” Version). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay/Range ***. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC. . . . . . . . .
120 & 230 VAC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency / DC Ripple. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical (counts on switch closure)
≥ 20ms
≥ 20ms
1 - 7 counts
250
Adjustable 1s - 31.75m in 4 ranges
7 of a 10 position DIP switch
0% to +2% or 50ms, whichever is greater
±0.1% or 20ms, whichever is greater
≤ 150ms
≤ ±2%
12 or 24VDC; 24, 120, or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60 Hz / ≤ 10%
AC ≤ 4VA; DC ≤ 2W
Electromechanical relay
Isolated, SPDT or non-isolated, SPDT
Ratings:
General Purpose
Resistive
SPDT-NO
SPDT-NC
125/240VAC
30A
15A
125/240VAC
30A
15A
28VDC
20A
10A
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106;
Electrical - 1 x 105, *3 x 104, ** 6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output on isolated units
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . -40° to 70°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
***For CE approved applications, voltage must be removed when a switch position is changed.
102
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Series Included
Solid State
FSU1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FS126, FS127, FS146, FS147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FS143, FS152, FS162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FS200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FS300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FS400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
104
104
105
105
106
106
107
Relay
FS500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Chasers
Flashers
SC3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SC4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
103
Flashers
FSU1000 / FS100 Series
The FSU1000 incorporates an onboard adjustable
flash rate of 10 to 100 FPM and a universal input
voltage in one device. Its circuitry is encapsulated
and is capable of controlling loads of up to 20A.
The versatility of the FSU1000 makes it ideal
for applications where various flash rates and
operating voltages are required.
Operation
When input voltage is applied to terminal 2 and the load
(lamp), the load energizes steadily. When input voltage
is applied to terminal 3, the output flashes.
Optional Low Current Switch (S1)
This low current switch could be a limit switch or contact.
While open, the operator sees the load (lamp) ON and
operating. When the limit switch closes, the load (lamp)
flashes to attract attention.
Order Table:
Rating
1A
6A
10A
20A
Inrush Rating
10A
60A
100A
200A
Part Number
FSU1000
FSU1003
FSU1004
FSU1005
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (NC) function.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 1 for connection diagram.
Features:
•All solid state – no moving parts or contacts
•Onboard adjustable flash rate
•Loads up to 20A
•High inrush up to 200A
•Universal voltage 24 to 240VAC
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
Available Models:
FSU1000
FSU1003
FSU1004
Specifications
Technical Data
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON/OFF Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Range/Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Load Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inrush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON/OFF recycling solid-state flasher (continuous duty)
Adjustable 10 - 100 FPM
≅ 50%
24 to 240VAC/50/60Hz
Inductive, resistive, or incandescent
1, 6, 10, or 20A steady state
10 times steady state current
Mechanical
Mounting*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins
and the load energizes. At the end of T1, T2 begins and
the load de-energizes. This cycle repeats until input
voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2.
Output Rating
Specifications
1A
1A
2A
1A
1A
2A
Technical Data
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custom Flash Rates Available. . . .
ON/OFF Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
104
-20° to 60°C (240VAC +50°C) / -40° to 85°C
1A units: ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
> 6A units: ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
Features:
•Fixed flash rate 75 FPM
•Custom flash rate 45 - 150 FPM
•1 or 2A output
•24 or 120VAC
•Small size: 1.5 x 0.94 in. (38 x 23.9 mm)
Approvals:
Available Models:
FS126
FS126-45
FS126-60
FS126RC
FS126RC-90
FS127
FS146
FS146RC
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (OFF First) function.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 12 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 2 for connection diagram.
Order Table:
Input
Encapsulated
*Units rated > 6A must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound.
The maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C.
The FS100 Series (low amp) may be used to control
inductive, incandescent or resistive loads. This
series offers a 1A (fullwave) or a 2A (halfwave)
steady state, 10A inrush solid-state output and
may be ordered with an input voltage of 24 or
120VAC. The FS100 Series offers a factory fixed
flash rate of 75 FPM or may be ordered with a fixed,
custom flash rate ranging from 45 to 150 FPM.
Ideal for OEM applications where cost is a factor.
120VAC
120VAC
120VAC
24VAC
24VAC
24VAC
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Output Type
AC, Fullwave
AC, Fullwave
AC, Halfwave
AC, Fullwave
AC, Fullwave
AC, Halfwave
Load Type*
A
B
A
A
B
A
OFF/ON solid-state flasher (continuous duty)
Factory fixed at 75 FPM ±20%
From 45 - 150 FPM ±20%
≅ 50%
24, 120VAC, ±15%
50/60Hz
Fullwave AC or Halfwave rectified AC
Incandescent, resistive, or inductive
(Choose RC suffix for inductive loads)
Part Number
FS126
FS126RC
FS127
FS146
FS146RC
FS147
*Load Type:
A-Incandescent & Resistive
B-Incandescent, Resistive & Inductive
Add the suffix “-##” to any part number to
indicate the custom flash rate.
Maximum Load Rating. . . . . . . . . . Fullwave: 1A steady state
Halfwave: 2A steady state
Inrush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removable mounting bracket, use one #8 (M4 x 0.7) screw
Connection/Wires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 AWG (0.82mm2) wires 6 in. (15.2cm)
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 x 0.94 in. (38.1 x 23.9 mm)
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature.-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 1.1 oz (31 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Flashers
FS100 / FS200 Series
The FS100 Series (medium amp) may be used to
control inductive, incandescent, or resistive loads.
Input voltages of 24, 120, or 230VAC are available.
Factory fixed flash rate of 90 FPM or may be
ordered with a fixed, custom flash rate ranging
from 10 to 300 FPM. Encapsulation provides
protection against shock, vibration, and humidity.
This group of solid-state flashers has proven
reliability with years of use throughout the world.
Operation
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins
and the load energizes. At the end of T1, T2 begins and
the load de-energizes. This cycle repeats until input
voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2.
Order Table:
Input Voltage
Rating
Part Number
24VAC
3A
FS143
120VAC
3A
FS152
230VAC
3A
FS162
Add the suffix “-##” to any part number to
indicate the custom flash rate.
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (OFF First) function.
Appendix B, page, 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page168, Figure 3 for connection diagram.
Specifications
Technical Data
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custom Flash Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON/OFF Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage/Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Load Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF/ON solid-state flasher (continuous duty)
Fixed at 90 FPM ±10%
10 - 300 FPM ±10%
≅ 50%
24, 120, or 230VAC ±15%/50/60 Hz
Inductive, resistive, or incandescent
Fullwave AC, solid state, SPST
Operation
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins and
the load energizes. At the end of T1, T2 begins and the
load de-energizes. This cycle repeats until input voltage
is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2.
Input Voltage
12VDC ±20%
24VDC ±20%
36VDC ±20%
48VDC ±15%
110VDC ±15%
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (OFF First) function.
Appendix B, page, 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 4 for connection diagram.
Specifications
Rating
3A
3A
1A
0.75A
0.25A
Part Number
FS219
FS224
FS236
FS248
FS290
Technical Data
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OFF/ON solid-state flasher (continuous duty)
Flash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed at 90 FPM ±10%
Custom Flash Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 180 FPM
ON/OFF Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 50%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 24, 36, 48, or 110VDC
Output
Load Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inductive, resistive, or incandescent
Maximum Load Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 - 3A steady state
OFF State Leakage Current
12 & 24VDC. . . . . . . . . . ≤ 250 µA
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
•Fixed at 90 FPM
•Custom flash rate 10 - 300 FPM
•Switches inrush currents up to 30A
•24, 120, or 230VAC input voltages
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
FS143
FS152-60
FS152
FS162
FS152-30
FS162-30
FS152-50
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Maximum Load Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inrush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The FS200 Series may be used to control inductive,
incandescent, or resistive loads. Input voltages of
12, 24, 36, 48, or 110VDC are available. Factory
fixed flash rate of 90 FPM or may be ordered with a
fixed custom flash rate ranging from 10 to 180 FPM.
Encapsulation provides protection against shock,
vibration, and humidity. Uniform performance,
high inrush current capability, and low RFI, make
this series ideal for general industrial applications.
Order Table:
Features:
3A steady state
10 times steady state current
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6 .35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Encapsulated
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
≅ 2.2 oz (62 g)
Features:
•Fixed at 90 FPM
•Custom flash rate 10 - 180 FPM
•3A, SPST output contact
•12 to 110VDC input voltages in 5 ranges
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
•0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available
Models:
FS224
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Inrush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 times steady state current
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Encapsulated
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
≅ 2.2 oz (62 g)
105
Flashers
FS300 / FS400 Series
The FS300 Series of solid-state flashers were
specifically designed to operate lamp loads. Their
two-terminal series connection feature makes
installation easy. The high immunity to line
noise and transients makes the FS300 Series ideal
for moving vehicle applications. All solid-state
construction means reliability and long life. The
FS300 Series offers a factory fixed flash rate of 75
FPM or may be ordered with a fixed, custom flash
rate ranging from 60 to 150 FPM.
Operation
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins
and the load energizes. At the end of T1, T2 begins and
the load de-energizes. This cycle repeats until input
voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2.
Order Table:
Input
12VDC ±20%
24VDC ±20%
36VDC ±20%
48VDC ±15%
72VDC ±15%
110VDC ±15%
Maximum
Current Load
2.5A
1.5A
1A
0.75A
0.5A
0.25A
Part Number
FS312
FS324
FS336
FS348
FS372
FS390
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (OFF First) function.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 5 for connection diagram.
Features:
•All solid state – no moving parts or contacts
•High surge capability – designed to operate
incandescent lamp loads
•High noise & transient protection
•Two-terminal series connection
•Encapsulated – protects against shock,
vibration, & humidity
Auxiliary Products:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
FS312
FS324
FS336
FS390
Specifications
Technical Data
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custom Flash Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON/OFF Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Load Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Load Rating. . . . . . . . . .
Inrush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF/ON recycling solid-state flasher (continuous duty)
Fixed at 75 FPM ±10%
60 - 150 FPM
≅ 50%
12, 24, 36, 48, 72, & 110VDC
Incandescent or resistive
0.25 - 2.5A steady state
10 times steady state current
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The FS400 Series is a low leakage AC flasher
designed to control LED, or resistive loads. This
series offers a solid-state output and may be
ordered with an input voltage of 24V to 240VAC, in
two ranges. It offers a factory fixed flash rate of 75
FPM or may be ordered with a fixed, custom flash
rate ranging from 45 to 150 FPM. The FS400 is the
perfect solution for LED lamp flashing.
Operation
Upon application of input voltage, the output energizes
and the ON time begins. At the end of the ON time, the
output de-energizes and the OFF time begins. At the end
of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle repeats
as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
flash sequence.
Order Table:
Input Voltage
120 to 240VAC
24VAC
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Encapsulated
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.2 oz (62 g)
Features:
•Low leakage for LED lamps
•Fixed flash rate at 75 FPM
•Custom flash rate 45 - 150 FPM
•0.5 or 1A, solid-state output
•24V to 240VAC in 2 ranges
•Small size: 1.5 x 0.94 in. (38 x 23.9 mm)
Approvals:
Available Models:
FS491
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (ON First) function.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 12 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 6 for connection diagram.
Output Rating
0.5A
1A
Part Number
FS491
FS421
Specifications
Technical Data
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ON/OFF solid-state flasher (continuous duty)
Flash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed at 75 FPM ±20%
Custom Flash Rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 - 150 FPM ±20%
ON/OFF Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 50%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, or 120 - 240VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ± 15%
AC Line Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Output
Load Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED or resistive
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bridge Rectifier & FET
Maximum Load Rating
120VAC to 240VAC. . . . . . . . 0.5A steady state; 5A inrush
24VAC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state; 10A inrush
106
Max. Load Leakage Current. . . . . . . . . . . . 250µA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2V typical
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #8 (M4 x 0.7) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 x 0.94 in. (38.1 x 23.9 mm)
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41 - 1991 Level A
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 1.1 oz (31 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Flashers
FS500 / AF Series
The FS500 Series flash rate is adjustable from 10 to
100 FPM. A locknut is provided to hold selected
flash rate. The long-life electronic circuit combined
with a quality electromechanical relay provides
flexibility and reliability in most applications.
Operation
Upon application of input voltage, the output relay is
energized and the ON time begins. At the end of the ON
time, the output relay de-energizes and the OFF time
begins. At the end of the OFF time, the output is energized
and the cycle repeats as long as input voltage is applied.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and
the sequence.
Order Table:
Input Voltage
12VDC
24VAC/DC
120VAC/DC
230VAC
Part Number
FS512
FS524
FS590
FS599
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (ON First-DPDT)
function.
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 9 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 8 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Solid-state circuitry - relay output
•Industrial standard octal plug-in
•Adjustable flash rate 10 - 100 FPM
•10A, DPDT output contacts
Approvals:
(some models)
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
FS512
FS524
FS590
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Specifications
Technical Data
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON/OFF recycling flasher with adjustable flash rate
Flash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 10 - 100 operations per minute
(guaranteed range)
ON/OFF Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 50%
Input
Input Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12VDC, 24VAC/DC, 120VAC/DC, 230VAC
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . . . -15% - 20%
120 - 230VAC/DC . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Output
Load Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Order Table:
AF
X
Input Voltage
─1
─ - 24VAC
─2
─ - 120VAC
─3
─ - 230VAC
X
Output Rating
─1
─ - 6A
─2
─ - 10A
─3
─ - 20A
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/ 240VAC
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (91.6 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 1500V RMS input to output
Polarity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DC units are reverse polarity protected
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -30° to 85°C
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5.8 oz (164 g)
The AF Series offers a high inrush capacity of up
to 200A. These devices exceed mechanical type
relays in both performance and lifespan. The AF
Series is constructed with no moving parts to arc,
wear, and eventually fail; 100 million operations
are typical. Circuitry is encapsulated to provide
protection against vibration and moisture, making
the AF Series ideal for outdoor applications.
Features:
Operation
Upon application of input voltage T1 begins, Load 1 is
ON and Load 2 is OFF. At the end of T1, T2 begins and
Load 2 is now ON and Load 1 is OFF. At the end of T2, T1
repeats and this sequence continues until input voltage
is removed. The duration of T1 and T2 is approximately
equal.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the flasher.
Auxiliary Products:
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (Alternating) function.
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 13 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 7 for connection diagram.
X
Flash Rate (flashes per min.)
─1
─ - 10
─2
─ - 30
─3
─ - 60
─4
─ - 90
─5
─ - 120
─6
─ - 140
─Blank
─
- Custom Flash Rate
•Alternately flashes two high current loads
•High surge capacity - up to 200A
•Small size - 2 x 2 x 1.30 in.
(50.8 x 50.8 x 33 mm)
•Totally solid state & encapsulated
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
Available Models:
AF213
AF223
AF232
AF233
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Specifications
Technical Data
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alternating solid-state flasher rated (continuous duty)
Flash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory fixed at 10, 30, 60, 90, 120, or 140 flashes
per min. ±10%.
Custom Flash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 140 FPM
Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 50%
Input
Input Voltage/Frequency . . . . . . . . .24, 120, or 230VAC ±15% / 50/60Hz
Output
Load Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incandescent or resistive
Maximum Load Rating. . . . . . . . . . . 6, 10, & 20A steady state
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Inrush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 times steady state current
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.30 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 33 mm)
Encapsulated
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.9 oz (82 g)
*Must be bolted to metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The maximum
mounting surface temperature is 90°C.
107
Flasher (Chaser)
SC3/SC4 Series
The SC3/SC4 Series are solid-state 3 or 4 channel,
chasers designed for sequential three or four
circuit flashing of incandescent lamp loads. Unlike
electromechanical chasers, there are no contacts to
arc, wear, and eventually fail. Fixed or adjustable
rates of 30 to 300 operations per minute.
Operation
Sequential 3 or 4 circuit flashing of incandescent loads
with equal time delays for each load. Upon application
of input voltage, Load 1 is energized. At the end of the
time delay, Load 1 de-energizes and Load 2 energizes. At
the end of the time delay, Load 2 de-energizes and Load
3 energizes. This cycle continues until input voltage is
removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the unit and cycle.
For more information see:
Appendix A, page 164 for Flasher (Chasing) function.
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 14 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 9 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Sequential 3 or 4 circuit flashing of
incandescent loads
•Fixed or adjustable at 30 - 300FPM
•1A steady state output
•24, 120, or 230VAC input voltage
•Totally solid state - encapsulated
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
SC3120F30
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
SC3 (3 outputs)
SC4 (4 outputs)
X
Input Voltage
─24
─ - 24VAC
─120
─
- 120VAC
─230
─
- 230VAC
X
Rate
─A
─ - Adjustable (30 - 300)
─F
─ - Fixed*
*If Fixed is selected, insert
(30 - 300) operations per minute.
Specifications
Technical Data
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sequential 3 or 4 circuit flashing of incandescent
lamp loads. Fixed or adjustable rates.
Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable: 30 - 300 operations per minute
Fixed: 30 - 300 operations per minute (±10%)
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC ±15%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady state per output
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.5 x 1.22 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 31 mm)
108
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 5.4 oz (153 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
3-Phase Voltage Monitors
WVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DLMU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HLMU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TVW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
Low Volts, Phase Reversal
PLR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Phase Reversal
PLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
1-Phase Voltage Monitors
HLV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
KVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Monitors & Phase Monitors
Series Included
109
Voltage Monitors
WVM Series
The WVM Series provides protection against
premature equipment (motor) failure caused by
voltage faults on the 3-phase line. The WVM’s
microcontroller design provides reliable protection
even if regenerated voltages are present. It
combines dependable fault sensing with a 10
fault memory and a 6 LED status display. Part
instrument, part control, the WVM protects your
equipment when you’re not there and displays
what happened when you return. The WVM
is fully adjustable and includes time delays to
prevent nuisance tripping and improve system
operation. Time delays include a 0.25 to 30s
adjustable trip delay, an adjustable 0.25 to 64m
(in 3 ranges) restart delay, plus a unique 3 to 15s
true random start delay. The random start delay
prevents voltage sags caused by simultaneous
restarting of numerous motor loads after a power
outage.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 15 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page, 168, Figure 10 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Protects against phase loss & reversal; over,
under & unbalanced voltages; & short
cycling
•10 fault memory & status displayed on 6
LED readout
•Switch selectable automatic restart, delayed
automatic restart, & manual reset
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•ASME A17.1 Rule 210.6
•NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35
•IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• 3-phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
Operation
WVM011AL
WVM911AL
The output relay is energized when all conditions are acceptable and the WVM is reset. A restart and/or random start
WVM611AH
WVM911AL-60
delay may occur before the output relay is energized.
WVM611AL
WVM911RL
Field Adjustment: Select the line voltage listed on the motor’s name plate. This automatically sets the over and undervoltage
WVM811AH
WVM911RN-60
trip points. No further adjustment should be required to achieve maximum equipment protection.
WVM911AH
Read Memory: Fault(s) stored in the memory are indicated when the yellow LED is flashing, up to 10 faults are noted.
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
Memory Reset: To clear the memory of all faults stored, rotate selector to Clear Memory for 5 seconds. The yellow
LED will turn off.
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Memory Overload: Only the 10 most recent faults are retained.
Random Start Delay: A new 3 to 15s random start delay is selected by the microcontroller when a fault is corrected and
when the operating voltage (L1, L2, L3) is applied to the WVM. A random start delay does not occur when the reset is manual.
Automatic Restart: Upon fault correction, the output will re-energize after a random start delay.
Automatic Restart Upon Fault Trip: When a fault is sensed for the full trip delay, the output de- energizes and a restart delay is initiated. This delay locks out the output for the delay
period. Should the fault be corrected by the end of the restart delay, the output will re-energize after a random start delay. A restart delay will also occur when operating voltage (L1,
L2, L3) is applied to the WVM.
Manual Reset: After a fault condition is corrected, the WVM can be manually reset. There are two methods; a customer supplied remote switch, or the onboard selector switch.
Manual Reset (Onboard): Rotate selector switch from the Manual Reset position to Auto Restart w/ Delay then back again to Manual Reset within 3 seconds. The output will
immediately energize.
Remote Reset: Reset (Restart) is accomplished by a momentary contact closure across terminals 1 & 2. The output will immediately energize. Remote switch requirements are ≥10mA
@ 20VDC and the reset terminals are not isolated from line voltage. A resistance of ≤20KΩ across terminals 1 & 2 will cause immediate automatic restart.
Automatic Restart Upon Fault Correction: (P/N includes an R)
When a fault is sensed for the full trip delay, the output relay de-energizes. Upon correction of the fault, a restart delay begins. At the end of this delay, the output will re-energize after
a random start delay. If a fault occurs during restart timing, the restart time delay will be reset to zero, and the output will not energize until the restart delay is completed.
Order Table:
WVM
X
3-Phase Line Voltage
─6
─ - 200-240VAC
─8
─ - 355-425VAC
─9
─ - 400-480VAC
─0
─ - 500-600VAC
X
Unbalance
─1
─ - 2-10%
X
Trip Delay
─1
─ - 0.25-30s
X
Reset Method
─A
─ - Switch Selectable:
Automatic restart upon fault trip
─R
─ - Swith Selectable:
Automatic restart upon
fault correction
X
Restart Delay
─L
─ - 0.25-64s
─N
─ - 6-300s
─H
─ - 0.25-64m
-60 Option: Add the suffix -60 to any automatic restart
part number to remove the random start delay feature.
Specifications
Fault Memory
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nonvolatile RAM
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-phase delta or wye with no connection to neutral
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stores last 10 faults
Operating Voltage
Model
Adj. Line Voltage Range
Status Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 LEDs provide existing status & memory readout
240
200-240VAC
Note: 50% of operating line voltage must be applied to L1 & L2 for operation of status indicators
380
355-425VAC
Output
480
400-480VAC
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
600
500-600VAC
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 250VAC; 6A inductive (0.4 PF) @ 250VAC
Overvoltage, Undervoltage, & Voltage Unbalance
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107
Overvoltage Trip Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-113% of adjusted voltage
Protection
Reset Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -2% of trip point
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE 62.41-1991 Level B
Undervoltage Trip Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88-92% of adjusted voltage
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output
Reset Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +2% of trip point
Voltage Unbalance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 2-10%*Mechanical
Trip Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 0.25 - 30s ±15% Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface with 2 or 4 #8 (M4 x 0.7) screws
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9 x 4.4 x 2.4 in. (175.3 x 111.8 x 61.0 mm)
Phase Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 15% unbalance
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals with captive wire clamps for up to Response Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 200 ms
#12 AWG ( 3.2 mm2) wire
Random Start Delay Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 15s
Environmental
Reset (Restart) Delay
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -40° to 65°C / -40° to 85°C
Low Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25-64s ±15%
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅25 oz ( 709 g)
Normal Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-300s ±15%
High Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25-64m ±15%
* Unbalance reset is 90% of the unbalance setting (i.e. VUB at 5% reset is 4.5%)
110
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Monitors
DLMU Series
The DLMU Series is a universal voltage, 3-phase
voltage monitor. It continuously measures
the voltage of each of the three phases with
microcontroller accuracy and compares the value
to preset trip points. It separately senses phase
reversal and loss; over, under and unbalanced
voltages; and over or under frequency. Protection
is assured during periods of large average voltage
fluctuations or when regenerated voltages are
present. The unit trips within 200ms when phase
loss is detected. Adjustable time delays are
included to prevent nuisance tripping and short
cycling of sensitive equipment. The isolated,
10A, SPDT and 2A alarm output relay contacts
trip when a phase voltage exceeds the trip limits
for the trip delay. Nominal line voltage, voltage
unbalance, and time delays are knob adjustable.
The phase loss setpoint and the acceptable
frequency range are fixed. Both delta and wye
systems can be monitored; no connection to
neutral is required.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 16 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 11 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Protects against phase & reversal; over,
under & unbalanced voltages; & over &
under frequency
•35mm DIN rail or surface mounting
•Isolated, 10A, relay contacts
•Isolated, 2A, NO or NC, SPST relay contact
•LED indicates relay, faults, & time delays
•Universal line voltage 240 to 480VAC
•600VAC version available
•3-wire connection for delta or wye systems
•ASME A17.1 rule 210.6
•NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35
•IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• 3-phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Operation
Upon application of line voltage, the output is de-energized and the restart delay begins. If all the 3-phase voltages are
within the acceptable range, the output energizes at the end of the restart delay. The microcontroller circuitry automatically
Available Models:
senses the voltage range, and selects the correct operating frequency (50 or 60Hz). The over and undervoltage trip points
DLMHBRAAA
are set automatically. When the measured value of any phase voltage exceeds the acceptable range limits (lower or upper)
DLMUBNAAN
the trip delay begins. At the end of the trip delay the output relay de-energizes. If the phase voltage returns to an acceptable
DLMUBRAAA
value before the trip delay expires, the trip delay is reset and the output remains energized. Under, over, and unbalanced
voltages plus over or under frequency must be sensed for the complete trip delay before the unit trips. The unit trips in
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
200ms when phase loss or reversal are sensed. The unit will not energize if a fault is sensed as the line voltage is applied.
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Reset: Reset is automatic upon correction of the voltage or frequency fault or phase sequence.
Restart Delay Options:
L= Lockout or minimum OFF time. The restart delay begins when the output trips. The unit cannot be re-energized until the restart delay is complete. This provides a minimum off
time or lockout time to allow equipment sensitive to short cycling, time to reset. If the fault is corrected after the restart delay is complete the output energizes immediately. The restart
delay also occurs when line voltage is applied/reapplied.
R= Restart Delay on fault correction. The restart delay begins when line voltage is reapplied or when a voltage fault is corrected. This option is normally selected when staggered
restarting of multiple motors on a power system is required.
N= No Restart Delay. 0.6 second initialization delay on application of line voltage applies.
Restart Notes:
All restart options remain reset when the following conditions are detected:
1.) Phase loss (phase unbalance greater than 25%) 2.) Average line voltage less than 120VAC 3.) Phase reversal
The restart delay begins when the condition is corrected.
LED Operation
The LED flashes green during the restart delay, then glows green when the output energizes. It flashes red during the trip delay then glows red when the output de-energizes. It
flashes red/green if phase reversal is sensed If a fault is sensed during the restart delay, the LED will glow red during that portion or the full restart delay.
Order Table:
DLM
X
Line Voltage
─U
─ - 200-480VAC
─H
─ - 500-600VAC
X
Output
─B
─ - SPDT & NO
─C
─ - SPDT & NC
X
Restart Function
─L
─ - Lockout, min off time
─R
─ - Staggered restarting
─N
─ - No Restart Delay
X
Voltage Unbalance
─A
─ - Adjustable 2-10%
─Fixed
─
- Specify unbalance
2-10% in 1% increments
using two digits [04]
X
Trip Delay
─A
─ - Adjustable 1-30s
─Fixed
─
- Specify delay
1-30s in 1s increments,
using two digits [20]
X
Restart Delay
─A*
─ - Adjustable 0.6-300s
─N
─ - No Restart Delay
* Selection “A” is only available
for L or R Restart Functions
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-phase delta or wye with no connection to neutral
Operating Voltage
200-480VAC
Range Voltage Adj.Range Line Frequency Line Voltage Max.
240
200-240VAC
50/60Hz
380
340-420VAC
50Hz
480
400-480VAC
60Hz
550VAC
600VAC
600
500-600VAC
50/60Hz
600VAC
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz automatically detected
Phase Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 25% unbalance
Response Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .≤200ms
Undervoltage & Voltage Unbalance
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage detection with delayed trip & automatic reset
Overvoltage TripVoltage. . . . . . 109 - 113% of the adjusted line voltage
Reset Voltage . . . . ≅ -3% of the trip voltage
Undervoltage Trip Voltage . . . . . 88 - 92% of the adjusted line voltage
Reset Voltage. . . . ≅ +3% of the trip voltage
Voltage Unbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable 2 - 10% or specify fixed unbalance of 2 - 10%
in 1% increments
Reset on balance. . . ≅ -0.7% unbalance
Trip Delay Active On. . . . . . . . . . Over/undervoltage, voltage unbalance, over/under frequency
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 1 - 30s or specify fixed delay 1 - 30s in 1s
increments
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . ± 15%
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Restart Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 0.6 - 300s; if no restart delay is
selected a 0.6s initialization delay applies
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . ± 15% Over/Under Frequency. . . . . . . . . . ±4%; Reset ±3%; 50/60 Hz
Phase Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A, B, C, L1, L2, L3
Response Time -Phase Reversal & Phase Loss. . . . ≤200 ms
Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic
Output
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated Electromechanical Relay
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC; 8A resistive @ 277VAC;
NO-1/4 hp @ 120VAC; 1/3 hp @ 240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106; Electrical - 1 x 303
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with 2 #8 (M4 x 0.7) screw or
snapon 35mm DIN Rail
Note: 0.25 in.(6.35 mm) spacing between units or other devices is required
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.33 x 2.95 x 1.97 in. (110 x 75 x 50 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals with captive wire clamps for
up to #14 AWG (2.5 mm2) wire
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 8.6 oz (244 g)
111
Voltage Monitors
HLMU Series
The HLMU Series is a universal voltage, encapsulated,
3-phase voltage monitor. It continuously measures the
voltage of each of the three phases with microcontroller
accuracy and compares the value to preset trip points.
It separately senses phase reversal and loss; over,
under and unbalanced voltages; and over or under
frequency. Protection is assured during periods
of large average voltage fluctuations, or when
regenerated voltages are present. The unit trips within
200ms when phase loss is detected. Adjustable time
delays are included to prevent nuisance tripping and
short cycling of sensitive equipment. The isolated,
10A, DPDT relay contacts trip when a phase voltage
exceeds the trip limits for the trip delay. Nominal line
voltage, voltage unbalance, and time delays are knob
adjustable. The phase loss setpoint and the acceptable
frequency range are fixed. Both delta and wye systems
can be monitored; no connection to neutral is required.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 17 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 12 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Protects against phase loss & reversal;
over, under & unbalanced voltages;
& over & under frequency
•Encapsulated circuitry
•Isolated, 10A, DPDT output contacts
•LED indicates relay status, faults, &
time delays
•Universal line voltage 200 to 480VAC in
one unit
•Compact design
•Finger-safe terminal blocks, up to 12 AWG
•ASME A17.1 rule 210.6
•NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35
•IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• 3-Phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Operation
Upon application of line voltage, the output is de-energized and the restart delay begins. If all the three-phase voltages are
within the acceptable range, the output energizes at the end of the restart delay. The microcontroller circuitry automatically
senses the voltage range, and selects the correct operating frequency (50 or 60Hz). The over and under voltage trip points
are set at ± 10% of the adjusted line voltage. When the measured value of any phase voltage exceeds the acceptable range
Available Models:
limits (lower or upper) the trip delay begins. At the end of the trip delay the output relay de-energizes. If the phase voltage
HLMUDLAAA
HLMUDRAAA
returns to an acceptable value before the trip delay expires, the trip delay is reset and the output remains energized. Under,
HLMUDN0405N
HLMUSR0604A
over, and unbalanced voltages plus over or under frequency must be sensed for the complete trip delay before the unit
HLMUDNAAN
trips. The unit trips in 200ms when phase loss or reversal are sensed. The unit will not energize if a fault is sensed as the
line voltage is applied.
If desired part number is not listed, please call
Reset: Reset is automatic upon correction of the voltage or frequency fault or phase sequence.
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Restart Delay Options:
L= Lockout or minimum OFF time. The restart delay begins when the output trips. The unit cannot be re-energized until the restart delay is complete. This provides a minimum
off time or lockout time to allow equipment sensitive to short cycling, time to reset. If the fault is corrected after the restart delay is complete, the output energizes immediately. The
restart delay also occurs when line voltage is applied/reapplied.
R= Restart Delay on fault correction. The restart delay begins when line voltage is reapplied or when a voltage fault is corrected. This option is normally selected when staggered
restarting of multiple motors on a power system is required.
N= No Restart Delay. 0.6 second initialization delay on application of line voltage applies.
Restart Notes:
All restart options remain reset when the following conditions are detected:
1.) Phase loss (phase unbalance greater than 25%) 2.) Average line voltage less than 120VAC 3.) Phase reversal
The restart delay begins when the condition is corrected.
LED Operation
The LED flashes green during the restart delay, then glows green when the output energizes. It flashes red during the trip delay then glows red when the output de-energizes. It
flashes red/green if phase reversal is sensed. If a fault is sensed during the restart delay, the LED will glow red during that portion or the full restart delay.
Order Table:
HLMU
X
Output
─D
─ - DPDT
─S
─ - SPDT
X
Restart Function
─L
─ - Lockout, Min Off Time
─R
─ - Staggered Restarting
─N
─ - No Restart Delay
X
Voltage Unbalance
─A
─ - Adjustable 2-10%
─Fixed
─
- Specify Unbalance
2-10% in 1% increments,
using two digits [04]
X
Trip Delay
─A
─ - Adjustable 1-30s
─Fixed
─
- Specify delay
1-30s in 1s increments,
using two digits [05]
X
Restart Delay
─A*
─ - Adjustable 0.6-300s
─N
─ - No Restart Delay
*Selection “A” is only available for Restart
Functions “L” and “R”
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-phase delta or wye with no connection to neutral
Operating Voltage 200 - 480VAC
Range
Voltage Adj. Range
Frequency
240
200-240VAC
50 or 60Hz
380
340-420VAC
50Hz
480
400-480VAC
60Hz
Line Voltage Max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550VAC
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz automatically detected
Phase Loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 25% unbalance
Response Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤200ms
Undervoltage & Voltage Unbalance
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage detection with delayed trip &
automatic reset
Overvoltage
Trip Voltage. . . . . . 109 - 113% of the adjusted line voltage
Reset Voltage . . . . ≅ -3% of the trip voltage
Undervoltage
Trip Voltage. . . . . . 88 - 92% of the adjusted line voltage
Reset Voltage . . . . ≅ +3% of the trip voltage
Voltage Unbalance
Trip Setpoint . . . . . Adjustable 2 - 10% or specify fixed
unbalance of 2 - 10% in 1% increments
Reset on Balance. ≅ -0.7% unbalance
Trip Delay
Active On. . . . . . . . Over/undervoltage, voltage unbalance,
over/under frequency
Range. . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 1 - 30s or specify fixed
delay 1 - 30s in 1s increments
Tolerance. . . . . . . . ± 15%
Restart Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 0.6 - 300s; if no restart
delay is selected a 0.6s initialization delay
applies
Tolerance. . . . . . . . ± 15%
112
Over/Under Frequency.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±4%; Reset ±3%; 50/60 Hz
Phase Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A, B, C, L1, L2, L3
Response Time-Phase Reversal
& Phase Loss. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤200 ms
Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated Electromechanical Relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC; 8A resistive @ 277VAC;
NO-1/4 hp @ 120VAC; 1/3 hp @ 240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106
Electrical (at 10A) - DPDT - 1 x 303
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.7) screw
Note: 0.25 in.(6.35 mm) spacing between units or other devices is required
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.64 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 41.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminal connection up to
12 AWG (3.3 mm2) wire
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Monitors
PLMU Series
The PLMU Series continuously measures the
voltage of each of the three phases to provide
protection for 3-phase motors and sensitive loads.
Its microcontroller senses under and overvoltage,
voltage unbalance, phase loss, and phase reversal.
Protection is provided even when regenerated
voltages are present. Universal voltage operation
and standard base connection allows the PLMU
to replace hundreds of competitive part numbers.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 18 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 13 for connection diagram.
Operation
Upon application of power, a 0.6s random start delay begins and the PLMU measures the voltage levels and line
frequency and selects the voltage range. The output relay is energized and the LED glows green when all voltages
are acceptable and the phase sequence is correct. LED flashes green during trip delay, glows red when output
de-energizes. Undervoltage, overvoltage, and voltage unbalance must be sensed for continuous trip delay before
the relay de-energizes. Re-energization is automatic upon fault correction. The output relay will not energize if a
fault condition is sensed as 3-phase input voltage is applied. The LED alternately flashes red/green when phase
reversal is sensed. Line voltage is selected with the knob, setting the over and under voltage trip points. Voltage
range is automatically selected by the microcontroller.
Features:
•Protects against phase & reversal; & over,
under & unbalanced voltages
•Octal plug-in
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•Operates from 200 to 480VAC
•LED indicator glows green when voltages
are acceptable, red for faults
•Indicates reverse-phase wiring
•Simple 3-wire connection for delta or wye
systems
•ASME A17.1 Rule 210.6
•NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35
•IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Approvals:
Auxilary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• 8-pin octal socket: P/N: OT08PC
• 3-phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
PLMU11
LED Indicator
Order Table:
Voltage Unbalance
Adjustable 2-10%
Trip Delay
Adjustable 0.25-30s
Part Number
PLMU11
Steady Green
Energized
Steady Red
De-engergized
(tripped on fault)
Flashing Green
Trip Delay
Alternate Flashing
Red/Green
Phase Reversal
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-phase delta or wye with no connection
to neutral
Line Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 to 480VAC ±15%, 50/60 Hz ±2 Hz
Adjustable Voltage Ranges
(Automatic Range Selection). . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 to 240VAC, 50/60 Hz
340 to 420VAC, 50 Hz
400 to 480VAC, 60 Hz
Maximum Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552VAC
Phase Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABC
Overvoltage, Undervoltage, & Voltage Unbalance
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage detection with delayed trip &
automatic reset
Overvoltage & Undervoltage
Undervoltage Trip Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 - 92% of adjusted line voltage
Reset Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +2% of trip voltage
Overvoltage Trip Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 - 113% of adjusted line voltage
Reset Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -2% of trip voltage
Voltage Unbalance Trip Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 2 - 10%
Factory fixed from 4 - 10% (a minimum
order quantity applies)
Reset on Balance (%):
Selected Unbalance
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Reset
1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.4 6.3 7.2 8.1
9
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Trip Delay Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable from 0.25 - 30s
Factory fixed from 2 - 30s ±15%
(a minimum order quantity applies)
Severe Unbalance - 2X Selected Unbalance . . 0.25 - 2s; disabled when the trip delay is
less than 2s
Random Start Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 0.6s
Phase Reversal & Phase Loss Trip Time. . . . . . ≤ 150ms
Phase Loss Setpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 15% unbalance
Reset Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic
Output Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Energized when voltages are acceptable
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC; 1/4 hp @
125VAC; 1/3 hp @ 250VAC; max. 277VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106 ; Electrical - 1 x 105
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket rated 600VAC
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.03 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (77.0 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 8.6 oz (244 g)
*CAUTION: Select an octal socket rated for 600VAC operation.
113
Voltage Monitors
PLM Series
The PLM Series continuously measures the voltage
of each of the three phases. The PLM Series
uses a microcontroller circuit design that senses
undervoltage, voltage unbalance, phase loss,
and phase reversal. Protection is assured when
regenerated voltages are present. Both delta and
wye systems can be monitored; no connection to
neutral is required.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 8 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 13 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Protects against phase loss & reversal; &
under & unbalanced voltages
•8-pin plug-in base
•Adjustable low voltage trip point
•Factory fixed unbalance & trip delay
•Line voltages 200 to 480VAC in 3 ranges
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•ASME A17.1 rule 210.6
•NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35
•IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Operation
The output relay is energized and the LED glows green when all voltages are acceptable and the phase sequence
is correct. Under and unbalanced voltages must be sensed for a continuous trip delay period before the relay
de-energizes. Reset is automatic upon correction of the fault condition. The output relay will not energize if a
fault condition is sensed as power is applied. The LED flashes red during the trip delay, then glows red when
the output de-energizes. The LED flashes green/red if phase reversal is sensed.
Field Adjustment:
Set voltage adjustment knob at the desired operating line voltage for the equipment. This adjustment automatically
sets the undervoltage trip point. Apply power. If the PLM fails to energize, (LED glows red) check wiring of
all 3 phases, voltage, and phase sequence. If phase sequence is incorrect, the LED flashes green/red. To correct
this, swap any two line voltage connections at the mounting socket. No further adjustment should be required.
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: OT08PC
• 3-phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
PLM6405
PLM6502
PLM6805
PLM8405
PLM8805
PLM9405
PLM9502
PLM9805
PLM9820
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
PLM
X
Line Voltage
─6
─ - 240VAC
─8
─ - 380VAC
─9
─ - 480VAC
X
Voltage Unbalanced
─Fixed
─
- Specify - 4-8%
in 1% increments
X
Trip Delay
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 2-20s
in 1s increments using
two digits
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-phase delta or wye with no connection to
neutral
Operating Voltage:
Model
Adj. Line Voltage Range
Line Voltage Max.
240
200-240VAC
270VAC
380
360-430VAC
480VAC
480
400-480VAC
530VAC
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/100 Hz
Phase Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABC
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2W for 240V units
≅ 3W for 380 - 480V units
Low Voltage & Voltage Unbalance
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage detection with delayed trip & automatic
reset
Low Voltage
Trip Voltage. . . . . . . 88 - 92% of adjusted line voltage
Reset Voltage.. . . . . Plus 3% of trip voltage
Voltage Unbalance
Trip Unbalance. . . . . Factory fixed from 4 - 8%
Reset on Balance . . -0.7% unbalance typical
Trip Delay
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory fixed from 2 - 20s
Tolerance . . . . . . . . . ±15%
Phase Reversal & Phase Loss
Response Time:
Phase Reversal . . . . . . . ≤ 200ms
Phase Loss. . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 200ms
114
Phase Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . > 35% unbalance
Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC, 277VAC max;
1/2 Hp @ 240VAC; 1/4 Hp @ 120VAC
5
7
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 10 ; Electrical - 1 x 10
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output
Mechanical
Mounting*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-pin plug-in socket rated 600VAC
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 4.4 oz (125 g)
*CAUTION: Select an octal socket rated for 600VAC operation.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Monitors
TVW Series
Provides protection for motors and other sensitive
loads. Continuously measures the voltage of
each of the three phases using a microcontroller
circuit design that senses under and overvoltage,
voltage unbalance, phase loss, and phase reversal.
Protection is provided even when regenerated
voltages are present. Includes a trip delay to
prevent nuisance tripping and a restart delay to
prevent short cycling after a momentary power
outage.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 30 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 14 for connection diagram.
Operation
Upon application of line voltage, the restart delay begins. The output is de-energized during restart delay. Under
normal conditions, the output energizes after the restart delay. Undervoltage, overvoltage, and voltage unbalance
must be sensed for the complete trip delay period before the output de-energizes. The restart delay begins as
soon as the output de-energizes. If the restart delay is completed when a fault is corrected, the output energizes
immediately. The output will not energize if a fault is sensed as the input voltage is applied. If the voltage selector
is set between two voltage marks (i.e. between 220 and 230V), the LED will flash red rapidly. The TVW provides
fault protection at the lower of the two line voltages (i.e. 220V).
Reset: Reset is automatic upon correction of a fault.
LED Operation
The LED flashes green during the restart delay, then glows green when the output energizes. It flashes red during
the trip delay then glows red when the output de-energizes. It flashes red/green if phase reversal is sensed. If
the voltage selector knob is between settings, it rapidly flashes red.
Features:
•Protects against phase loss & reversal; over,
under & unbalanced voltages; short
cycling
•Fixed trip points & delays
•Adjustable voltages from 208 to 480VAC
in 4 ranges
•Monitor 600VAC lines by connecting VRM
accessory
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•Bi-color LED indicates: output status, faults,
time delays, phase reversal & setpoint
•ASME A17.1 rule 210.6
•NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35
•IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Approvals:
Auxilary Products:
• 3-phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Voltage reduction module:
P/N: VRM6048
Available Models:
TVW575S1M
TVW6510S0.4S
TVW9510S0.4S
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TVW
X
Line Voltage Wide Range
─5
─ - 208-240VAC Selectable
─6
─ - 208, 220, 230 & 240VAC
─8
─ - 380, 400 & 415VAC
─9
─ - 430, 440, 460 & 480VAC
X
Voltage Unbalance
─Fixed
─
- Specify 4-10%
in 1% increments
X
Trip Delay*
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 0.2-1s
in 0.1s increments
─Fixed
─
- Specify from
1-100s in 1s increments
*Must indicate (S) for secs. or (M)
for mins.
X
Restart Delay*
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 0.4-1s
in 0.1s increments
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 1-100s in 1s
increments
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 1-999min in
1min increments
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Voltage/Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-phase delta or wye with no connection to neutral
208 to 480VAC in 4 ranges/-30% - 20%
50 - 100 Hz
ABC
Approx. 2W for 240V units
Approx. 3W for 480V units
Overvoltage, Undervoltage, & Voltage Unbalance
Overvoltage & Undervoltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage detection with delay trip & automatic
reset
Undervoltage Trip Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 - 92% of the selected line voltage
Reset Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ +3% of trip voltage
Overvoltage Trip Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 - 113% of the selected line voltage
Reset Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ -3% of trip voltage
Trip Variation vs Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Voltage Unbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory fixed, from 4 - 10%
Reset On Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ -0.7% unbalance
Trip Delay Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed from 0.2 - 100s ±15% or ±0.1s,
whichever is greater
Restart Delay Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed from 0.4s - 999m ±15% or ±0.2s,
whichever is greater
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Phase Reversal & Phase Loss Response. . . . ≤ 200ms; automatic reset
Phase Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 25% unbalance
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
Rating
208 to 240VAC (55°C) . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 125VAC, 5A @ 250VAC,
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
380 to 480VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC, 1/4 hp @ 125VAC,
1/3 hp @ 250VAC, max. voltage 277VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106; Electrical - 1 x 105
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Dielectric Breakdown 208 to 240VAC. . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output terminals
380 to 480VAC . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output terminals
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #8 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.25 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 31.8 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -40° to 55°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.8 oz (79 g)
115
Voltage Monitors
TVM Series
Provides protection for motors and other sensitive
loads. Continuously measures the voltage of
each of the three phases using a microcomputer
circuit design that senses under and overvoltage,
voltage unbalance, phase loss, and phase reversal.
Protection is provided even when regenerated
voltages are present. Includes a trip delay to
prevent nuisance tripping and a restart delay to
prevent short cycling after a momentary power
outage.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 30 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 14 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Protects against phase loss & reversal; over,
under & unbalanced voltages; short
cycling
•Fixed trip points & delays
•Fixed voltages from 208 to 480VAC
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT ouput contacts
•Bi-color LED indicator shows: output status,
faults, time delays & phase reversal
•ASME A17.1 rule 210.6
•NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35
•IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Operation
Upon application of line voltage, the restart delay begins. The output relay is de-energized during restart delay.
Under normal conditions, the output energizes after restart delay. Undervoltage, overvoltage, and voltage
unbalance must be sensed for continuous trip delay period before the output is de-energized. The output will not
de-energize if a fault is corrected during the trip delay. The restart delay begins as soon as the output relay deenergizes. If the restart delay is completed when the fault is corrected, the output relay will energize immediately.
The output relay will not energize if a fault or phase reversal is sensed as 3-phase input voltage is applied.
Reset: Reset is automatic upon correction of a fault.
LED Operation
The LED flashes green during the restart delay, then glows green when the output energizes. It flashes red during
the trip delay then glows red when the output de-energizes. It flashes red/green if phase reversal is sensed.
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• 3-phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• Voltage reduction module:
P/N: VRM6048
Available Models:
TVM208A100.5S3S
TVM460A510S5S
TVM230A101S1S
TVM460A75S2M
TVM400A101S1S
TVM480A100.5S3S
TVM460A101S1S
TVM480A50.5S2S
TVM460A41S5M
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
TVM
X
Line Voltage
─208A
─
- 208VAC
─220A
─
- 220VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
─240A
─
- 240VAC
─380A
─
- 380VAC
─400A
─
- 400VAC
─415A
─
- 415VAC
─440A
─
- 440VAC
─460A
─
- 460VAC
─480A
─
- 480VAC
X
Voltage Unbalance
─Fixed
─
- Specify 4-10%
in 1% increments
X
Trip Delay*
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 0.2-1s
in 0.1s increments
─Fixed
─
- Specify from
1-100s in 1s increments
X
Restart Delay*
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 0.5-1s
in 0.1s increments
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 1-100s in 1s
increments
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 1-999 min in
1min increments
*Must indicate (S) for secs. or (M)
for mins.
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-phase delta or wye with no connection to neutral
208 to 480VAC
50 - 100 Hz
ABC
Approx. 2W for 240V units
Approx. 3W for 480V units
Overvoltage, Undervoltage, & Voltage Unbalance
Overvoltage & Undervoltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage detection with delay trip & automatic
reset
Undervoltage Trip Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 - 92% of the selected line voltage
Reset Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ +3% of trip voltage
Overvoltage Trip Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 - 113% of the selected line voltage
Reset Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ -3% of trip voltage
Trip Variation vs Temperature . . . . . . . . . . ≤ ±2%
Voltage Unbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory fixed from 4 - 10%
Reset On Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ -0.7% unbalance
Trip Delay Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed from 0.2 - 100s ±15% or ±0.1s,
whichever is greater
Restart Delay Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed from 0.5s - 999m ±15% or ±0.2s,
whichever is greater
Phase Reversal & Phase Loss Response. . . . ≤ 200ms; automatic reset
Phase Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 25% unbalance
116
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated SPDT relay contacts
Rating
208 to 240VAC (55°C) . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 125VAC, 5A @ 250VAC,
1/4 hp @ 125VAC
380 to 480VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC, 1/4 hp
@ 125VAC, 1/3 hp @ 250VAC, max.
voltage 277VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106; Electrical - 1 x 105
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Dielectric Breakdown 208 to 240VAC. . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output terminals
380 to 480VAC. . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output terminals
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #8 (M5 x 0.8)
screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.25 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 31.8 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -40° to 55°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.8 oz (79 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Monitors
PLR Series
The PLR Series provides a cost effective means of
preventing 3-phase motor startup during adverse
voltage conditions. Proper A-B-C sequence must
occur in order for the PLR’s output contacts to
energize. In addition, the relay will not energize
when an undervoltage or phase loss condition
is present. The PLR protects a motor against
undervoltage operation. The adjustment knob sets
the undervoltage trip point.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 8 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 13 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Protects against phase loss (on startup),
phase reversal & undervoltage
•Used where moderate voltage unbalance protection is not required
•Direct replacement for most popular
3-phase monitors
•8-pin octal base connection
•Isolated, 5A, SPDT output contacts
•AMSE A17.1 rule 210.6
•NEMA MG1 14:30, 14:35
•IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Approvals:
Auxilary Products:
Operation
The output relay is energized and the LED glows when all voltages are acceptable and the phase sequence is
correct. Undervoltage must be sensed for a continuous dropout delay period before the relay de-energizes.
Reset is automatic upon correction of the fault condition. The output relay will not energize if a fault condition
is sensed as power is applied.
Field Adjustment: Turn the adjustment knob fully counterclockwise and apply three-phase power. The LED should
be ON. Increase adjustment until the LED goes OFF. Decrease adjustment until LED glows again. If nuisance
tripping occurs, decrease the adjustment slightly.
NOTE: When properly adjusted and operating in an average system, a voltage unbalance of 10% or more is
required for phase loss detection. When a phase is lost while the motor is running, a voltage will be induced
into the open phase nearly equal in magnitude to the normal phase-to-phase voltage. This condition is known
as regeneration. When regenerated voltages are present, the voltage unbalance during single phasing may not
exceed 10% for some motors. The PLR Series may not provide protection under this condition. For systems that
require superior phase loss protection, select the PLMU Series.
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: OT08PC
• 3-phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
PLR120A
PLR240A
PLR380A
PLR480A
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
Voltage
95-140VAC
190-270VAC
340-450VAC
380-500VAC
Part Number
PLR120A
PLR240A
PLR380A
PLR480A
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-phase delta or wye with no connection to neutral
Nominal Voltage
Undervoltage Dropout Adj Range
Line Voltage Max.
120VAC
85 to 130VAC
143VAC
240VAC
170 to 240VAC
270VAC
380VAC
310 to 410VAC
480VAC
480VAC
350 to 480VAC
530VAC
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Phase Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABC
Response Times
Pull-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 400ms
Drop-out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 100ms
Hysterisis
Pull-in/Drop-out. . . . . ≅ 2%
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay, energized when all
voltages are acceptable
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5A resistive @ 240VAC, 1/4 Hp @ 120VAC
Maximum Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level B
Isolation Voltage
120 & 240VAC.≥ 1500V RMS input
to output
380 & 480VAC.≥ 2500V RMS input
to output
Mechanical
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Mounting*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin, plug-in
Environmental
Operating/ Storage Temperature. . . . . 0° to 55°C / -40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
*CAUTION: Select an octal socket rated for 600VAC operation.
117
Voltage Monitors
PLS Series
The PLS Series is a low cost phase sensitive control
that provides an isolated contact closure when the
proper A-B-C phase sequence is applied. Protects
sensitive 3-phase equipment and equipment
operators from reverse rotation. Designed to
be compatible with motor overloads or other
3-phase equipment protection devices. Protection
for equipment control centers where frequent
reconnection or electrical code makes reverse
rotation protection essential. Examples include:
mobile refrigerated containers, construction
equipment, hoists, pumps, conveyors, elevators
and escalators.
Features:
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 19 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 168, Figure 13 for connection diagram.
Auxilary Products:
Operation
The internal relay and LED are energized when the phase sequence is correct. The output relay will not energize
if the phases are reversed. Reset is automatic upon correction of the fault.
•Protects against phase reversal
•Low cost protection, one unit for all sized
motors
•3-wire connection for dela or wye systems
•Octal base connect - industry standard
wiring
•Isolated, SPDT output contacts
•Factory calibrated - no adjustments required
Approvals:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: OT08PC
• 3-phase fuse block/disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
• 2 Amp fuse: P/N: P0600-11
• Din rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Available Models:
PLS120A
PLS240A
PLS480A
Order Table:
Voltage
120VAC
208/240VAC
380/415VAC
440/480VAC
Part Number
PLS120A
PLS240A
PLS380A
PLS480A
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-phase delta or wye with no connection to neutral
Nominal Voltage
Minimum Voltage
Maximum Voltage
120VAC
95VAC
135VAC
208/240VAC
175VAC
255VAC
380/415VAC
310VAC
430VAC
440/480VAC
380VAC
500VAC
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Phase Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABC
Response Times
Pull-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 300ms
Drop-out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 50ms
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay, energized when the
phase sequence is correct
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated SPDT
Rating
120 & 240VAC . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC
380 & 480VAC . . . . . . 8A resistive @ 240VAC
118
Maximum Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Isolation Voltage
120 & 240VAC . . . .
380 & 480VAC . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250VAC
≥ 1500V RMS input to output
≥ 2500V RMS input to output
Plug-in socket
3.2 x 2.39 x 1.78 in.
(81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -40°to 55°C / -40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
*CAUTION: Select an octal socket rated for 600VAC operation.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Voltage Monitors
HLV Series
The HLV Series is a single-phase undervoltage
monitor designed to protect sensitive equipment
from brownout or undervoltage conditions. Time
delays are included to prevent nuisance tripping
and short cycling. The 30A, 1hp rated, SPDT relay
contacts allow direct control of motors, solenoids
and valves. The output relay can be ordered with
isolated SPDT contact to allow monitoring of one
voltage and switching a separate voltage. Two
undervoltage trip point ranges allow monitoring
of 110 to 120VAC or 208 to 240VAC systems.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 2 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 169, Figure 15 for connection diagram.
Operation
Upon application of input voltage the output relay remains de-energized. When the input voltage value is above
the pull-in voltage, the restart delay begins. At the end of the restart delay, the output relay energizes. When
the input voltage falls below the trip point, the trip delay begins. If the input voltage remains below the pull-in
voltage for the entire trip delay the relay de-energizes. If the input voltage returns to a value above the pull-in
voltage, during the trip delay, the trip delay is reset and the relay remains energized. If the input voltage falls
below the trip point voltage during the restart delay, the delay is reset and the relay remains de-energized. Reset
is automatic upon correction of an undervoltage fault.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output relay and the time delays.
Features:
•Protects against undervoltage in singlephase systems
•30A, SPDT, NO output contacts
•100 to 240VAC input voltage
•70 to 220VAC adjustable undervoltage trip
point in 2 ranges
•Restart delays from 3 - 300s
•Trip delay 1 - 20s fixed
•Isolated or non-isolated relay contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
HLVA6I23
PI
TP
V
C-NO
C-NC
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
IV
tr = Restart Delay
td = Trip Delay
PI = Pull-in 105% or trip point
TP = Trip Point
V = Monitored Voltage
IV = Input voltage
C-NO = Normally Open Contacts
C-NC = Normally Closed Contacts
Order Table:
HLVA
X
Undervoltage Range
─4
─ - 70 to 120VAC
─6
─ - 170 to 220VAC
X
Output Connection
─I─ - Isolated SPDT
─N
─ - Non-Isolated SPDT
X
Restart Delay
─2
─ - Onboard adjustment
3-300s
X
Trip Delay
─Fixed
─
- Specify from 1-20s
in 1s increments
Specifications
Input
Min & Max RMS Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undervoltage Sensing
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ranges
(4). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(6). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pull-In Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Point Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay
Restart Delays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance (Factory Calibration). . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay vs. Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70 to 264VAC
50/60 Hz
AC ≤ 4VA
Peak voltage sensing
70 to 120VAC
170 to 220VAC
105% or trip point voltage
± 3% of trip point
3 - 300s adjustable
1 - 20s fixed in 1s increments
±0.5% or 20ms, whichever is greater
±5%
≤ 150ms
≤ ±10%
Electromechanical relay
SPDT
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT-N.O
SPDT-NC
General Purpose
125/240VAC
30A
15A
Resistive
125/240VAC
30A
15A
28VDC
20A
10A
Motor Load
125VAC
1 hp*
1/4 hp**
240VAC
2 hp**
1 hp**
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106
Electrical - 1 x 105, *3 x104, **6,000
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS input to output; isolated units
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x 2 x 1.5 in. (76.7 x 51.3 x 38.1 mm)
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connects
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature.. . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
119
Voltage Monitors
KVM Series
The KVM Series is a single-phase undervoltage
monitor designed to protect sensitive equipment
against brownout undervoltage conditions. The
compact design and encapsulated construction
make the KVM an excellent choice for OEM
equipment.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 1 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 169, Figure 16 for connection diagram.
Operation
The output relay is energized and the LED glows
green when the input voltage is above the reset
voltage threshold. If the input voltage drops below the
undervoltage setpoint, the output relay and LED will
de-energize. The output relay will remain de-energized
as long as the input voltage is below the reset voltage.
Reset is automatic when the input voltage returns to a
normal range.
Features:
•Economical single-phase brownout/
undervoltage protection
•Isolated, 8A, SPDT output contacts
•Protects sensitive 110 to 120VAC or 220
to 240VAC loads
•Adjustable low voltage trip point
•LED Indicator
Approvals:
Auxilary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
KVM4
KVM6
TP = Undervoltage Setpoint
R = Reset Point
Order Table:
Undervoltage Setpoint
78 to 99VAC
156 to 199VAC
Maximum Line Voltage
132VAC
264VAC
Part Number
KVM4
KVM6
Specifications
Line Voltage
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single phase
Input Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 to 120VAC or 220 to 240VAC
AC Line Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5W @ 132VAC; 4.5W @ 264VAC
Power Off Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 150ms
Undervoltage Detection
Undervoltage Setpoint
KVM4. . . . . . 78 to 99VAC
KVM6. . . . . . 156 to 199VAC
Undervoltage Reset Point
KVM4. . . . . . Fixed at 104VAC
KVM6. . . . . . Fixed at 209VAC
Repeatability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ± 0.5% under fixed conditions
±1% over temperature range
Voltage Sensing Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±2% at 25°C
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT
Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8A resistive @ 120VAC,
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
120
Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
5
Mechanical - 1 x 10 ; Electrical - 1x10 Glows green when output is energized
IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Encapsulated
> 1500V RMS input to output
> 100 MΩ minimum
Surface mount with one #10
(M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick
connect terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -25 to 55°C / -40 to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 oz (74 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Series Included
Over or Undercurrent Monitor
ECSW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Current Transducer
TCSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
DCSA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Current Indicator
LCS10T12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
LPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Current Sensors & Monitors
Over or Undercurrent
ECS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
TCS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
121
Current Sensor
ECS Series
The ECS Series of single-phase AC current sensors
is a universal, overcurrent or undercurrent sensing
control. Its built-in toroidal sensor eliminates the
inconvenience of installing a stand-alone current
transformer. Includes onboard adjustments for
current sensing mode, trip point, and trip delay.
Detects over or undercurrent events like; locked
rotor, loss of load, an open heater or lamp load, or
proves an operation is taking place or has ended.
Features:
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 20 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 169, Figure 17 for connection diagram.
Auxiliary Products:
Operation
Input voltage must be supplied at all times for proper
operation. When a fault is sensed throughout the trip
delay, the output relay is energized. When the current
returns to the normal run condition or zero, the output and the delay are reset. If a fault is sensed and then
corrected before the trip delay is completed, the relay will not energize and the trip delay is reset to zero.
Adjustment
Select the desired function, over or under current sensing. Set the trip point and trip delay to approximate settings.
Apply power to the ECS and the monitored load. Turn adjustment and watch the LED. LED will light; turn slightly
in opposite direction until LED is off. Adjustment can be done while connected to the control circuitry if the trip
delay is set at maximum. To increase sensitivity, multiple turns may be made through the ECS’s toroidal sensor.
The trip point range is divided by the number of turns through the toroidal sensor to create a new range. When
using an external CT, select a 2VA, 0-5A output CT rated for the current to be monitored. Select ECS adjustment
range 0. Pass one secondary wire lead through the ECS toroid and connect the secondary leads together.
NO = Normally Open Contact
NC = Normally Closed Contact
A = Sensing Delay On Start Up
TD = Trip Delay
•Toroidal through hole wiring
•0.5 - 50A trip points
•Adjustable or factory fixed trip delays
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•5% trip point hysteresis (dead band)
Approvals:
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
ECS20BC
ECSH21F.08C
ECS21BC
ECSH30AC
ECS21BH
ECSH3HF0.08D
ECS2HBC
ECSH40AC
ECS30AC
ECSH40AD
ECS40A
ECSH41AD
ECS40AC
ECSH41BC
ECS40BC
ECSH41F.08D
ECS40BD
ECSH4HF.08D
ECS41A
ECSH61AD
ECS41AC
ECSL31A
ECS41BC
ECSL40AC
ECS41BD
ECSL40B
ECS41BH
ECSL40BH
ECS41F.08
ECSL41A
ECS4HBC
ECSL41AD
ECS4HBH
ECSL45F7
ECS60AH
ECSL4HBH
ECS60BC
ECSL61AH
ECS61BC
ECSL6HAC
ECS6HAH
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
TP = Trip Point
R = Reset
OC = Monitored Current
Order Table:
X
Series
─ECS
─
- Selectable over or undercurrent sensing
─ECSH
─
- Overcurrent sensing
─ECSL
─
- Undercurrent sensing
X
Input
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Trip Point
─Fixed
─
- Specify 2-50A in
1A increments
─0
─ - 0.5-5A adjustable
─1
─ - 2-20A adjustable
─H
─ - 5-50A adjustable
X
Trip Delay
─F
─ - Specify: 0.08-50s
factory fixed
─A
─ - 0.150-7s adjustable
─B
─ - 0.5-50s adjustable
X
Sensing Delay on Start Up
─Blank
─
- 0s
─C
─ - 1s
─D
─ - 2s
─E
─ - 3s
─F
─ - 4s
─G
─ - 5s
─H
─ - 6s
Specifications
Sensor
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toroidal through hole wiring
Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Over or undercurrent, switch selectable
on the unit or factory fixed
Trip Point Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 - 50A in 3 adjustable ranges or fixed
Tolerance
Adjustable. . . . . . . Guaranteed range
Fixed . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 - 25A: 0.5A or ±5% whichever is
less; 26 - 50A: ±2.5%
Maximum Allowable Current. . . . . . . . Steady – 50A turns; Inrush – 300A turns for 10s
Trip Point Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ ±5%
Trip Point vs. Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . ±5%
Response Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 75ms
Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45/500 Hz
Type of Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peak detection
Trip Delay
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog
Range
Adjustable . . . . . . . 0.150 - 7s; 0.5 - 50s (guaranteed ranges)
Factory Fixed . . . . 0.08 - 50s (±20ms, whichever is greater)
Delay vs. Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±15%
Sensing Delay on Startup. . . . . . . . . . . . Factory fixed 0 - 6s: +40%, -0%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 , 120, or 230VAC; 12 or 24VDC
122
Tolerance
12VDC & 24VDC/AC . . .
120 & 230VAC. . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-15 - 20%
-20 - 10%
50/60 Hz
Electromechanical relay
Isolated, SPDT
10A resistive @ 240VAC; 1/4 hp @ 125VAC;
1/2 hp @ 250VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical – 1 x 106 ; Electrical – 1 x 105
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.5 x 1.75 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 44.5 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals (5)
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6.4 oz (181 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Current Sensors
ECSW Series
The ECSW Series of single-phase, AC window,
current sensors includes adjustable overcurrent
and undercurrent trip points. Detects locked rotor,
jam, loss of load, an open heater or lamp load, a
broken belt, or loss of suction. LED’s aid in trip
point adjustment and provide fault indication. The
built-in toroidal sensor eliminates the need for an
external current transformer. The output can be
electrically latched after a fault, or automatically
reset. Remote resetting of a latched output by
removing input voltage. The unit includes switch
selectable zero current detection and normally
de-energized or energized output operation. Time
delays are included to improve operation and
eliminate nuisance tripping.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 20 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 169, Figure 18 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Overcurrent & undercurrent (window
current) sensing
•Adjustable overcurrent & undercurrent
trip points
•Current sensor is included
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
•LED indicators
Approvals:
Available Models:
ECSW3LABT
ECSW4HBHT
ECSW4LABT
ECSW4LBHT
ECSW4MBHT
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Operation
When the input voltage is applied, sensing delay on startup begins and the output transfers (if normally energized is selected). Upon completion of the startup delay, sensing of the
monitored current begins. As long as current is above undercurrent trip point and below the overcurrent trip point (inside the window), the output relay remains in its normal operating
condition and both red LED’s are OFF. The green LED glows when the output is energized. If current varies outside the window, the associated red LED glows, and the trip delay
begins. If the current remains outside the window for the full trip delay, the relay transfers to fault condition state. If the current returns to normal levels (inside the window) during
the trip delay, the red LED goes OFF, the trip delay is reset, and the output remains in the normal condition.
Reset: Remove input voltage or open latch switch. If zero current detection is selected, the unit will reset as soon as zero current is detected.
Operation With Zero Current Detection Enabled: If the current decreases to zero within the trip delay period, then zero current is viewed as an acceptable current level. The unit’s
output remains in its normal operating state. This allows the monitored load to cycle ON and OFF without nuisance tripping the ECSW. Zero current is defined as current flow of less
than 250 milliamp-turns. Note: When zero current detect is selected, the latching operation of switch SW2 is canceled; the output will not latch after a fault trip.
Notes on Operation:
1) There is no hysteresis on the trip points. The overcurrent and undercurrent trip points should be adjusted to provide adequate protection against short cycling.
2) If the upper setpoint is set below the lower setpoint, both red LED’s will glow indicating a setting error.
3) If zero current detection is selected (SW2 ON), and the system is wired to disconnect the monitored load, the system may short cycle. After the unit trips, the load de-energizes, and
zero current is detected. The ECSW resets, and the load energizes again immediately and may be short cycled.
4) The sensing delay on start up only occurs when input voltage is applied. When zero current detection is selected, the trip delay must be longer than the duration of the inrush current
or the unit will trip on the inrush current.
Typical Pump or Fan Protection Circuit Operation
Window Current Sensing: With the ECSW connected as shown in the diagram, a load may be monitored and controlled for over and undercurrent. The ECSW Series’ on board CT (CS)
may be placed on the line or load side of the contactor. The ECSW selection switches are set for zero current sensing (see Selector Switch SW2) and the output selection is normally
de-energized (see Selector Switch SW3). The input voltage (V) is applied to the ECSW continually. As the control switch (FSW) is closed, the input voltage (V) is applied to the motor
contactor coil (MCC), and the motor (M) energizes. As long as the current remains below the overcurrent and above the undercurrent trip points, the ECSW’s output contacts remain
de-energized. If the load current should rise above or fall below a trip point, for the full trip delay, the normally open (NO) contact will close, energizing the control relay (CR) coil. The
CR normally closed contact (CR1) opens and the MCC de-energizes and CR latches on through its normally open contacts (CR2). Reset is accomplished by momentarily opening the
normally closed reset switch (RSW).
Note: If the current falls to zero within the trip delay, the ECSW remains de-energized. The sensing delay on startup occurs when
Selector Switch
input voltage is applied therefore trip delay must be longer than the duration of the motor’s inrush current. The external latching
relay CR2 is required in this system to prevent rapid cycling. A timer can be added to provide an automatic reset.
ON
OFF
Order Table:
ECSW
X
Input
─1
─ - 12VDC
─2
─ - 24VAC
─3
─ - 24VDC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Trip Point
─L
─ - 0.5-5A adjustable
─M
─ - 2-20A adjustable
─H
─ - 5-50A adjustable
X
Trip Delay
─F
─ - Specify: 0.1-50s
factory fixed*
─A
─ - 0.150-7s adjustable
─B
─ - 0.5-50s adjustable
*If fixed delay is selected, insert delay
(0.1-50) in seconds. 0.1-1.9s in 0.1s
increments; 2-50s in 1s increments.
X
SensingDelay
on Start up
─B
─ - 0.1s
─C
─ - 1s
─D
─ - 2s
─E
─ - 3s
─F
─ - 4s
─G
─ - 5s
─H
─ - 6s
X
Connection
─T
─ - Terminal
Blocks
SW1
SW2
SW3
Not Used
Latched
Zero I
Output - Normally Energized
Mode Selection Switches
SW1 = Latched or Auto reset selector
OFF - Automatic reset after a fault
ON - Output relay latches after a fault trips the unit
SW2 = Zero current detection (below 250 mA)
OFF- Zero current detection disabled
ON- Zero current detection enabled
SW3 = Output during normal operation
OFF- Output relay de-energized
ON - Output relay energized
Specifications
Mode: Switch selectable
ON . . . . . . Energized during normal operation, de-energized
Sensor
after a fault
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toroid, through hole wiring for up to #4 AWG (21.1 mm2)
OFF. . . . . . De-energized during normal operation, energizes
THHN wire
during a fault
Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Over & undercurrent trip points (window current sensing)
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
Trip Point Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 - 50A in 3 adjustable ranges
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC; 1/4 hp @ 125VAC;
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guaranteed range
1/2 hp @ 250VAC
Maximum Allowable Current. . . . . . . . Steady - 50A turns; Inrush - 300A turns for 10s
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 106; Electrical - 1 x 105
Time Point vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . ±5%
Latch
Type . . . . . . . Electrical
Response Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 75ms
Reset. . . . . . . Remove input voltage
Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45/500 Hz
Function. . . . Switch selectable latching function
Type of Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peak detection
Protection
Zero Current Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 250mA turns typical
Surge.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Time Delay
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 - 50s in 2 adjustable ranges or 0.1 - 50s fixed
Isolation Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable: guaranteed range; Fixed: ±10%
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Sensing Delay On Start Up. . . . . . . . . . . Fixed ≅ 0.1 - 6s in 1s increments
Mechanical
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +40% -0%
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Delay vs. Temperature & Voltage. . . . . ±15%
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.5 x 1.75 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 44.5 mm)
Input
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.197 in. (5 mm) terminal blocks for up to #12
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC; 12 or 24VDC
(3.2 mm2) AWG wire
Tolerance 12VDC & 24VDC/AC. . . . -15% - 20%
Environmental
120 & 230VAC. . . . . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . -40° to 60° C/-40° to 85° C
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Output
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6.4 oz (181 g)
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
123
Current Sensor
TCS Series
The TCS Series is a low cost method of go/no go
current detection. It includes a solid-state output to
sink or source current when connected directly to
a standard PLC digital input module. Its normally
open or normally closed output can also be used
to control relays, lamps, valves, and small heaters
rated up to 1A steady, 10A inrush. The TCS is selfpowered (no external power required to operate
the unit) and available with an adjustable actuation
range of 2 - 20A or factory fixed actuation points
from 2 - 45A.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 21 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 169, Figure 19 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Direct connection to a PLC digital
input module
•3 to 50VDC, 24 to 240VAC
•1A steady - 10A inrush
•Actuation Points –
2 - 45A (fixed units)
2 - 20A (adjustable units)
•NO or NC solid-state output
•Complete isolation between sensed
current & control circuit
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Operation
Normally Open: When a current equal to or greater than the actuate current is passed through the toroidal sensor,
the output closes. When the current is reduced to 95% of the actuate current or less, the output opens.
Normally Closed: When the current through the toroid is equal to or greater than the actuate current, the output
opens. When the current is reduced below 95% of the actuate current, the output closes. To increase sensitivity,
multiple turns may be made through the TCS’s toroidal sensor. The trip point range is divided by the number of
turns through the toroidal sensor to create a new range. When using an external CT, select a 2VA, 0-20A output
CT rated for the current to be monitored. Select TCS adjustment range 0. Pass one secondary wire lead through
the TCS’ toroid and connect the secondary leads together.
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
• DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TCSG2A
TCSGAA
TCSGAB
TCSH2A
TCSH2B
TCSH3A
TCSH4A
TCSHAA
TCSHAB
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
L = Load
V = Voltage
PS = Power Supply
PLC = PLC Digital Input Module
R = Reset
TP = Trip Point
OC = Monitored Current
NO = Normally Open Output
NC = Normally Closed Output
Order Table:
TCS
X
Output Voltage
─G
─ - 3-50VDC
─H
─ - 24-240VAC
X
Actuate Current
─A
─ - 2-20A adjustable
─Fixed
─
- Specify from
2-45A in 1A increments
X
Output Form
─A
─ - Normally Open
─B
─ - Normally Closed
Specifications
Sensor
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toroid, through hole wiring, alternating current,
monitored wire must be properly insulated
Current to Actuate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable: - 2 - 20A, guaranteed range
Fixed: - 2 - 45A, +0/-20%
Reset Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 95% of the actuate current
Maximum Allowable Current. . . . . . . . . . . . Steady - 50A turns
Inrush - 300A turns for 10s
Actuate Current vs. Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . ≤ ±5%
Response Times. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overcurrent - ≤ 200ms
Undercurrent - ≤ 1s
Burden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 0.5VA
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO or NC
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A steady, 10A inrush
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC - 24 to 240VAC +10/-20%
DC - 3 to 50VDC
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC NO & NC - ≅ 2.5V
DC NO & NC - ≅ 1.2V
124
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting
surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8)
screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.75 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 44.5 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals (2)
Sensor Hole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36 in. (9.14 mm) for up to #4 AWG
2
(21.1 mm ) THHN wire
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.6 oz (74 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Current Transducers
TCSA Series
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
0
1
2
4
10
2
4
8
20
3
6
12
30
5
10
20
50
4
8
16
40
The TCSA Series is a loop-powered, linear output
current transducer that provides an output that
is directly proportional to the RMS AC current
passing through the onboard toroid. The TCSA
provides a 4 - 20mA output over a power supply
range of 10 - 30VDC. Each unit is factory calibrated
for monitoring in one of four ranges; 0-5, 0-10,
0-20, or 0-50A. The 0 - 5A range allows the use
of external current transformers so loads up to
1200AC amps can be monitored.
Features:
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 21 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 169, Figure 20 for connection diagram.
Auxilary Products:
Operation
The TCSA varies the effective resistance of its output in direct proportion to the current flowing in the monitored
conductor. The unit is factory calibrated so that 0 amps provides a 4mA output and full span provides a 20mA
output. Zero and span adjustments are provided for minor calibration adjustments in the field (if required).
Using an External Current Transformer (CT)
Select a 2VA, 0 to 5A output CT, rated for the current to be monitored. Select TCSA5. Pass one of the CT’s secondary
wire leads through the TCSA’s toroid. Connect the CT’s secondary leads together.
20
18
•Monitors 0 - 50A in 4 ranges
•Loop powered from 10 to 30VDC
•Linear output from 4 - 20mA
•Zero & span adjustments
•Complete isolation between sensed
current & control circuit
Approvals:
•Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
•Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
•Mounting bracket: P/N: P1023-6
•DIN rail: P/N: C103PM
•DIN rail adaptor: P/N: P1023-20
Available Models:
TCSA5
TCSA10
TCSA20
TCSA50
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
0
1
2
4
10
2
4
8
20
3
6
12
30
4
8
16
40
5
10
20
50
Order Table:
Current Range
0-5A
0-10A
0-20A
0-50A
Part Number
TCSA5
TCSA10
TCSA20
TCSA50
Specifications
Sensor
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toroid, through hole wiring, alternating current,
monitored conductor must be properly insulated
Monitored AC Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 50A
Ranges
4 factory calibrated ranges. . . . 0 - 5A, 0 - 10A, 0 - 20A, or 0 - 50A
Factory calibration. . . . . . . . . . . ≤±2% of full scale
Maximum Allowable Current. . . . . . . . . . . . Steady – 50A turns; Inrush – 300A turns for 10s
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤±0.25% of full scale under fixed conditions
Response Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 300ms
Burden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 0.5VA
AC Line Frequency 0 - 20A / 21 - 50A. . . . 20 - 100Hz / 30 - 100Hz
Temperature Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.05%/°C
Output
Type: Series Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current directly proportional to monitored current
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 20mA
Sensor Supply Voltage*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 30VDC
Momentary Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40VDC for 1m
Zero Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.75 - 4.25mA
Span Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18mA - 22mA
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini-screw, 25-turn potentiometer
Protection
Dielectric Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting
surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Units are reverse polarity protected
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8)
screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.75 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 44.5 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals
Sensor Hole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36 in. (9.14 mm) for up to #4 AWG
(21.1 mm2) THHN wire
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . -30° to 60°C/-40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
*Minimum loop-power supply voltage equals the minimum sensor voltage 10VDC
plus the voltage drop developed across all the other loop devices at 20mA.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
125
Current Transducers
DCSA Series
The DCSA Series is a loop-powered, linear output
current transducer that provides an output that
is directly proportional to the RMS AC current
passing through the LCSC10T12 sensor. The DCSA
provides either an analog current or voltage: 4 - 20
mA, 1 to 5VDC, or 2 to 10VDC. Each unit is factory
calibrated for monitoring (with the LCSC10T12
connected) in one of four ranges; 0 - 5, 0 - 10, 0 - 20,
or 0 - 50A. Zero and span adjustments allow field
calibration if needed. The DCSA mounts on both
DIN 1 and DIN 3 rails.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 22 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 169, Figure 21 for connection diagram.
Operation
The DCSA varies the effective resistance of its output in direct proportion to the current flowing in the conductor
monitored by the LCSC10T12. Connecting the power supply to terminals C & D provides a 4 to 20mA DC current.
Connect the power supply to terminals C & A to get 1 to 5VDC at terminal D. Connect the power supply to
terminals C & B to get 2 to 10VDC at terminal D.
Features:
•Mounts on DIN 1 or DIN 3 rail
•0 - 50A in 4 ranges using LCSC10T12 sensor
•Loop powered from 10 to 30VDC
•Linear output from 4 - 20mA, 1 - 10VD
•Zero & span adjustments
•Separate sensor & control unit
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Current sensor:
P/N: LCSC10T12
Available Models:
DCSA50
LCSC10T12
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Monitored
Current
Amps
50, 20, 10, 5
25, 10, 5, 2.5
A
0
mA 4
VDC 2
Output 1
12
6
3
20
10
5
Order Table:
Current Range
with LCSC10T12
0-5A
0-10A
0-20A
0-50A
DCSA Input Range
(F to E)
0-5mA AC
0-10mA AC
0-20mA AC
0-50mA AC
Toroidal Current Sensor
Part
Number
DCSA5
DCSA10
DCSA20
DCSA50
LCSC10T12
Specifications
Input
Ranges (without LCSC10T12 connected)
4 factory calibrated ranges in mA AC. . . . . . . . . . 0 - 5mA, 0 - 10mA, 0 - 20mA, or 0 - 50mA AC
Factory calibration. . . . . . . . . . ±0.5% of full scale
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.25% of full scale under fixed conditions
Response Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 300ms
Temperature Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±0.05%/°C
Input To Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not isolated
Output
Type
Analog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current directly proportional to input current
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 20mA, or 1 to 5VDC or 2 to 10VDC
Supply Voltage*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 30VDC
Momentary Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40VDC for 1m
Zero Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.75 - 4.25mA
Span Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18mA - 22mA
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini-screw, multi-turn potentiometer
Protection
Dielectric Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS terminals to mounting surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100 MΩ
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Units are reverse polarity protected
126
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIN 1 & DIN 3 rail mounting
Termination
Wire clamp . . . . . . . . . . . For 22 - 14AWG (.336 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2)
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . -30° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 1.6 oz (45.4 g)
Accessory - LCSC10T12 Toroidal Sensor
Number of Turns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
Nominal Output Current Full Range. . . . . . . . . 0 - 50 mA
Maximum Allowable Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steady 50A turns
Inrush 300A turns for 10s
Burden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 0.5 VA
Frequency
0 - 20A / 21 - 50A . . . . . . . . . . 20/100 Hz / 30/100 Hz
Sensor Hole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36 in. (9.14 mm) for up to #4 AWG
(21.1 mm2) THHN wire
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 1 oz (28.3 g)
*Minimum loop-power supply voltage equals the minimum sensor voltage 10VDC
plus the voltage drop developed across all the other loop devices at 20mA.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Current Indicators
LCS10T12 / LPM
The LCS10T12 connected to the LPM12 or LPMG12
indicator is a low cost, easy to use, go/no-go
indication system for the remote monitoring of
current flow. The LCS10T12 is installed on an
adequately insulated wire of the monitored load.
Its 12in. (30.4cm) leads are connected to the LPM12
or LPMG12 panel mount indicator directly or via
customer supplied wires up to 500 feet (152.4m)
long.
For more information see:
Appendix B, pages 166 & 167, Figures 23 & 24 for
dimensional drawings.
Appendix C, page 170, Figure 22 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Low cost go/no go indication
•May be connected to wires up to 500 feet
(152.4 m) long
•Remote monitoring of currents up to 50A
•Green or red LED indicator available
Approvals:
Available Models:
LCS10T12
LPM12
LPMG12
Operation
When the monitored current is 5A turns, the panel mount LPM indicator will glow. The LCS10T12 is designed
to maximize the light output of the panel mount indicator. It can be used to monitor current flow of less than 5A
by passing the monitored conductor 2 or more times through the sensor.
CAUTION: The LCS10T12 must be connected to the LPM12 or LPMG12 before current flows to prevent damage
or a shock hazard. Monitored wires must be properly insulated.
Panel mount indicator designed to match the output of the LCS10T12. The LPM12 and LPMG12 come with 12 in.
(30.4 cm) wires and a one piece mounting clip. Both devices install quickly in a 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) hole in panels
from 0.031 - 0.062 in. (0.79 - 1.6 mm) thick.
Order Table:
Description
AC Current Sensor
Red LED Indicator
Green LED Indicator
Part Number
LCS10T12
LPM12
LPMG12
Specifications
Monitored Current
Current Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 50A AC
Wire Passes
Min. Current
Max Current Max. Inrush Max. Wire Dia.
1
5A
50A
120A
0.355 in. (9.0 mm)
2
2.5A
25A
60A
0.187 in. (4.7 mm)
3
1.7A
16.6A
40A
0.15 in. (3.8 mm)
4
1.3A
12.5A
30A
0.125 in. (3.2 mm)
5
5/X
50/X
120/X
Maximum Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50A turns continuous
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
DC Resistance of Current Limiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Ω
Mechanical
Sensor Hole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.36 in. (9.14 mm) for up to #4 AWG
(21.1 mm2) THHN wire
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 in. (30.4 cm) wire leads
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C/-40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LCS: ≅ 0.8 oz (23 g)
LPM: ≅ 0.2 oz (6 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
127
Series Included
Open Board
LLC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
LLC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Octal Plug-in
LLC4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
LLC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Liquid Level Controls
& Alternating Relays
128
Low Level Cut Off
LLC6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
LLC8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Alternating Relays
ARP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Liquid Level Controls
LLC1 Series
The LLC1 Series is a single probe conductive liquid
level control designed for OEM equipment and
commercial appliances. This unit may be ordered
with selectable or fixed fill or drain operation. A
time delay (1-60s) prevents rapid cycling of the
output relay. On adjustable units, the sensitivity
adjustment allows accurate level sensing while
ignoring foaming agents and floating debris.
Isolated AC voltage is provided at the probe to
prevent electrolysis. A trickle current of less than
1mA determines the presence or absence of liquid
between the probe and common. The LLC1 Series
printed circuit board is conformal coated to resist
moisture and corrosion.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 26 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 170, Figure 23 for connection diagram.
Operation
Drain (Pump-Down Mode): When the liquid level rises and touches the probe, a fixed time delay begins. This
time delay prevents rapid cycling of the output relay and its load. At the end of the time delay, the output relay
energizes and remains energized until the liquid level falls below the probe. The output relay then de-energizes
and remains de-energized until the liquid again touches the probe.
Fill (Pump-Up Mode): When the liquid level falls below the probe, a fixed time delay begins. This time delay
prevents rapid cycling of the output relay and its load. At the end of the time delay, the output relay energizes
and remains energized until the liquid level rises and touches the probe. The output relay then de-energizes and
remains de-energized until the liquid level again falls below the probe.
Features:
•Single probe level control for conductive
liquids
•Isolated AC voltage on the probes
•Adjustable or fixed sensing up to 250KΩ
•Fill or drain operation available
•24, 120, or 230VAC models are available
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT & non-isolated, SPST
output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Electrode: P/N: PHST-38QTN
• Threaded probe (24”): P/N: LLP-24
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
LLC14A1AX
LLC14A5AX
LLC14A7AX
LLC14B15AX
LLC14B1AX
LLC14B60AX
LLC16A25AX
LLC16A3AX
LLC16B60A
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
LLC1
X
Input
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Operation
─A
─ - Drain
─B
─ - Fill
X
Time Delay
─Fixed:
─
Specify 1-60s in
1s increments
X
Sense Resistance
─A
─ - Adjustable
─F
─ - Fixed (Specify
fixed resistance
(1-250) in 1KΩ
increments.)
X
Mounting
─Blank
─
- Surface mount
─X
─ - 0.5 in. nylon
standoffs (three)
Specifications
Control
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON/OFF (single level) resistance sensor with
built-in time delay to prevent rapid cycling
Sense Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low voltage AC between probe & common.
Isolated from input & output.
Sense Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed or adjustable to 250KΩ
Sense Resistance Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable - guaranteed range
Factory fixed ±10%
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed 1 - 60s in 1s increments
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VAC. . . . . . . -15% - 20%
120 & 230VAC. . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-isolated, SPST & Isolated, SPDT contacts
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 105
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS between input, output & probe
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount to probe common with two
#6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws or 0.50 in. (12.7 mm)
nylon standoffs with three #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
(use Terminal 5 for probe common)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Dimensions (Open Board) . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.75 x 2 in. (88.9 x 69.9 x 50.8 mm)
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . -20° to 55°C/-40° to 80°C
Coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printed circuit board is conformal coated to
resist moisture and corrosion
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 8.7 oz (247 g)
129
Liquid Level Controls
LLC2 Series
The LLC2 Series is a dual-probe conductive liquid
level control designed for OEM equipment and
commercial appliance applications. Models are
available for fill or drain operation. Transformer
isolated 12VAC is provided at the probes to
prevent electrolysis. A trickle current of less than
1mA determines the presence or absence of liquid
between the probes and common. On adjustable
units, the sensitivity adjustment allows accurate
level sensing while ignoring foaming agents and
floating debris. The LLC2 Series printed circuit
board is conformal coated to resist moisture and
corrosion.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 27 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 170, Figure 27 for connection diagram.
Operation
Drain (Pump-Down Mode): When the liquid level rises and touches the high probe, the output relay energizes
and remains energized until the liquid level falls below the low probe. The output relay then de-energizes and
remains de-energized until the liquid again touches the high probe.
Fill (Pump-Up Mode): When the liquid level falls below the low probe, the output relay energizes and remains
energized until the liquid level rises and touches the high probe. The output relay then de-energizes and remains
de-energized until the liquid level again falls below the low probe.
Features:
•Dual probe level control for conductive
liquids
•Isolated AC voltage on the probes
•Adjustable or fixed sensing up to 100KΩ
•Terminal block or quick connect terminals
•Fill or drain operation available
•24, 120, or 230VAC models are available
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Electrode: P/N: PHST-38QTN
• Threaded probe (24”): P/N: LLP-24
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
LLC24A2AN
LLC24A2F50N
LLC24B2F50N
LLC26A1F25C
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
LLC2
X
Input
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Operation
─A
─ - Drain
─B
─ - Fill
X
Termination
─1
─ - 0.25 Quick Connect
─2
─ - Terminal Block
X
Sense Resistance
─A
─ - Adjustable to 100kΩ
─F
─ - Fixed (Specify fixed
resistance 1-100 in 1KΩ
increments.)
X
Mounting
Dimension
─N
─
─C
─
N
C
W
0.44
(11.35)
0.25
(6.35)
X
3.62
(11.35)
3.5
(88.9)
Y
2.12
(53.8)
2.5
(63.5)
Z
0.19
(4.83)
0.25
(6.35)
Mounting dimensions as indicated
in Appendix B, page 167.
Specifications
Control
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resistance sensing for high & low level
detection of conductive liquids
Sense Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VAC at probe terminals
Sense Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed or adjustable to 100KΩ
Sense Resistance Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustable: guaranteed range Fixed: ±10%
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VAC. . . . . . . -15% - 20%
120 & 230VAC. . . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
5
7
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 10 ; Electrical - 1 x 10
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS between input, output, & probe
130
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with two or four #6
(M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) duplex male quick
connect terminals
Terminal blocks for up to #14 AWG
(2.5 mm2) wire
Dimensions (Open Board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 3 x 2 in. (101.6 x 76.2 x 50.8 mm)
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . -20° to 55°C / -40° to 80°C
Coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printed circuit board is conformal
coated to resist moisture and corrosion
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 9 oz (255 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Liquid Level Controls
LLC4 Series
The LLC4 combines resistance sensing circuitry
with solid-state timing to provide single probe level
maintenance. On adjustable units, the sensitivity
adjustment allows accurate level sensing while
ignoring foaming agents and floating debris.
Isolated pulsed DC is provided at the probe
to prevent electrolysis. A trickle current of less
than 1mA determines the presence or absence of
conductive liquid between the probe and common.
The LLC4 Series can be used with many types of
low voltage (resistance changing) transducers to
perform other control functions like temperature
limit control, photo limit control, condensation
sensing, and ice sensing.
Features:
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 19 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 170, Figure 24 for connection diagram.
• Electrode: P/N: PHST-38QTN
• Threaded probe (24”): P/N: LLP-24
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
Operation
Drain (Pump-Down Mode): When the liquid level rises and touches the probe, the time delay begins. This time
delay prevents rapid cycling of the output relay and its load. At the end of the time delay, the output relay and
LED energize and remain energized until the liquid level falls below the probe level. The output relay and LED
de-energize and remain de-energized until the liquid rises and touches the probe.
Fill (Pump-Up Mode): When the liquid level falls below the probe, the time delay begins. This time delay prevents
rapid cycling of the output relay and its load. At the end of the time delay, the output relay and LED energize and
remain energized until the liquid level rises and touches the probe. The output relay and LED then de-energize
and remain de-energized until the liquid level again falls below the probe level.
•Single probe level control for conductive
liquids
•Adjustable or fixed sensing up to 250 KΩ
•Selectable or fixed fill or drain operation
available
•24, 120, or 230VAC models are available
•Isolated pulsed DC on the probes
•Isolated, 4A, SPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Available Models:
LLC42A10A
LLC42A1A
LLC42B15A
LLC44A10A
LLC44A1A
LLC44A2A
LLC44A4A
LLC44A5A
LLC44A60A
LLC44B1F250
LLC44B20A
LLC44B2A
LLC44B30A
LLC44B4A
LLC44B5A
LLC44B5F100
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
LLC4
X
Input
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Operation
─A
─ - Drain
─B
─ - Fill
X
Time Delay
─Specify
─
fixed delay
1-60s in 1s increments
X
Sense Resistance
─A
─ - Adjustable (1-250k)
─F
─ - Fixed (Specify
fixed resistance (1-250)
in 1KΩ increments.)
Specifications
Control
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON/OFF (single level) resistance sensor with
built-in time delay to prevent rapid cycling
Sensing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pulsed DC at probe terminals
Sensing Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed or adjustable to 250KΩ
Sensing Resistance Tolerance. . . . . . . . . Adjustable: 1K ±500Ω at low end; 250K ±25% at
high end
Factory fixed: ±10% or 500Ω, whichever is greater
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VAC. . . . . . -15%, +20%
120 & 230VAC. . . . . . -20%, +10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A resistive @ 240VAC; 1/10 hp @ 240VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolation Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
≥ 1500V RMS between input, output & probe
Plug-in socket
Octal 8-pin plug-in
2.91 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (73.9 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
-20° to 60°C/-40° to 80°C
≅ 6 oz (170 g)
131
Liquid Level Controls
LLC5 Series
The LLC5 provides dual probe conductive
liquid level control in a convenient octal plugin package. Models are available for fixed fill
or drain operation. Isolated, pulsed DC voltage
on the probes prevents electrolytic plating. Less
than 1 mA of current is used to sense the presence
of conductive liquid between the probes and
common. On adjustable units, the sensitivity
adjustment eliminates false tripping caused by
floating debris and foaming agents.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 29 for dimensional
drawing.
Appendix C, page 170, Figure 28 for connection
diagram.
Operation
Drain (Pump-Down Mode): When the liquid level rises and touches the high level probe, the output relay and
LED energize and remain energized until the liquid level falls below the low level probe. The output relay and
LED de-energize and remain de-energized until the liquid rises and touches the high level probe.
Fill (Pump-Up Mode): When the liquid level falls below the low level probe, the output relay and LED energize
and remain energized until the liquid level rises and touches the high level probe. The output relay and LED
de-energize and remain de-energized until the liquid level again falls below the low level probe.
Features:
•Dual probe level control for conductive
liquids
•Onboard knob or fixed sensing up to 100KΩ
•Fill or drain operation available
•Select standard or diagnostic LED operation
•Diagnostic LED operation reduces adjustment
& troubleshooting time
•24, 120, or 230VAC models are available
•Isolated, 5A, SPDT ouput contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• Octal 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
• Electrode: P/N: PHST-38QTN
• Threaded probe (24”): P/N: LLP-24
Available Models:
LLC52AA
LLC52BA
LLC54AA
LLC54AAS
LLC54AF10
LLC54BA
LLC54BAS
LLC56AA
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
LLC5
X
Input
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Operation
─A
─ - Drain
─B
─ - Fill
X
Sense Resistance
─A
─ - Adjustable
─F
─ - Fixed (Specify fixed resistance
1-100 in 1KΩ increments.)
X
Connection
─Blank
─
- Standard (#6 Low, #8 High)
─S
─ - Reverse (#8 Low, #6 High)
X
LED Operation
─Blank
─
- Standard LED operation
─D
─ - LED operation with diagnostics
Specifications
Control
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resistance sensing for high & low level detection
of conductive liquids
Sensing Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pulsed DC at probe terminals
Sensing Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory fixed or adjustable to 100KΩ
Sensing Resistance Tolerance. . . . . . . Adjustable: 1K ±500Ω at low end;
100KΩ ±25%, 0% at high end
Factory fixed: ±10% or 500Ω whichever is greater
Response Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Debounce time delay <1s
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VAC. . . . . -15%, +20%
120 & 230VAC. . . . . -20%, +10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
132
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated, SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5A resistive @ 240VAC
1/10 hp @ 240VAC
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 1500V RMS between input, output,
& probe
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.01 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (76.5 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Octal 8-pin plug-in
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature . . . -20° to 60°C / -40° to 80°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6 oz (170 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Liquid Level Controls
LLC6 Series
The LLC6 Series is a plug-in, single-probe
conductive liquid level control designed for low
liquid level cutoff protection. It offers a factory
fixed time delay of 1 - 60s and is available in
input voltages of 24, 120, or 230VAC. LED
indicator illuminates whenever the LLC6’s 10A,
SPDT output relay is energized. Available with
automatic/manual reset or a special manual reset
with power outage feature, which auto resets
the unit when power is restored and the water
level is acceptable. 24VAC and 120VAC units
are recognized as limit switches under UL353
(230VAC units are UL508) and CSA certified under
Standard 14.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 166, Figure 19 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 170, Figure 26 for connection diagram.
Operation
Automatic Reset (Reset terminals not connected): When liquid rises to the low level cutoff probe, the output
relay and the LED indicator energize. When the liquid falls below low level cutoff probe, the output relay and
the LED indicator de-energize after a fixed time delay.
Manual Reset (Reset switch connected): When the liquid level falls below the low level probe, the output relay
and LED de-energize after a fixed time delay. When the liquid level rises to the low level probe, the output relay
and LED indicator remain de-energized until the manual reset switch is opened; then they energize immediately.
Power Outage Manual Reset (Reset switch connected): A power outage causes the output relay and LED
indicator to de-energize. Upon restoration of power, if the liquid level is above the low level probe, the output
relay and LED indicator will re-energize. If the liquid level is below the low level probe, the output relay and
LED indicator remain de-energized until the Normally Closed (NC) reset switch is opened.
Features:
•Designed for low level cutoff protection
•Energized on wet probe
•Fixed time delay of 1 - 60s
•Fixed sense resistance of 5K - 250KΩ
•24, 120, or 230VAC input voltage available
•Non-isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Electrode: P/N: PHST-38QTN
• Threaded probe (24”): P/N: LLP-24
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
Available Models:
LLC6210F10M
LLC622F10P
LLC6410F10M
LLC642F10M
LLC643F250M
LLC645F250M
LLC6610F5P
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
LLC6
X
Input
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Time Delay (fixed)
─Specify
─
fixed delay
in seconds (1-60) in 1s
increments
X
Sense Resistance
─F
─ - Fixed (Specify
fixed resistance in
kilohms (5-250)
in 1K increments.)
X
Reset
─M
─ - Manual/Automatic
Reset
─P
─ - Power outage
manual reset
Specifications
Control
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON/OFF (single level) resistance sensor with
built-in time delay to prevent rapid cycling
Sense Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VAC nominal at probe terminals
Sense Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed 5K - 250KΩ
Sense Resistance Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed ±10%
Time Delay
Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 60s in 1s increments
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Power Outage Reset Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 1s
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VAC . . . . . . . +20% to -15%
120 or 230VAC . . . . . . +10% to -20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-isolated, SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 240VAC; 1/4 hp @ 125VAC;
1/2 hp @ 250VAC
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS between input & output
terminals
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-in socket
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-pin relay type
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.91 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (73.9 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 80°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 7.3 oz (207 g)
133
Liquid Level Controls
LLC8 Series
The LLC8 Series is a low cost, single-probe
conductive liquid level control designed for low
liquid level cutoff protection. It offers a factory
fixed time delay of 1 - 60s and is available for input
voltages of 24, 120, or 230VAC. LED indicator
illuminates whenever the LLC8’s isolated, 10A,
SPDT output relay is energized. Sense resistance
is fixed from 5K - 250KΩ. Available with manual/
automatic reset or a special manual reset with a
power outage feature that auto resets the unit when
power is restored and the water level is acceptable.
24 and 120VAC units are UL recognized as limit
switches under UL353 (230VAC units are UL 508)
and CSA certified under Standard 14.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 28 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 170, Figure 25 for connection diagram.
Operation
Automatic Reset (Reset switch not connected): When liquid rises to low level cutoff probe, output relay and
LED indicator energize. When liquid falls below the low level cutoff probe, the output relay and LED indicator
de-energize after a fixed time delay.
Manual Reset (Reset switch connected): When the liquid level falls below low level probe, the output relay and
LED de-energize after a fixed time delay. When the liquid level rises to low level probe, the output relay and
LED indicator remain de-energized until the NC manual reset switch is opened; then they energize immediately.
Power Outage Manual Reset (Reset switch connected): A power outage causes the output relay and LED
indicator to de-energize. Upon restoration of power, if the liquid is touching the low level probe, the output
relay and LED indicator will re-energize. If the liquid level is below the low level probe, the output relay and
LED indicator remain de-energized until the NC reset switch is opened.
Features:
•Designed for low level cutoff protection
•Energized on wet probe
•Fixed time delay 1 - 60s
•Fixed sense resistance of 5K - 250KΩ
•24, 120, or 230VAC input voltages available
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT output contacts
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Electrode: P/N: PHST-38QTN
• Threaded probe (24”): P/N: LLP-24
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
LLC825F5M
LLC843F10M
LLC843F10P
LLC843F26M
LLC843F26P
LLC845F25P
LLC8610F12M
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
LLC8
X
Input
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Time Delay (fixed)
─Specify
─
fixed delay
in seconds (1-60) in 1s
increments
X
Sense Resistance
─F
─ - Fixed (Specify
fixed resistance in
kilohms (5-250)
in 1K increments.)
X
Reset
─M
─ - Manual/Automatic Reset
─P
─ - Power outage manual reset
Specifications
Control
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resistance sensing for conductive liquids with
time delay
Sense Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12VAC nominal at probe terminals
Sense Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed 5K - 250KΩ
Sense Resistance Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Time Delay
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
Repeat Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±10%
Time Delay vs Temp. & Voltage. . . . . . ±10%
Power Outage Reset Delay. . . . . . . . . . ≤1s
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC
Tolerance
24VAC. . . . . . -15% - 20%
120 or 230VAC. . . . . . -20% - 10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electromechanical relay
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolated SPDT
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A resistive @ 120/240VAC; 1/4 hp @ 125VAC;
1/2 hp @ 250VAC
134
Protection
Surge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEEE C62.41-1991 Level A
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2500V RMS input to output terminals
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) x .187 (4.76 mm) dia.
nylon standoffs (3)
Termination
Electrical . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals
Reset Switch & Probe(s). . . . . . . 0.187 x 0.03 in. (4.75 x 0.76 mm) male quick
connect terminals
Environmental
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . -40° to 60°C / -40° to 80°C
Coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printed circuit board is conformal coated
to resist moisture & corrosion
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 5 oz (141.7 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Alternating Relay
ARP Series
The ARP Series is used in systems where equal
run time for two motors is desirable. The selector
switch allows selection of alternation of either load
for continuous operation. LED’s indicate the status
of the output relay. This versatile series may be
front panel mounted (BZ1 accessory required) or
35 mm DIN rail mounted with an accessory socket.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 31 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, 170, Figure 29 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Provides equal run time for two motors
•Alternating or electrically locked operation
•Low profile selection switch
•10A output contacts
•LED status indication
•Industry standard base connection
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
Operation
Alternating: When the rotary switch is in the “alternate” position, alternating operation of Load A and Load B
occurs upon the opening of the control switch S1. To terminate alternating operation and cause only the selected
load to operate, rotate the switch to position “A” to lock Load A or position “B” to lock Load B. The LEDs indicate
the status of the internal relay and which load is selected to operate.
Note: Input voltage must be applied at all times for proper alternation. The use of a solid-state control switch
for S1 may not initiate alternation correctly. S1 voltage must be from the same supply as the unit’s input
voltage (see connection diagrams). Loss of input voltage resets the unit; Load A becomes the lead load for
the next operation.
Duplexing (Cross Wired): Duplexing models operate the same as alternating relays and when both the Control
(S1) and Lag Load (S2) Switches are closed, Load A and Load B energize simultaneously.
The DPDT 8-pin, cross-wired option, allows extra system load capacity through simultaneous operation of both
motors when needed. Relay contacts are not isolated.
• Hold-down clips (sold in pairs):
P/N: PSC8 (NDS-8)
P/N: PSC11 (NDS-11)
• Panel mount kit: P/N: BZ1
• 11-pin socket: P/N: NDS-11
• 8-pin socket: P/N: NDS-8
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM
Available Models:
ARP23S
ARP41
ARP41S
ARP42S
ARP43
ARP43S
ARP61S
ARP63
ARP63S
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
ARP
X
Input
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Output Form
─1
─ - SPDT, 8-pin
─2
─ - DPDT, 11-pin
─3
─ - DPDT, 8-pin
cross wired
X
Switch Operation
─Blank
─
- No Switch
─S
─ - Rotary Switch
Specifications
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
24VAC. . . . . .
120 & 230VAC. . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24, 120, or 230VAC
-15% - 20%
-20% - 10%
50/60Hz
Electromechanical relay
SPDT, DPDT, or cross wired DPDT
10A resistive @ 120/240VAC & 28 VDC;
1/3 hp @ 120/240VAC
Maximum Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250VAC
Life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical - 1 x 107; Electrical - 1 x 106
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Isolation Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
≥ 1500V RMS input to output
Plug-in socket
3.2 x 2.39 x 1.78 in. (81.3 x 60.7 x 45.2 mm)
Octal 8-pin or magnal 11-pin
-20° to 60°C / -30° to 85°C
≅ 5.6 oz (159 g)
NOTE: Unit does not have debounce time delay.
135
Series Included
Tower & Obstruction Lighting Controls
136
Beacon Flasher
FA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
FS155-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
FS165-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Lamp Monitors
Incandescent Lamps
FB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCR490D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCR430T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCR630T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Lamps
FB9L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCR9L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
138
139
140
140
141
142
Photo Controls
PCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Beacon Tower Flasher
FS & FA Series
B-KON Flashers have proven their reliability
through years of use on communication towers,
smoke stacks, cooling towers, tall buildings,
bridges and utility towers. The highest quality
components are encapsulated in a rugged plastic
housing with a molded-in heat transfer plate. The
flash rate, ratio, and fail-safe design meet FAA
regulations. Zero voltage switching can increase
lamp life up to ten times. The FS155-30RF &
FS165-30RF include superior RF filtering circuitry
for use in high RF installations; including AM
hot towers.
Features:
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 171, Figure 30 for connection diagram.
Auxiliary Products:
Operation
FS Series - Flasher (OFF First)
FA Series - Flashers & Aux. Modules
Upon application of input voltage, the T2 OFF time begins.
At the end of the OFF time, the T1 ON time begins and the
load energizes. At the end of T1, T2 begins and the load
de-energizes. This cycle repeats until voltage is removed.
Reset: Removing input voltage resets the output and the
sequence to T2.
•Zero voltage switching - up to 10 times
longer lamp life
•No RFI caused by contacts closing
•High inrush capability - up to 200A
•RF model for AM hot towers & other high
RF installations
•Auxiliary units for synchronous flashing or
constant line loading
Approvals:
(FS155 & FA155 models only)
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
FA155
FA155-2
FA165
FA165-2
FS155-30RF
FS155-30T
FS165-30T
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
Input
120VAC
120VAC
230VAC
230VAC
120VAC
120VAC
230VAC
120VAC
230VAC
Wattage
2500W
2500W
5000W
5000W
2500W
3000W
5000W
2500W
5000W
Inrush
200A
200A
200A
200A
200A
300A
200A
200A
200A
Description
For High RF Radiation locations including AM Hot Towers
Standard Flasher
For High RF Radiation locations including AM Hot Towers
Standard Flasher
Auxiliary unit for synchronous operating of additional beacons
Auxiliary unit with optical isolation between input and load contacts
Auxiliary unit for sychronous operating of additional beacons
Auxiliary unit to provide constant line loading
Auxiliary unit to provide constant line loading
Part Number
FS155-30RF
FS155-30T
FS165-30RF
FS165-30T
FA155-2
FA155-3
FA165-2
FA155
FA165
Specifications
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single & multiple beacon flashing with
auxiliary modules
Flash Rate (FS Series Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ±10 FPM
ON/OFF Ratio (FS Series Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 - 67% ON time; 33 - 50% OFF time
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 or 230VAC ±20%
AC Line Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Output Rating (Zero Voltage Switching) . . . . . . . . 2500W @ 120VAC; 5000W @ 230VAC
Inrush Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200A peak for 1 cycle of AC line
Mounting*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . -55° to 65°C / -55° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
* Note: Must be mounted to metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
137
Flasher & Incandescent Beacon Alarm Relay
The FB120A and FB230A are used to monitor the
operation of one two-lamp incandescent beacon
and one beacon flasher (or auxiliary module).
The flasher and lamps are monitored by sensing
the flow of current in the circuit. If the lamp(s) or
the flasher fail to operate properly, a solid-state
output and an isolated SPDT relay energize. When
connected to a site monitoring system, this unit
provides the remote beacon monitoring protection
required by the FAA/FCC. On a multiple beacon
structure, one unit is required for each two-lamp
incandescent beacon (one unit per beacon for
LED beacons).
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 32 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 171, Figure 31 for connection diagram.
FB120A/FB230A
Features:
•Senses failed flashing incandescent beacon
lamps & beacon flashers
•Toroidal current sensing
•One isolated, 5A, SPDT alarm output
•Two 1A, solid-state line voltage alarm
outputs
•Trip delays prevent nuisance alarms
Available Models:
FB120A
FB230A
Operation
If one lamp in an incandescent beacon fails, the relay
and solid-state lamp failure outputs energize after 10s.
If the flasher fails in the ON or OFF condition, the relay
and the solid-state flasher failure output energizes after
6s. If both failures occur, all three outputs energize after
their trip delays.
Note: If both incandescent lamps fail, all three outputs will
energize. The relay and solid-state flasher failure output
energizes after 6s, and the solid-state lamp failure output
energizes after 10s.
Order Table:
Input
120VAC
230VAC
Lamp Type
Incandescent Beacon
Incandescent Beacon
Part Number
FB120A
FB230A
Specifications
Input Voltage
FB120A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FB230A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamp Socket Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Outputs
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120VAC ±15%
230VAC ±15%
50/60Hz
±10%; 50/60Hz
3 total - 1 relay, 2 solid state;
One isolated SPDT relay rated 5A resistive
Two solid-state line voltage outputs
rated 0.5A steady, 5A inrush
Lamp Failure Detection
FB120A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For two 620W or 700W lamps
FB230A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For two 500W or 700W lamps
Trip Delays
Flasher Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed at 6s; -0/+40%
138
Lamp Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs
Lamp Failure (Red). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flasher Failure (Red). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed at 10s; -0/+40%
Glows when one or both lamps fail
Glows when the flasher fails
Encapsulated
Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
3.5 x 2.5 x 1.75 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 44.5 mm)
7 position barrier block for 20 AWG (0.5 mm2)
to 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) wire
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . -55° to 60°C / -55° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 7 oz (198 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Obstruction Lamp Alarm Relay
SCR490D
The SCR490D Series is used to provide remote
monitoring of steady burning incandescent marker
and obstruction lighting. Four onboard switches
allow operator programming for lighting systems
with two through nine lamps on a single AC circuit.
The SCR490D uses a toroidal sensor and electronic
circuitry to sense the failure of one or more lamps.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 32 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 171, Figure 32 for connection diagram.
Operation
When a lamp fails, the SCR490D senses a decrease in
current flow. Then, after a fixed time delay, it transfers
to its alarm mode. In alarm mode, the LED indicator, the
output relay (SPDT isolated contacts), and a non-isolated
solid-state output are energized. Replacement of the failed
lamps resets the alarm outputs and the LED indicator.
To prevent false alarm signals, power must be applied to
the SCR490D at the same time that lamps are energized.
Features:
•Senses failed obstruction lamps
•2 - 9 steadily burning lamps can be
monitored
•Toroidal current sensing
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT alarm output contacts
•1A, solid-state line voltage alarm output
•6 second trip delay prevents nuisance
alarms
Approvals:
Available Models:
SCR490D
Order Table:
Input
120VAC
Part Number
SCR490D
Specifications
Operation
Number of Lamps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamp Wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated Lamp Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitored Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance
120VAC. . . . . . . . . . . .
2 - 9 (selectable)
116W, incandescent lamps
120 or 130VAC (selectable)
120VAC ±3%
≅ 6s fixed
120VAC
50/60Hz
- 20% - 10%
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6)
screws
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.5 x 1.75 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 44.5 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screws with captive clamps for up to
14 AWG (2.45 mm2) wire
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Operating/Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . -55° to 65°C / -55° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6.8 oz (193 g)
Line Voltage Output (Solid State Rated) . . . . . ≤ 125W to operate a spare lamp or alarm
Isolated Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A @ 120VAC or 30VDC resistive;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC; 1/2 hp @ 250VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
139
Universal Lamp Alarm Relay
SCR Series
The SCR series is a universal lamp alarm relay
designed to sense the failure of flashing or steady
incandescent beacon lamps or steady side lights.
The toroidal current sensor provides isolation and
allows monitoring of more than one line at a time.
The SCR Series energizes when one or more lamps
fail. It will monitor the operation of one to four
side lights and up to four beacon lamps.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 32 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 171, Figure 33 for connection diagram.
Operation
When a lamp fails, the SCR Series senses a decrease in
current flow. After a fixed time delay, the LED glows
and the two alarm outputs energize. The outputs and the
LED are reset when the failed lamps are replaced and the
current returns to the nominal setting, or when the input
voltage is removed. The SCR will sense an open flasher,
it will not sense a continuously ON flasher (see FB Series).
Order Table:
Input
120VAC
230VAC
Lamp Type
Incandescent
Incandescent
Features:
•Monitors incandescent lamps for failure
•Senses failed flashing beacon or
obstruction lamps
•Switch selectable number, voltage, &
wattage of lamps
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT alarm output contacts
•1A, solid-state line voltage alarm output
•Toroidal current sensing
Approvals:
(SCR430T only)
Available Models:
SCR430T
SCR630T
Part Number
SCR430T
SCR630T
Specifications
Lamp Monitoring
Capacity (in lamps). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCR430T 120VAC Lamps. . . . . .
SCR630T 230VAC Lamps. . . . . .
Time Delay
Trip Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Input Voltage/Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100W 116W 620W
4
4 4
n/a
4
n/a
700W
n/a 4
Factory fixed ≅ 6s
SCR430T - 120VAC ±10%
SCR630T - 230VAC ±10%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To operate a spare lamp or alarm
Line Voltage Output (Solid-state Rated). . . . . . . .≤ 125W @ 120VAC
≤ 250W @ 240VAC
Isolated Alarm Output (SPDT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A @ 240VAC or 30VDC resistive;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC; 1/2 hp @ 250VAC
140
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two #6 (M3.5 x 0.6) screws
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 x 2.5 x 1.75 in. (88.9 x 63.5 x 44.5 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screws with captive clamps for up to
14 AWG (2.45 mm2) wire
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Environmental
Operating Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-55° to 65°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 6.8 oz (193 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Universal Lamp Alarm Relay
FB9L
The FB series is a universal lamp alarm relay
designed to sense the failure of flashing LED
beacon lamps. It will monitor the operation of
one to eight beacons connected to a single flasher
and/or auxiliary modules and the operation of
the flasher. The FB Series output relay energizes
when one or more lamps fail. All monitored lamps
must be the same wattage and voltage. The 0.5A
solid-state output energizes when a flasher failure
is sensed.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 32 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 171, Figure 31 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Senses failed flashing beacon lamps
•Switch selectable number of beacons
•Senses flasher failure
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT alarm output contacts
•10A, NO line voltage alarm output
•0.5A, solid-state flasher failure output “F”
•Self calibrating; no fine adjustment required
•Meets FAA-AC No: 150/5345-43E
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• DIN mount adaptor:
P/N: P1023-20
• DIN rail: P/N: C103PM (Al)
Operation
When a LED beacon lamp fails, the FB senses a decrease in current flow. After a 10s lamp failure trip delay, the
isolated SPDT (4-5-6) and non-isolated SPNO (3-1) relay contacts energize. These contacts are used to indicate a
Available Models:
beacon failure has occurred. The “L” onboard LED indicator flashes green during the trip delay and glows red
after the output relay energizes. Connected to a site monitoring system, it provides remote beacon monitoring
FB9L
required by FAA-AC No: 150/5345-43E.
The FB also monitors the operation of the flasher. If the flasher remains in the ON or OFF condition for more
than 6s the solid-state output energizes and the “F“ flasher failure, onboard LED glows red. This output is
normally used to energize an external flasher bypass relay. The contacts of the bypass relay are used to route
voltage around the failed flasher and to indicate an alarm condition.
Note: In a single flasher, single beacon system, if the beacon lamp fails, zero current flow is detected. This will
cause the flasher failure output to energize after 6s and then the beacon failure outputs after 10s. This is normal
operation and can be expected anytime zero current is flowing through the monitored conductor.
Calibration
The alarm relays must be calibrated after initial installation and each time the LED lamps are replaced. In order to calibrate or re-calibrate the alarm relay, the internal
memory must be cleared.
Clearing Memory:
Remove input voltage, transfer the calibration switch to the off position, re-apply input voltage. The LED will flash Red to indicate the memory is clear and the relay is
ready for calibration.
Calibration:
1) Perform visual inspection of the structure’s lighting to assure all lamps and flashers are operating properly.
2) Remove input voltage, and check to ensure the calibrate switch is in the OFF position. Adjust the lamp selector switches for the correct number of similar (see note a)
lamps to be monitored.
3) Reapply input voltage, the LED should flash Red. After confirming the LED is flashing Red and the lamp selector switches are properly adjusted, transfer the calibrate
switch from OFF to ON. The LED will alternately flash Red & Green. Within 30 seconds the LED will glow Green indicating input power is applied and the unit is
calibrated. Leave the calibrate switch in the ON position. Reapplying input voltage when this switch is in the ON position does not affect the calibration settings.
Calibration Failed:
4) If the relay is unable to establish trip points for the setup conditions within 60 seconds, the LED will double blink Red. Remove input voltage and repeat steps 2 and 3.
Notes:
a. Monitoring a mixture of LED beacons and LED obstruction lamps is not possible with the SCR9L.
b. This alarm relay is not designed to monitor incandescent lamps.
c. This alarm relay must be recalibrated each time an LED lamp is replaced.
d. Due to LED lamp aging, recalibration every 12 months is recommended.
e. Applying input voltage when the calibrate switch is in the OFF position, erases the previous calibration settings. The LED will flash Red. The output relays are OFF and
the unit will not sense lamp failures.
f. Only one (1) temperature compensated LED Beacon can be monitored with this product. A combination of temperature compensated and standard LED Beacons cannot
be monitored.
Indicator Table:
Order Table:
Input
120 - 230VAC
Beacon Type
Part Number
LED
FB9L
L
Green
Input ON & Calibrated
L
Green Flashing
Trip Delay
L
Red
Lamp Failure
L
Red/Green Flashing
Calibrating
L
Red Flashing
Not Calibrated
F
Red
Flasher Failure
Specifications
Sensors
Calibration Range (total all Lamps). . . . . . . . .
Absolute Max Current (total all Lamps). . . . .
Single Lamp Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Delay
Flasher Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamp Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Input Voltage/Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Voltage Output (SPNO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150mA - 8.0A
15A max. (may not calibrate above 8A)
150mA - 8.0A (total all lamps < 8.0A)
Fixed at 6s; -0/+40%
Fixed at 10s; -0/+40%
120 to 230VAC / ±15%
50/60Hz
To operate a spare lamp or alarm
5A @ 240VAC or 30VDC resistive;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC; 1/2 hp @ 250VAC
Isolated Alarm Output (SPDT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10A @ 240VAC or 30VDC resistive;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC; 1/2 hp @ 250VAC
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Solid-state Line Voltage Output (F). . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LEDs
Power/Timing/Lamp Failure (Bi color) . . . . .
Flasher Failure (Red). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.5A steady; 5A inrush
One #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
3 x 2 x 1.64 in (76.7 x 51.3 x 41.7 mm)
IP20 screw terminals for up to 14 AWG
(2.45 mm2) wire or two 16 AWG
(1.3 mm2) wires
Glows red when one or more lamps fail
Glows red when the flasher fails
Encapsulated
-40° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
141
Universal Lamp Alarm Relay
SCR9L
The SCR series is a universal lamp alarm relay
designed to sense the failure of flashing or steady
LED beacon lamps or obstruction lamps. The SCR
Series energizes when one or more lamps fail. It
will monitor the operation of one to eight beacon
or obstruction lamps. All monitored lamps must
be the same wattage and voltage When connected
to a site monitoring system, it provides the remote
lamp monitoring protection required by the FAAAC No: 150/5345-43E.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 32 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 172, Figure 35 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Monitors LED lamps for failure
•Senses failed flashing or steady beacon or
obstruction lamps
•Switch selectable number of lamps
•Isolated, 10A, SPDT alarm output contacts
•5A, NO line voltage alarm output
•Self calibrating; no fine adjustment required
•Meets FA-AC No: 150/5345-43E
Approvals:
Available Models:
SCR9L
Operation
When a lamp fails, the SCR Series senses a decrease in current flow. After a 10s trip delay, the onboard LED
glows and the two alarm outputs energize. The outputs and the LED are reset when the failed lamps are replaced
and the unit is recalibrated. The SCR will sense an open flasher, it will not sense a continuously ON flasher (see
FB Series). Removing input voltage de-energizes the output and the LED‘s. It does not change the calibration.
Calibration
The alarm relays must be calibrated after initial installation and each time the LED lamps are replaced. In order to calibrate or re-calibrate the alarm relay, the internal
memory must be cleared.
Clearing Memory:
Remove input voltage, transfer the calibration switch to the off position, re-apply input voltage. The LED will flash Red to indicate the memory is clear and the relay is
ready for calibration.
Calibration:
1) Perform visual inspection of the structure’s lighting to assure all lamps and flashers (if used) are operating properly.
2) Remove input voltage, and check to ensure the calibrate switch is in the OFF position. Adjust the lamp selector switches for the correct number of similar (see note a)
lamps to be monitored.
3) Reapply input voltage, the LED should flash Red. After confirming the LED is flashing Red and the lamp selector switches are properly adjusted, transfer the calibrate
switch from OFF to ON. The LED will alternately flash Red & Green. Within 30 seconds the LED will glow Green indicating input power is applied and the unit is
calibrated. Leave the calibrate switch in the ON position. Reapplying input voltage when this switch is in the ON position does not affect the calibration settings.
Calibration Failed:
4) If the relay is unable to establish trip points for the setup conditions within 60 seconds, the LED will double blink Red. Remove input voltage and repeat steps 2 and 3.
Notes:
a. Monitoring a mixture of LED beacons and LED obstruction lamps is not possible with the SCR9L.
b. This alarm relay is not designed to monitor incandescent lamps.
c. This alarm relay must be recalibrated each time an LED lamp is replaced.
d. Due to LED lamp aging, recalibration every 12 months is recommended.
e. Applying input voltage when the calibrate switch is in the OFF position, erases the previous calibration settings. The LED will flash Red. The output relays are OFF
and the unit will not sense lamp failures.
f. Only one temperature compensated LED Beacon can be monitored with this product. A combination of temperature compensated and standard LED Beacons cannot
be monitored.
Indicator Table:
Order Table:
Input
120 - 230VAC
Lamp Type
LED
Part Number
SCR9L
L
Green
Input ON & Calibrated
L
Green Flashing
Trip Delay
L
Red
Lamp Failure
L
Red/Green Flashing
Calibrating
L
Red Flashing
Not Calibrated
Specifications
Sensors
Calibration Range (total all Lamps). . . . . . .
Absolute Max Current (total all Lamps). . .
Single Lamp Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Delay
Trip Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input
Input Voltage/Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Voltage Output (SPNO). . . . . . . . . . . . .
150mA - 8.0A
15A max. (may not calibrate above 8A)
150mA - 8.0A (total all lamps < 8.0A)
Factory fixed ≅10s
120 to 230VAC ±15%
50/60Hz
To operate a spare lamp or alarm
5A @ 240VAC or 30VDC resistive;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC; 1/2 hp @ 250VAC
Isolated Alarm Output (SPDT). . . . . . . . . . . 10A @ 240VAC or 30VDC resistive;
1/4 hp @ 125VAC; 1/2 hp @ 250VAC
142
Auxilliary Input Voltage (H). . . . . . . . . . . . . < 2A @ 230VAC
Mechanical
Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 x 2 x 1.64 in (76.7 x 51.3 x 41.7 mm)
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP20 screw terminals for up to 14 AWG
(2.45 mm2) wire or two 16 AWG (1.3 mm2) wires
Protection
Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / - 40° to 85°C
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Photo Control
PCR Series
The PCR Series of photo control is a combination
of precision electronic circuitry, electromechanical
output, and unique molded plastic housing.
Designed and built to meet the demands of
the most rigorous requirement of tower and
obstruction lighting control, each unit is factory
calibrated to meet FAA and FCC specifications.
Electronic circuit, output contactor, and terminal
block are all contained within front plastic housing.
Edge support molded into the bottom edge of
housing allows easy wiring of new and existing
installations. Available with or without cast
aluminum junction box.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 167, Figure 33 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 172, Figure 36 for connection diagram.
Features:
•Automatic lighting circuit operation: dusk
to dawn
•Meets FAA/FCC requirements for
obstruction lighting
•Two 20A load contacts
•Direct replacement of popular photo
controls
•Time delay eliminates contact chatter
Available Models:
PCR10
PCR11
PCR12
PCR13
Operation
When the amount of light sensed falls below the actuation
level for energization, the output relay energizes.
Conversely, when the amount rises above the actuation
level for de-energization, the output relay de-energizes.
Conversion Chart
Order Table:
Input
120VAC
230VAC
120VAC
230VAC
REPLACES
Description
Photo Control without aluminum box
Photo Control without aluminum box
Photo Control with aluminum box
Photo Control with aluminum box
Part Number
PCR10
PCR12
PCR11
PCR13
Part
Number
Hughey &
Phillips
PCR11
PC800 120V
PEC52010
PCR13
PC800 240V
PEC52010-1
Crouse Hinds
Specifications
Indication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED indicates power is applied
Light Actuation Levels (Factory Calibrated). . . . . . Energized: ≥ 35 fc
De-energized: ≤ 60 fc
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120VAC or 230VAC
AC Line Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Tolerance
120 & 230VAC . . . . . . . . -20% - 10%
Output Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two SPST NO 20A contacts
1 hp @ 120VAC
2.5 hp @ 240VAC
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw terminals for up to #8 (M4 x 0.7) AWG wire
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS plastic housing with gasket seal.
Multiple knockout holes for optional mounting
to Crouse Hinds or Hughey & Phillips cast
aluminum electrical boxes.
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . -40° to 60°C / -55° to 85°C
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
143
Series Included
Solid-State Relays
SIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
SLR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
NLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
PHS Series
PHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Solid-State Relays
144
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Solid-State Relay - Isolated
SIR1 & SIR2 Series
Designed for industrial applications requiring
rugged reliable operation. Provides an optically
isolated, high capacity, solid-state output, with
power switching capability up to 20A steady state,
200A inrush. Zero voltage switching SIR2 extends
the life of an incandescent lamp up to 10 times.
Random switching SIR1 is ideal for inductive
loads. When fully insulated female terminals are
used on the connection wires, the system meets the
requirements for touch-proof connections.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 172, Figure 37 for connection diagram.
Operation
The solid-state output is located between terminals 1 and
3, and is normally open or normally closed without control
voltage applied to terminals 4 and 5. When control voltage
is applied to terminals 4 and 5, the solid-state output opens
or closes respectively.
Reset: Removing control voltage resets the output. The
unit is also reset if output voltage is removed.
Function:
Features:
•SIR1 - Random switching for inductive loads
•SIR2 - Zero voltage switching for resistive &
incandescent loads
•Normally open or normally closed output
•3 - 20A with up to 200A inrush
•Encapsulated circuitry
•Optically isolated output
•0.25 in. (6.35 mm) terminals with single hole
mounting
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
SIR1A10A6
SIR1A6A2
SIR1B10A4
SIR1B10B4
SIR1B20A4
V = Voltage
CV = Control Voltage
R = Reset
NC = Normally Closed Output
NO = Normally Open Output
SIR1B6B4
SIR1C20B6
SIR2A20A4
SIR2B20A4
SIR2B20B4
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
= Undefined time
Order Table:
X
Series
─SIR1
─
- Random Switching
─SIR2
─
- Zero Voltage Switching
X
Control Voltage
─A
─ - 9 - 30VAC or DC
─B
─ - 90 - 150VAC or DC
─C
─ - 190 - 290VAC or DC
X
Rating
─1
─ - 3A
─6
─ - 6A
─10
─ - 10A
─20
─ - 20A
Solid-state Output Contact
X
X
Form
Voltage
─A
─ - Normally Open
─B
─ - Normally Closed
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
Specifications
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optical isolation, totally solid state
SPST, NO or NC
24, 120, or 230VAC
±20%
Steady State
Inrush*
Output Device
3A
30A
Triac
6A
60A
Triac
10A
100A
Triac
20A
200A
Triac
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 50mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.0V at rated current
Leakage Current (Open State). . . . . . . . ≅ 6mA
Input
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical isolation LED/photo transistor
Control Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 to 290VAC/DC in 3 ranges
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 0.5W
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100 MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-40° to 60°C / -55° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
*Must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound. The maximum
mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
145
Solid-State Relay - Non-Isolated
SLR Series
The SLR Series has no isolation between the
control switch input and the solid-state output.
Select the SLR for applications where the control
switch is the same voltage source as the load.
Provides the noiseless, reliability and long life of
a solid-state relay, without the cost of isolation
circuitry. Zero voltage switching SLR2 can
extend the life of an incandescent lamp up to 10
times its normal life. Random switching SLR1
is normally used for inductive loads. When
fully insulated female terminals are used on
the connection wires, the system meets the
requirements for touch-proof connections.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional
drawing.
Appendix C, page 172, Figure 38 for connection
diagram.
Function:
Operation
The solid-state output is located between terminals
1 and 2 and can be ordered as either normally open
or normally closed, when voltage is applied and S1 is
open. When S1 is closed, the solid-state output between
terminals 1 and 2 closes (or opens). If S1 is opened, the
solid-state output will open (or close).
Reset: Opening S1 resets the output to its original state.
Reset is also accomplished by removing input voltage.
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
R = Reset
NO = Normally Open Output
NC = Normally Closed Output
Features:
•SLR1 - Random switching for inductive loads
•SLR2 - Zero voltage switching for resistive &
incandescent loads
•Normally open or normally closed output
•1 - 20A with up to 200A inrush
•0.25 in. (6.35 mm) termination with single
hole mounting
•Noiseless switching, reliability, and long life
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
SLR1410B
SLR1420A
SLR1610A
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
= Undefined time
Order Table:
X
Series
─SLR1
─
- Random Switching
─SLR2
─
- Zero Voltage Switching
X
Voltage
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Output Rating
─1
─ - 1A
─6
─ - 6A
─10
─ - 10A
─20
─ - 20A
X
Output Form
─A
─ - Normally Open
─B
─ - Normally Closed
Specifications
Output (Contact)
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Drop (at Rated Current). . . . . . .
Leakage Current (Open State). . . . . . . . .
Initiate Switch Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
146
Protection
Non-isolated solid state
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encapsulated
SPST, NO or NC
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
24, 120, or 230VAC
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 100MΩ
±20%
Mechanical
Steady State
Inrush*
Output Device
Mounting*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
1A
10A
SCR & Bridge Rectifier Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
6A
60A
Triac
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
10A
100A
Triac
Environmental
20A
200A
Triac
Operating / Storage Temperature . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
≅ 50mA
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
≅ 2.0V - 6, 10, & 20A units; ≅ 2.5V - 1A units
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A units: ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g);
≤ 5mA
6, 10, 20A units: ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
Same as the output voltage
*Must
be
bolted
to
a
metal
surface
using
the included heat sink compound. The
≤ 0.5W
maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Impulse Latching Relay
NLF1/NLF2 Series
The NLF1 and NLF2 Series provide a flip-flop
latching function. Each time the control switch
is closed, the solid-state output changes state and
latches. The NLF Series has no isolation between
the control switch and the solid-state output,
which lowers cost and reduces the number of
connections required. For use where the control
switch is the same voltage source as the load.
Zero voltage switching NLF2 extends the life of
an incandescent lamp by up to 10 times. Random
switching NLF1 is ideal for inductive loads. When
accessory fully insulated female terminals are used
on the connection wires, the system meets the
requirements for touch-proof connections.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 172, Figure 39 for connection diagram.
Function:
Operation
The solid-state output is located between terminals 1 and
2, and can be ordered as either normally open or normally
closed, when voltage is applied. When S1 is closed, the
solid-state output between terminals 1 and 2 closes (or
opens). If S1 is opened and reclosed, the solid-state output
will open (or close).
Reset: Open and reclose S1. Reset is also accomplished
by removing and reapplying input voltage.
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
R = Reset
NO = Normally Open Output
NC = Normally Closed Output
Features:
•Totally solid-state latching relay encapsulated
•Non-isolated to reduce cost
•1 - 20A with 200A inrush
•24, 120, or 230VAC input voltages
•NLF1 - Random switching for inductive
loads
•NLF2 - Zero voltage switching for lamp &
resistive loads
Auxiliary Products:
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
Available Models:
NLF126A
NLF141A
NLF1620A
If desired part number is not listed, please call us
to see if it is technically possible to build.
= Undefined time
Order Table:
X
Series
─NLF1
─
- Random Switching
─NLF2
─
- Zero Voltage Switching
X
Input
─2
─ - 24VAC
─4
─ - 120VAC
─6
─ - 230VAC
X
Output Rating
─1
─ - 1A
─6
─ - 6A
─10
─ - 10A
─20
─ - 20A
X
Output Form
─A
─ - Normally Open
─B
─ - Normally Closed
Specifications
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-isolated solid state
Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPST, NO or NC
Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steady State
Inrush*
Output Device
1A
10A
SCR & Bridge Rectifier
6A
60A
Triac
10A
100A
Triac
20A
200A
Triac
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . 50mA
Voltage Drop (at Rated Current). . . . . . ≅ 2.0V – 6, 10, & 20A units; ≅ 2.5V – 1A units
Leakage Current (Open State). . . . . . . . ≤ 5mA
Input
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-isolated, switch contact (customer supplied)
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 120, or 230VAC ±20%
Power Consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 0.5W
Operations Per Second. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤ 5
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Protection
Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dielectric Breakdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical
Mounting *. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions
6, 10, 20A units . . . . . . .
1A units . . . . . . .
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . .
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Encapsulated
≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting surface
≥ 100MΩ
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm)
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect terminals
-20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
1A units: ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g);
6, 10, 20A units: ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
*Units rated ≥ 6A must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink
compound. The maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C.
Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
147
Phase Control
PHS Series
The PHS Series is an ideal method of changing
lamp intensity, varying the speed of a fan/
motor, or controlling the temperature of a heater.
The effective output voltage is adjusted with an
accessory external potentiometer suitable for line
voltage applications.
For more information see:
Appendix B, page 165, Figure 4 for dimensional drawing.
Appendix C, page 172, Figure 40 for connection diagram.
Operation
Upon application of input voltage, effective output
voltage can be varied by changing the external resistance
value. As the external resistance increases, the effective
output voltage decreases. The inverse is also true.
Typical Output Waveform
Features:
•External adjustment - 230VAC rated
potentiometer
•120 or 230VAC input voltages available
•Up to 20A steady state - 200A inrush
•Single hole surface mounting
Approvals:
Auxiliary Products:
• Versa-knob: P/N: P0700-7
• Quick connect to screw adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
• Female quick connect:
P/N: P1015-13 (AWG 10/12)
P/N: P1015-64 (AWG 14/16)
P/N: P1015-14 (AWG 18/22)
• Potentiometers:
P/N: P1004-174 (100kΩ 1W)
P/N: P1004-175 (200kΩ 2W)
Available Models:
PHS120A10
PHS120A20
PHS120A6
PHS230A1
PHS230A10
PHS230A20
PHS230A6
If desired part number is not listed, please call
us to see if it is technically possible to build.
Order Table:
PHS
X
Input Voltage
─120A
─
- 120VAC
─230A
─
- 230VAC
X
Rating
─—1
─
- 1A
──6
─
- 6A
─10
─ - 10A
─20
─ - 20A
Specifications
Output
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable voltage phase angle control
Rating
Steady State (at 100% On)
Inrush*
1A
10A
6A
60A
10A
100A
20A
200A
Minimum Load Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100mA
Voltage Drop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≅ 2.0V at rated current
Input
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 or 230VAC
Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±20%
AC Line Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60Hz
Protection
Dielectric Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥ 2000V RMS terminals to mounting
surface
Insulation Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≥100MΩ
148
Mechanical
Mounting *. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) screw
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 2 x 1.51 in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 38.4 mm)
Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals
Environmental
Operating / Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . -20° to 60°C / -40° to 85°C
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95% relative, non-condensing
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A: ≅ 2.4 oz (68 g)
6, 10, & 20A: ≅ 3.9 oz (111 g)
External Adjustment Potentiometer
120VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100KΩ rated at 1W
230VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200KΩ rated at 2W
Must have insulation resistance suitable
for line voltage applications.
*Units rated ≥ 6A must be bolted to a metal surface using the included heat sink compound.
The maximum mounting surface temperature is 90°C. Inrush: Non-repetitive for 16ms.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Series Included
DIN Rail/Surface Mount Sockets
Sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
DIN Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Hold-Down Clips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Hold-Down Brackets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Mounting Methods, Terminals, Varistors, Cover and Marker
151
150
151
151
151
151
151
Timer Adjustment Options & Dials
Versa Pot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Versa Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mini Pot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mini Knob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Adjustment Dials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
152
152
152
152
152
153
153
Motor Protectors
Three-Phase Fuse Block/Disconnect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Voltage Reduction Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Accessories
Mini Mount/Standard Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Mount Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIN Rail Mount Adaptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Sink Compound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick Connect Screw Adaptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Female Quick Connect Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Oxide Varistors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liquid Level Probes & Probe Holders
Liquid Level Control Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Liquid Level Probe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
149
Accessories
Octal Sockets:
8-pin
P/N: OT08PC
8-pin 35mm DIN rail or surface mount octal socket.
OT08PC is rated at 10A @ 600VAC and has pressure
clamp terminals. For use with AWG 12 to 22 (3.2 to
0.33 mm2) wire sizes.
P/N: NDS-8
8-pin 35mm DIN rail or surface mount octal socket.
NDS-8 is rated at 10A @ 300VAC. Surface mounted with
two #6 (M 3.5 x 0.6) screws or snaps onto a 35 mm DIN
rail. A spring mechanism allows easy removal. Screw
terminals with captive wire clamps accept up to two
#14 AWG (2.45 mm2) wires. Uses PSC8 hold-down clips.
P/N: P1011-6
8-pin surface mount socket with binder head screw
terminals. Rated 10A @ 600VAC. When used with
TDM, TDB, TDS Series timers the combination is UL
Listed. Uses PSCRB8 hold-down brackets.
Magnal Sockets:
11-pin
P/N: OT11PC
11 pin 35 mm DIN rail or surface mount socket. OT11PC
is rated at 10A @ 300VAC and has pressure clamp
terminals. For use with AWG 12 to 22 (3.2 to 0.33 mm2)
wire sizes.
P/N: NDS-11
11 pin 35 mm DIN rail or surface mount socket. OT11PC
is rated at 10A @ 300VAC. Surface mounted with two
#6 (M 3.5 x 0.6) screws or snaps onto a 35 mm DIN
rail. A spring mechanism allows easy removal. Screw
terminals with captive wire clamps accept up to two #14
AWG (2.45 mm2) wires. Uses PSC11 hold-down clips.
Hold-down Clips:
P/N: PSC8 or PSC11
Securely mounts plug in controls in any position. Also
provides protection against vibration. Select the PSC8
for use with NDS-8, or the PSC11 for use with NDS-11
sockets. Comes in sets of two.
Hold-down Brackets:
P/N: PSCRB8
Designed for use with P1011-6 socket. Securely mounts
8-pin plug-in controls in any position, and provides
protection against vibration. Sold in pairs.
Front Panel Mount Kit:
PANEL
OPENING
2.6 +/-.02
(66.0 +/-.5)
P/N: BZ1
Provides an easy method of through-the-panel
mounting of 8 or 11-pin plug-in timers, flashers, and
other controls. May be mounted in panels up to 0.125
in. (3.2 mm) thick. Includes two clamps and two screws.
1.9 +/-.02
(48.3 +/-.5)
Inches (Millimeters)
Illustrates panel opening
size required to mount BZ1.
150
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Accessories
Mount Brackets:
0.56
(14.3)
0.19
(4.8)
1.5
(38.1)
0.47
(11.9)
d
1.25
(31.8)
2.1
(53.3)
D = 0.25(6.35)
(P1023-7)
Inches (Millimeters)
D = 0.19(4.8)
(P1023-6)
P/N: P1023-6 / P1023-7
Provides a convenient method of mounting 2 x 2 x 1.21
in. (50.8 x 50.8 x 30.7 mm) or 2 x 3 x 1.5 in. (50.8 x 76.2
x 38.1 mm) modules. The 90° orientation of mounting
slots makes installation/removal of modules quick and
easy. The P1023-6 secures to module with a #8 (M4 x 0.7)
screw. The P1023-7 secures to 2 x 2 x 1.21 in. (50.8 x 50.8
x 30.7 mm) module with Mini-Pot for local adjustment.
Made from steel with a cadmium surface finish.
Mounting Method
#8 (M4 x 0.7) screw
Mini-Pot
Mounting Hole Size
0.19 in. (4.8 mm)
0.25 in (6.35 mm)
P/N
P1023-6
P1023-7
DIN Rail:
P/N: C103PM (Al)
Industry standard 35 mm aluminum or steel DIN rail.
C103PM aluminum rail is available in a 36 in. (91.4
cm) length.
DIN Rail Mount Adaptor:
P/N: P1023-20
Allows any 2 x 2 in. (50.8 x 50.8 mm) or 2 x 3 in. (50.8 x
76.2 mm) module to be mounted on a 35 mm DIN type
rail. Comes complete with mounting hardware for 0.75
in. (19 mm) and 1 in. (25.4 mm) thick modules.
Heat Sink Compound:
P/N: P0200-19
Single package of heat sink compound sufficient to
mount one high current, plated 2” x 2” (50.8 x 50.8
mm) timer or flasher. Contains approximately 2 grams.
Quick Connect Screw Adaptor:
P/N: P1015-18
Screw adaptor terminal designed for use with all
modules with 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) male quick connect
terminals. Screw terminal accepts ring or spade
terminals.
Part Number
P1015-13
P1015-64
P1015-14
Wire Size
AWG 10/12 (5.3/3.2 mm2)
AWG 14/16 (2.5/1.3 mm2)
AWG 18/22 (0.93/0.33 mm2)
Female Quick Connect Terminals:
These 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) female terminals are constructed
with an insulator barrel to provide strain relief.
Metal Oxide Varistor:
P/N
P1012-25
Max. Operating
Voltage
DC (V)
AC (V)
200
150
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Max Impulse
Current 80.20 us
current wave
(A)
4500
Varistor Voltage at
1mA DC Test Current
Min. (V)
Max. (V)
212
268
Peak Clamping
Voltage with 80 us
wave
Vc (V)
1p (A)
395
50
Capacitance
Size
(mm)
800
14
151
Accessories
Versa-Pot:
Panel mountable, industrial potentiometer recommended
for remote time delay adjustment. The shaft is slotted for
screwdriver adjustment and serrated for slip-proof finger
adjustment. Accepts Versa-Knob or Lock Shaft. May be
ordered with two 8 in. (20.3 cm) wires soldered to pot
(clockwise increase) and female quick connect terminals
on other ends by adding suffix -X to end of part number.
P/N
With Wire Leads
Value
25kΩ
P1004-198
50kΩ
P1004-199
P1004-95
P1004-95-X
100kΩ
500kΩ
P1004-17
P1004-16
P1004-16-X
1MΩ
1.5MΩ
P1004-15
P1004-12
P1004-12-X
3MΩ
5MΩ
P1004-13
Specifications
Rating
Taper
Shaft Rotation
Tolerance
0.25W at 55°C
Linear
300° ±5°
±10%
Versa-Knob:
P/N: 0700-7
Versa-Knob is designed for 0.25 in (6.35 mm) shaft of
Versa-Pot. Semi-gloss industrial black finish.
Lock Shaft:
P/N: P0700-8
Fits 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) potentiometer shafts. Locks
by tightening nut onto four tapered/slotted fingers.
Pressure on the shaft locks control against misadjustment. Nickel plated brass finish.
Mini-Pot:
P/N: P1004-10 & P1004-31
A high quality, industrial potentiometer for remote time
delay adjustment. The shaft extends through the timer’s
center hole for easy panel mounting. Use mini-mount
bracket for standup mounting of timer. Adjustment by
screwdriver or mini-knob. May be ordered with two 3
in. (7.6 cm) wires soldered to pot (clockwise increase)
and female quick connect terminals on other ends by
adding suffix -X to end of part number.
P/N
With Wire Leads
Value
P1004-9
P1004-9-X
500kΩ
P1004-10
P1004-10-X
1MΩ
P1004-31
P1004-31-X
3MΩ
Specifications
Rating
Taper
Shaft Rotation
Tolerance
0.25W at 55°C
Linear
300° ±5°
±10%
Mini-Knob:
P/N: 0700-21
Black plastic control knob with fluted body and white
index/dot for setting accuracy. Mounts on 0.125 in. (3.2
mm) shaft of Mini-Pot.
152
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Accessories
Time Adjustment Dials:
Dials for use with remote Versa-Pot and panel mounted
Mini-Pot. Reverse screen printed on clear plastic to avoid
damage to printed image.
P/N
Range
P0400-82
P0400-17
P0400-83
P0400-27
Increments
0.1 - 10s
1 - 30s
1 - 60s
0 - 10
1s
5s
10s
MRD*
*Multiplier Reference Dial
VTP:
The VTP Series mounts on modules with in-line adjustment
terminals. Rated at 0.25W at 55°C. Available in resistance
values from 5 K Ω to 5M Ω.
Ordering Table (select one from each column)
Series
RT Value
Range
VTPA – 5KΩ A –0.05 - 1s
B – 10KΩ B – 0.05- 3s
C – 20KΩ C – 0.1 -10s
D – 50KΩ
D – 0.5- 10s
0 – 250KΩ E – 0.5 - 20s
1 – 0.5MΩ F – 0.5 - 60s
2 –1MΩ
G – 1 - 100s
3 – 2 MΩ H – 2 - 120s
4 – 3MΩ J – 2 - 180s
5 – 5 MΩ K – 10 - 1000s
L – 0.1 - 4m
M – 0.1 - 6m
N – 0.1 - 10m
P – 1 - 100m
R – 0 - 10MRD*
S – 0.1 - 8m
T – 0.1 - 5m
X – All time range labels
Approvals:
Available Models:
VTP1B
VTP1C
VTP1D
VTP2E
VTP2F
VTP2J
VTP2P
VTP3B
VTP3L
VTP4B
VTP4F
VTP4J
VTP4P
VTP5G
VTP5K
VTP5N
VTPDF
Three-Phase Fuse Block/Disconnect:
P/N: FH3P
3-phase fuse block disconnect designed for use with
HRC midget fuses [1.5 x .41 in. (38.1 x 10.4 mm)] rated
up to 30A @ 600VAC. DIN3 rail mounting. 3.9 x 2.09 x
2.2 in. (99 x 53.1 x 55.9 mm)
Replaced P/N: P0700-241
P/N: P0600-11 (Midget Fuse)
Fast acting fuse for use with voltage monitors. Rated
2A @ 500VAC. 1.5 x .41 in. (38.1 x 10.4 mm)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
153
Accessories
Voltage Monitor Accessory Module:
P/N: VRM6048
The VRM6048 accessory module allows the voltage
monitor to monitor a 3-phase 550 to 600VAC Line.
The VRM can be used with voltage monitor series:
TVM, TVW, PLM, PLR, and PLS manufactured after
December 2003.
575VAC → 460VAC
*The VRM6048 must be connected as shown. If the
voltage monitor is disconnected, the VRM output
voltage equals the input voltage.
Adjustment: If the measured line voltage is 575VAC,
connect as shown and adjust/select the voltage monitor
for 460VAC operation.
VRM Module
Package:
Voltage Monitor Mounting:
Termination:
Operating:
Storage:
Humidity:
Voltage:
Molded housing with encapsulated circuitry
Surface mount with one #10 (M5 x 0.8) plastic screw. May be DIN Rail mounted using P1023-20 Adaptor.
Screw terminals with captive wire clamps for up to No.12 AWG wire.
-40° to 70°C
-40° to 85°C
95% relative, non-condensing
INPUT
*OUTPUT
600VAC480VAC
575VAC460VAC
550VAC440VAC
Liquid Level Control Electrodes:
P/N: PHST-38QTN (Probe Holder) & P0700-409
(Protective Boot)
Designed for use with all conductive liquid level
controls. Composed of insulators and metal parts made
of number 300 series stainless steel. These internally
conductive probe holders are designed for a maximum
steam pressure of 240 PSI; 400° F maximum. Maximum
voltage from electrode to ground. PHST-38QTN is
UL353 Recognized.
Liquid Level Probe:
P/N: LLP-24
Threaded stainless steel probe measuring 24 in. (61 cm)
long. Designed for use with PHST-38QTN liquid level
control electrodes.
154
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix A
Timer Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
TRDU Function Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Flasher Function Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Appendix B
Dimensional Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Appendix C
Appendix
Connection Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
155
Appendix A - Timer Functions
Selecting a Timer’s Function
Selecting one of the five most common timing functions can be as easy as answering three questions on the chart below. If you have trouble answering
these questions, try drawing a connection diagram that shows how the timer and load are connected. Time diagrams and written descriptions of the
five most popular functions, plus other common functions. Instantaneous contacts, accumulation, pause timing functions, and flashing LED’s are
included in some units to expand the versatility of the timer. These expanded operations are explained on the product’s catalog page. Time diagrams
are used on these pages along with text and international symbols for functions.
Function Selection Guide
THE FIVE MOST USED FUNCTIONS
Selection Questions
1) The timing starts when the initiate (starting) contacts are:
A) Closed
B) Opened
2) What is the status of the output (or load) during timing:
A) On
B) Off
C) On/Off
3) Will the load de-energize
(or remain de-energized)
if the initiate (starting) contacts are opened during timing:
A) Yes
B) No
Understanding Time Diagrams
Time diagrams are used to show the relative operation of switches,
controls, and loads as time progresses. Time begins at the first vertical
boundary. There may be a line indicating the start of the operation
or it may just begin with the transition of the device that starts the
operation. Each row in the time diagram represents a separate
component. These rows will be labeled with the name of the device
or its terminal connection numbers. In a bistable or digital system, the
switches, controls, or loads can only be ON or OFF. The time lines are
drawn to represent these two possible conditions. Vertical lines are
used to define important starting or ending points in the operation.
The example to the right is the most common type of time diagram
in use in North America. It shows the energizing of loads, and the
closing of switches and contacts by an ascending vertical transition
of the time line. Opening switches or contacts or de-energizing loads
are represented by descending vertical transitions.
156
TIME DIAGRAM
Example:
Delay-on-Break (Release)
Input
Initiate
Switch
Applied
Off
Closed
Open
Output
Energized
(Normally De-energized
Open)
R = Reset TD = Time Delay S1 = Initiate Switch
Undefined time t = Incomplete Time Delay
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix A - Timer Functions
INTERNATIONAL TIMING FUNCTION SYMBOLS
= Delay-on-Make; ON-delay
= Delay-on-Break; OFF-delay
= Delay-on-Make & Break; ON and OFF-delay
= Interval; Impulse-ON
= Trailing Edge Interval; Impulse-OFF
= Single Shot; Pulse Former
= Flasher - ON Time First; Recycling Equal Times - ON First
= Flasher - OFF Time First; Recycling Equal Times - OFF First
= Recycling - Unequal Times; Pulse Generator
= Recycling - Unequal Times Starting with ON or OFF
= Delay-on-Make & Interval; Single Pulse Generator
®
Delay-on-Make: (ProgramaCube Function M)
Delay-on-Make (ON-delay)
(ON-delay, Delay on Operate, On Delay, Operate Delay, Delay On, Prepurge Delay)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins. The output (relay or solid
state) is de-energized before and during the time delay. At the end of the time delay, the output
energizes and remains energized until input voltage is removed.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and output.
See: HRPS, KRPS, KSPS, KSPU, NHPS, NHPU, TDM, TRDU
Extra Functions Included in Some Delay-on-Make (DOM) Timers:
Accumulating
Delay-on-Make (Operate)
®
Accumulating Time Delay Feature: (ProgramaCube Function AM)
Some DOM timers allow the time delay to be stopped and held and then resumed by opening and
closing an external switch. The total time delay, TD is the sum of the accumulated partial time delays, “t”.
See: KRPD, KRPS, HRPS, NHPS, KSPD, KSPS, TRDU
Instantaneous Contacts:
Some DOM timers have a set of instantaneous contacts in addition to the delayed contacts. Instantaneous contacts energize when input voltage is applied and remain until voltage is removed.
Delay-on-Make (Normally Closed)
Delay-on-Make, Normally Closed Output:
All relay output delay-on-make timers with normally closed contacts include this
function. (See Delay-on-Make NC Contacts) This function is also available in solidstate output timers. The solid-state output energizes when input voltage is applied.
The time delay begins when an optional initiate switch S1 is closed (timing starts when
voltage is applied if S1 is not used). The output de-energizes at the end of the time delay.
Reset: Opening S1 resets the time delay and the output immediately energizes (or remains energized).
Removing input voltage resets the time delay and de-energizes the output.
See: KSD4, THD4, TS4, TSD4
Interval (Impulse ON)
®
Interval: (ProgramaCube Function I)
(Impulse-ON, Single Pulse on Operate, On Interval, Interval On, Pulse Shaping, Bypass Timing)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage, the time delay begins. The output (relay or solid
state) energizes during the time delay. At the end of time delay the output de-energizes and remains
de-energized until input voltage is removed.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and output.
See: HRPS, KRPS, KSPS, KSPU, NHPS, NHPU, TDI, TSD2
Extra Functions Included on Some Interval Timers:
Instantaneous Contacts:
Some Interval timers have a set of intantaneous contacts in addition to the delayed contacts.
Intantaneous contacts energize when input voltage is applied and remain until voltage is removed.
Legend
V = Voltage NO = Normally Open Contact
R = Reset NC = Normally Closed Contact
TD = Time Delay
t = Incomplete (Partial) Time Delay
S1 = Initiate Switch L = Load
= Undefined time
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
157
Appendix A - Timer Functions
Timer Functions
Popular Functions
®
Recycling: (ProgramaCube Functions RE, RD, RXE, RXD)
(Flasher, Pulse Generator, Recycle Timing, Repeat Cycle, Duty Cycling)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage, the output (relay or solid state) energizes
and the ON time begins. At the end of the ON time, the output de-energizes and the OFF
time begins. At the end of the OFF time, the output energizes and the cycle repeats as long
as input voltage is applied. The OFF time may be the first delay in some recycling timers.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the output and time delays, and returns the
sequence to the first delay.
The time delays in some recycling timers are equal TD1=TD2. Flashers are an example of this type of
recycling timer. Others have separately selectable time delays.
See: HRPD, HRPS, KRPD, KRPS, KSPD, KSPS, KSPU, NHPD, NHPS, NHPU, TDR
Recycling w/Reset Switch
Extra Functions Included in Some Recycling Timers:
Instantaneous Contacts:
Some Recycling timers have a set of instantaneous contacts in addition to the delayed contacts.
Instantaneous contacts energize when input voltage is applied and remain until voltage is removed.
RESET SWITCH: Closing an external switch transfers the output and resets the sequence to the first
delay.
See: HRDR
®
Delay-on-Break: (ProgramaCube Function B)
Delay-on-Break (OFF-delay)
(Delay on Release, OFF-delay, Release Delay, Postpurge Delay)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during timing. Upon closure of the initiate
switch, the output (relay or solid state) energizes. The time delay begins when the initiate switch
is opened. The output remains energized during timing. At the end of the time delay, the output
de-energizes. The output will energize if the initiate switch is closed when input voltage is applied.
RESET: Reclosing the initiate switch during timing resets the time delay. Removing input voltage
resets the time delay and output.
See: HRPS, HRPU, KRPS, KSPS, KSPU, NHPS, NHPU, TRDU, TDB
Extra Functions Included in Some Delay-on-Break (DOB) Timers:
Instantaneous Contacts:
Some DOB timers have a set of instantaneous contacts in addition to the delayed contacts. Instantaneous contacts energize when input voltage is applied and remain until voltage is removed.
Related Functions:
Inverted Delay-on-Break
®
Inverted Delay-on-Break: (ProgramaCube Function UB)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during timing. Upon closure of the initiate
switch S1, the output (relay or solid state) de-energizes. The time delay begins when S1 is opened.
The output remains de-energized during timing. At the end of the time delay, the output energizes.
The output remains de-energized if S1 is closed when input voltage is applied
RESET: Reclosing S1 during timing resets the time delay. Removing input voltage resets the time
delay and output.
See: HRPS, HRPU, KRPS, KSPS, KSPU, NHPS, NHPU, TRDU
Legend
V = Voltage
R = Reset
T1 = ON Time
T2 = OFF Time
S1 =Initiate Switch
158
NO = Normally Open Contact
NC = Normally Closed Contact
t = Incomplete Time Delay
TD, TD1, TD2 = Time Delay
= Undefined Time
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix A - Timer Functions
®
Single Shot: (ProgramaCube Functions S or SD)
(Pulse Former, One Shot Relay, Single Shot Interval, Pulse Shaping)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during timing. Upon momentary or
maintained closure of the initiate switch, the output (relay or solid state) energizes and the time delay
begins. At the end of the delay, the output de-energizes. Opening or reclosing the initiate switch
during timing has no effect on the time delay. Note (for most single shot timers): If the initiate switch
is closed when input voltage is applied, the output energizes and the time delay begins.
RESET: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and the initiate switch is opened. Removing
input voltage resets the time delay and output.
See: HRPS, HRPU, KRPS, KSPS, KSPU, NHPS, NHPU, TDS, TSDS, TRDU
Single Shot (Pulse Former)
Extra Functions Included in Some Single Shot Timers:
Instantaneous Contacts:
Some Single Shot timers have a set of instantaneous contacts in addition to the delayed contacts.
Instantaneous contacts energize when input voltage is applied and remain until voltage is removed.
Related Functions:
®
Retriggerable Single Shot (Motion Detector): (ProgramaCube Function PSD)
(Motion Detector, Zero Speed Switch, Watchdog Timer, Missing Pulse Timer)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied prior to and during timing. The output (relay or solid
state) is de-energized. When the initiate switch S1 closes momentarily or maintained, the output
energizes and the time delay begins. Upon completion of the delay, the output de-energizes.
RESET: Reclosing S1 resets the time delay and restarts timing. Removing input voltage resets the
time delay and output.
See: HRD9, HRPS, HRPU, KRD9, KRPS, KSPS, KSPU, NHPS, NHPU, TRDU, TRU
®
Retriggerable Single Shot (Motion Detector): (ProgramaCube Function PSE)
OPERATION: Similar to retriggerable single shot function PSD above except, when input voltage is applied,
the output (relay or solid state) immediately energizes and timing begins. At the end of the time delay, the
output de-energizes. The unit will timeout as long as S1 remains open or closed for a full time delay period.
RESET: During timing, reclosing S1 resets and restarts the time delay and the output remains
energized. After timeout, reclosing S1 starts a new operation. Removing input voltage resets the
time delay and the output.
See: KRD9
®
Inverted Single Shot: (ProgramaCube Function US)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during timing. Upon momentary or
maintained closure of the initiate switch S1, the output (relay or solid state) de-energizes. At the
end of the time delay, the output energizes. Opening or reclosing S1 during timing has no affect on
the time delay. The output will remain de-energized if S1 is closed when input voltage is applied.
RESET: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and S1 is open. Removing input voltage
resets the time delay and output.
See: HRPS, HRPU, KRPS, KSPS, KSPU, NHPS, NHPU, TRDU
®
Trailing Edge Single Shot (Impulse-OFF): (ProgramaCube Function TS)
Motion Detector (PSD)
Retriggerable Single Shot
Motion Detector (PSE)
Retriggerable Single Shot
Inverted Single Shot
Trailing Edge Single Shot
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during timing. When the initiate switch
S1 opens, the output (relay or solid state) energizes. At the end of the time delay, the output
de-energizes. Reclosing and opening S1 during timing has no affect on the time delay. The output
will not energize if S1 is open when input voltage is applied.
RESET: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and S1 is closed. Removing input voltage resets
the time delay and output.See: HRPS, KRPS, KSPS, KSPU, NHPU, TRDU
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
159
Appendix A - Timer Functions
Timer Functions
Two Functions in One Timer
®
Delay-on-Make/Delay-on-Break: (ProgramaCube Function MB)
(ON-delay/OFF-delay, Delay on Operate/Delay on Release, Sequencing ON & OFF, Fan Delay,
Prepurge & Postpurge)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied at all times. The output (relay or solid state) is deenergized. Upon closure of the S1 initiate switch, the delay-on-make time delay (TD1) begins. At
the end of TD1, the output (relay or solid state) energizes. Opening S1 starts the delay-on-break time
delay (TD2). At the end of TD2, the output de-energizes.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets time delays and the output.If S1 is a) opened during TD1,
then TD1 is reset and the output remains de-energized. b) reclosed during TD2, then TD2 is reset
and the output remains energized.
See: HRPD, KRPD, KSPD, NHPD
Delay-on-Make/
Delay-on-Break
Extra Functions Included in Some Delay-on-Make/Delay-on-Break Timers:
Instantaneous Contacts:
Some DOM/DOB timers have a set of instantaneous contacts in addition to the delayed contacts.
Instantaneous contacts energize when input voltage is applied and remain until voltage is removed.
®
Delay-on-Make/Interval: (ProgramaCube Function MI)
(Single Pulse Generator, Delayed Interval, Delay on Operate/Single Pulse on Operate)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage, the delay-on-make time delay (TD1) begins, the
output remains de-energized. At the end of this delay, the output (relay or solid state) energizes
and the interval delay (TD2) begins. At the end of the interval delay (TD2), the output de-energizes.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the output, the time delays and returns the sequence to the
first delay.
See: ESD5, HRPD, KRPD, KSPD, NHPD, TRDU
®
Accumulative Delay-on-Make/Interval: (ProgramaCube Function AMI)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during timing. The output is de-energized before
and during the TD1 time delay. Each time S1 closes, the time delay progresses; when it opens, timing stops.
When the amount of time S1 is closed equals the full TD1 delay, the output (relay or solid state) energizes
for TD2. Upon completion of TD2, the output relay de-energizes. Opening S1 during TD2 has no affect.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the time delay, output relay, and the sequence to the first delay.
See: HRPD, KRPD, KSPD, NHPD
Delay-on-Make/
Interval
Accumulative Delay-on-Make/
Interval
Legend
V = Voltage
S1 = Initiate Switch
R = Reset
TD1, TD2 = Time Delay
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
= Undefined Time
160
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix A - Timer Functions
Timer Functions
Two Functions in One Timer
®
Delay-on-Make/Recycle: (ProgramaCube Function MRE)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage, TD1 begins and the output (relay or solid state)
remains de-energized. At the end of TD1, the TD2 recycle function begins and the output (relay or
solid state) cycles ON and OFF for equal delays. This cycle continues until input voltage is removed.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the output and time delays, and returns the sequence to the
first delay.
See: KSPD, KRPD, NHPD, HRPD, TRDU
®
Delay-on-Make/Single Shot: (ProgramaCube Function MS)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage and the closure of S1, TD1 begins and the output
(relay or solid state) remains de-energized. The output (relay or solid state) energizes at the end of
TD1, and TD2 begins. At the end of TD2, the output (relay or solid state) de-energizes. Opening or
reclosing S1 during timing has no affect on the time delays.
RESET: Reset occurs when the time delay is complete and S1 is open. Removing input voltage resets
the time delay, output, and the sequence to the first delay.
See: KSPD, KRPD, NHPD, HRPD, TRDU
Delay-on-Make
Recycle
Delay-on-Make
Single Shot
®
Interval/Recycle: (ProgramaCube Function IRE)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage TD1 begins. At the same time, the TD2 ON time
begins and the output (relay or solid state) energizes. At the end of the ON time, the TD2 OFF time
begins and the output de-energizes. The equal ON time OFF time cycle continues until TD1 is completed at which time the output de-energizes.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the time delays, output, and the sequence to the Interval
function. See: KSPD, KRPD, NHPD, HRPD, TRDU
®
Delay-on-Break/Recycle: (ProgramaCube Function BRE)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage and the closure of S1, the TD2 ON time begins and
the output (relay or solid state) energizes. Upon completion of the ON time, the output de-energizes
for the TD2 OFF time. At the end of the OFF time, the equal ON/OFF cycle repeats. When S1 opens,
the TD1 delay begins. TD1 and TD2 run concurrently until the completion of TD1 at which time,
the TD2 ON/OFF cycle terminates and the output de-energizes. The output energizes if S1 is closed
when input voltage is applied.
RESET: Reclosing S1 during timing resets the TD1 time delay. Removing input voltage resets the
time delay, output, and the sequence to the Delay-on-Break function.
See: KSPD, KRPD, NHPD, HRPD, TRDU
®
Single Shot/Recycle: (ProgramaCube Function SRE)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage and the closure of S1, TD1 begins. At the same time,
the TD2 ON time begins and the output (relay or solid state) energizes. Upon completion of the ON
time, the output de-energizes for the TD2 OFF time. At the end of the OFF time, the equal ON/OFF
cycle repeats. TD1 and TD2 run concurrently until the completion of TD1 at which time, the TD2
ON/OFF cycle terminates and the output de-energizes. Opening or reclosing S1 during timing has
no affect on the time delays. The output will energize if S1 is closed when input voltage is applied.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the time delay, output, and the sequence to the first delay.
See: HRPD, KRPD, KSPD, NHPD, TRDU
®
Single Shot/Lockout: (ProgramaCube Function SL)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage and momentary or maintained closure of S1, the
output (relay or solid state) energizes and TD1 single shot time delay begins. The output relay deenergizes at the end of TD1 and the TD2 lockout time delay begins. During TD2 (and TD1) closing
switch S1 has no effect on the operation. After TD2 is complete, closing S1 starts another operation.
If S1 is closed when input voltage is applied, the output energizes and the TD1 time delay begins.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the time delays and the output and returns the cycle to the
first delay.
®
Interval/Delay-on-Make: (ProgramaCube Function IM)
OPERATION: Upon application of input voltage, the output (relay or solid state) energizes and
TD1 begins. At the end of TD1, the output de-energizes and TD2 begins. At the end of TD2, the
output energizes.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the time delays, output, and the sequence to the first delay.
See: HRPD, KRPD, KSPD, NHPD, TRDU
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Interval
Recycle
Delay-on-Break
Recycle
Single Shot
Recycle
Single Shot
Lockout
Interval
Delay-on-Make
161
Appendix A - Timer Functions
Timer Functions
Counting and Switching Functions
®
Leading edge flip-flop: (ProgramaCube Function F)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during operation. The operation begins with
the output (relay or solid state) de-energized. Upon momentary or maintained closure (leading edge
triggered) of the initiate switch S1, the time delay begins. At the end of the time delay, the output
energizes and remains energized. Opening or re-closing S1 during timing has no affect. After the
output transfers, the next closure of S1 starts a new operation. Each time an S1 closure is recognized,
the time delay occurs and then the output transfers, ON to OFF, OFF to ON, ON to OFF. The first
operation will occur if S1 is closed when input voltage is applied.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the time delay and the output to the de-energized state.
Function can be applied to ProgramaCube Series: HRPS, KRPS, KSPS
Leading Edge Flip-Flop
®
Alternating Relay (Trailing edge flip-flop): (ProgramaCube Function FT)
Trailing Edge Flip-Flop
(Alternating Relay)
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied at all times for proper operation. The operation begins
with the output (relay or solid state) de-energized. Closing S1 enables the next alternating operation.
When S1 opens (trailing edge triggered), the time delay begins. At the end of the time delay, the
output energizes and remains energized until S1 is (re-closed and) re-opened. Then the output relay
de-energizes and remains until S1 opens again. Each time S1 opens the time delay occurs and the
output transfers.
RESET: Removing input voltage resets the output and the time delay.
See: ARP, HRPS, KRPS
®
Counter with Pulsed Output: (ProgramaCube Function C)
®
Function Limited to Switch Adjustable ProgramaCubes
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during operation. Each time S1 is closed, a
count is added. When the total number of S1 closures equals the total count selected on the unit, the
output energizes. The output remains energized for the pulse duration specified for the product, and
then de-energizes. If S1 is closed while the output is energized, a count is not added. If S1 is closed
when input voltage is applied, a count is not added.
RESET: The unit automatically resets at the end of each operation. Removing input voltage resets
the output, counter, and pulse delay.
See: HRPU, KSPU, NHPU
®
Counter with Interval Output: (ProgramaCube Function CI)
Counter with Pulsed Output
Counter with Interval Output
®
Function Limited to Switch Adjustable ProgramaCubes
OPERATION: Input voltage must be applied before and during operation. Each time S1 is closed, a
count is added. When the total number of S1 closures equals the total count selected on the unit, the
output energizes and the interval time delay begins. The output de-energizes at the end of the time
delay. If S1 is closed during the time delay, a count is not added. If S1 is closed when input voltage
is applied, a count is not added.
RESET: The counter is reset during the time delay, the unit automatically resets at the end of the
interval time delay. Removing input voltage resets the output, counter, and time delay.
See: HRPU, HRV, HSPZ, KSPU, NHPU
Legend
V = Voltage
R = Reset
S1 = Initiate Switch
Td, TD1, TD2 = Time Delay
NO = Normally Open Contact
NC = Normally Closed Contact
C = Count
P = Pulse Duration
= Undefined Time
162
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix A - Timer Functions
TRDU Function Diagrams
Single Functions
Dual Functions
* Delay-on-Make
Delay-on-Make
Delay-on-Break
Delay-on-Break
* Delay-on-Make
Recycle (ON Time First)
* Recycle
* Delay-on-Make
Interval
Single Shot
Delay-on-Make
Single Shot
* Interval
* Interval
Recycle (ON Time First)
Trailing Edge
Single Shot
Delay-on-Break
Recycle (ON Time First)
Inverted
Single Shot
Single Shot
Recycle (ON Time First)
(ON Time First, Equal Delays)
US
Inverted
Delay-on-Break
* Recycle (ON Time First)
Both Times Adjustable
* 9 Functions included in the 8 pin DPDT models
Continued on next page...
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
163
Appendix A - Timer/Flasher Functions
Single Functions
Dual Functions
Retriggerable
Single Shot
* Recycle (OFF Time First)
Accumulative
Delay-on-Make
* Interval
Delay-on-Make
KEY
Both Times Adjustable
V=Voltage, R=Reset, S1=Initiate Switch,
NO=Normally Open Contact, NC=Normally
Closed Contact, TD,TD1,TD2=Complete Time
Delay, t=Partial Time Delay, DOM=Delay-on-Make,
DOB=Delay-on-Break, REC=Recycle, SS=Single Shot,
INT=Interval, M=Minutes, S=Seconds,
= Undefined time
5 Switches for Function Selection
3 Switches for Time Delay Range
NOTE: The time delay range is the same for
both functions when dual functions are selected.
Accumulative Delay-on-Make
Interval
* 9 Functions included in the 8 pin DPDT models
Flasher Function Diagrams
Flasher (NC)
V = Voltage S1 = Initiate Switch L = Load
R = Reset T1 = ON Time T2 = OFF Time
T1 ≅ T2
Flasher (Alternating)
V = Voltage L1 = Load 1 L2 = Load 2
R = Reset T1 = ON Time T2 = OFF Time
T1 ≅ T2
Flashers & Aux. Modules
Flasher (OFF First)
V = Voltage R = Reset L = Load
T1 = ON Time T2 = OFF Time
T1 ≅ T2
Flasher (ON First-DPDT)
V = Voltage R = Reset
T1 = ON Time T2 = OFF Time
NO = Normally Open NC = Normally Closed
Flasher (ON First)
V = Voltage R = Reset L = Load
T1 = ON Time T2 = OFF Time T1 ≅ T2
ON time plus OFF time equals one complete flash.
Flasher (Chasing)
SC4 shown; SC3, L4 is eliminated
and L1 TD begins as soon as L3 TD is
completed.
V = Voltage R = Reset L (1...4) = Lamps
TD = Time Delay (all are equal)
V = Voltage L = Load T1 = ON Time
T2 = OFF Time R = Reset
T1 ≅ T2
164
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix B - Dimensional Drawings
FIGURE 1
CT; ESD5; ESDR; FS100; FS200; FS300;
KRD3; KRD9; KRDB; KRDI; KRDM;
KRDR; KRDS; KRPD; KRPS; KSD1; KSD2;
KSD3; KSD4; KSDB; KSDR; KSDS; KSDU;
KSPD; KSPS; KSPU; KVM; T2D; TA;
TAC1; TAC4; TDU; TDUB; TDUI; TDUS;
TL; TMV8000; TS1; TS2; TS4; TS6; TSB;
TSD1; TSD2; TSD3; TSD4; TSD6; TSD7;
TSDB; TSDR; TSDS; TSS; TSU2000
FIGURE 4
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 3
HLV; HRD3; HRD9; HRDB; HRDI;
HRDM; HRDR; HRDS; HRID; HRIS;
HRIU; HRPD; HRPS; HRPU; HRV; RS
HSPZ
FIGURE 5
FIGURE 6
TRDU
TRU
FA; FS; FSU1000*; NHPD; NHPS; NHPU;
NLF1*; NLF2*; PHS*; PTHF*; SIR1; SIR2;
SLR1*; SLR2*; TH1; TH2; THC; THD1;
THD2; THD3; THD4; THD7; THDB; THDM;
THDS; THS
*If unit is rated @ 1A, see Figure 1
FIGURE 7
FIGURE 8
FIGURE 9
PLM; PLR; TDB; TDBH; TDBL; TDI; TDIH;
TDIL; TDM; TDMB; TDMH; TDML; TDR;
TDS; TDSH; TDSL
FS500; PRLB; PRLM; PRLS; TRB; TRM; TRS
(snap for
mounting
bases)
FIGURE 11
ASQU; ASTU; DSQU; DSTU
FIGURE 12
3.69 (93.7)
2.94
(74.7)
0.8
(20.3)
1.70
(43.2)
0.94
(23.88)
1.50
(38.1)
3.5
(88.9)
2.12
(53.8)
0.25
(6.35)
0.187
(4.75)
1.94 (49.3)
2.50 (63.5)
ERD3; ERDI; ERDM
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
0.163 (4.14)
0.25 (6.35)
1.50
(38.1)
1.88
(47.8)
0.38
“P” clamp
(P1023-2)
1.5
(38.1)
3.00 (76.2)
FIGURE 10
0.5
(12.7)
1.0
(25.4)
0.19
(4.83)
FS100; FS400
(9.7)
ORB; ORM; ORS
0.50
(12.7)
inches (millimeters)
165
Appendix B - Dimensional Drawings
FIGURE 13
FIGURE 15
FIGURE 14
3.5 (88.9)
2.94 (74.7)
1.22
(31)
0.25
(6.35)
1.94
(49.3)
5.9
(149.9)
2.5
(63.5)
0.187 (4.75) DIA.
SC3; SC4; SQ
AF
0.25
(6.35)
6.9
(175.3)
0.80
(20.32)
0.50
(12.7)
FIGURE 16
3.3
(83.8)
FIGURE 17
0.55
(13.97)
4.4
(111.8)
2.2 (55.9)
2.4
(61.0)
WVM
0.68 (17.27)
FB9L; HLMU; SCR9L
DLMU
FIGURE 20
FIGURE 18
0.36
(9.14)
FIGURE 19
3.5
(88.9)
2.94
(74.7)
PLMU
0.80
(20.3)
LLC4; LLC6; PLS
FIGURE 21
0.25 (6.35) DIA.
FIGURE 22
0.25
(6.35)
1.94 (49.3)
2.5 (63.5)
1.75 (44.5)
ECS; ECSW
0.187
(4.75)
(ECS has spade connectors and
ECSW has terminal board)
FIGURE 23
0.36 (9.14) DIA.
2.0
(50.8)
2.0
(50.8)
TCS; TCSA
0.75
(19.05)
1.75
(44.5)
LCS
DCSA
inches (millimeters)
166
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix B - Dimensional Drawings
FIGURE 25
FIGURE 24
CURRENT LIMITING
RESISTOR
0.94
(23.88)
0.28
(7.11)
24 AWG (0.25 mm2 )
UL1007
STRIPPED 0.25 (6.35)
12 ± 1
(304.8 ± 25.4)
FIGURE 26
“P” clamp
(P1023-2)
1.0
(25.4)
1.5
(38.1)
3.5
(88.9)
0.19
(4.83)
<_ 0.22
2.08
(52.8)
0.5
(12.7)
(5.59)
0.53
(13.46)
0.22 (5.59)
LPM
2.10
(53.3)
FIGURE 27
0.163 (4.14)
14AWG
0.065 (1.65)
MSM
4.0
(101.6)
2.07
(52.6)
0.234
(5.94)
0.94
(23.9)
0.285
(7.24)
2.75
(69.9)
0.25
(6.35)
0.50
(12.7)
2.0
(50.8)
0.5
(12.7)
0.94
(23.88)
0.163 (4.14)
= Nylon Standoffs
LLC1
FIGURE 28
3.0
(76.2)
0.5
(12.7)
2.0
(50.8)
0.44
(11.35)
0.25
(6.35)
3.62
(91.9)
3.5
(88.9)
2.12
(53.8)
2.5
(63.5)
0.19
(4.83)
0.25
(6.35)
FIGURE 29
[
]
[
]
[
[
]
]
LLC5
LLC2
LLC8
FIGURE 30
FIGURE 33
FIGURE 32
0.187
(4.75)
2.94
(74.7)
TVM; TVW
0.80
(20.3)
0.28 (7.1)
0.36
(9.1)
3.5
(88.9)
FIGURE 31
1.94 (49.3)
2.5 (63.5)
0.28 (7.1)
1.75
(44.5)
FB; SCR
ARP
PCR
inches (millimeters)
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
167
Appendix C - Connection Diagrams
FIGURE 1 - FSU1000 Series
L1
FIGURE 2 - FS100 Series
L1
N/L2
S1 = Optional low current switch
V = Voltage
L = Load
FIGURE 3 - FS100 Series
L1
N
V = Voltage
L = Load
R = Red Wire
B = Black Wire
FIGURE 5 - FS300 Series
FIGURE 4 - FS200 Series
N/L2
V = Voltage
L = Load
V = Voltage
L = Load
FIGURE 6 - FS400 Series
L1
FIGURE 7 - AF Series
L1
N/L2
FIGURE 8 - FS500 Series
N/L2
L1
V = Voltage
L = Load
Note: Load may be in positive side.
FIGURE 9 - SC3/SC4 Series
L1
V = Voltage
L = Load
R = Red Wire
B = Black Wire
W= White Wire
V = Voltage
N/L2
V = Voltage
L = Load
FIGURE 11 - DLMU Series
FIGURE 10 - WVM Series
N/L2
!
SC4 shown;
for SC3, terminal 6 & load L4 are eliminated.
FIGURE 12 - HLMU Series
L1, L2, L3 = Line Voltage Input
NO = Normally Open Contact
NC = Normally Closed Contact
C = Common, Transfer Contact
CAUTION: 2 amp max. fast acting
fuses are recommended to protect the
equipment‘s wiring. They are not
required to protect the DLMU.
! = Select alarm contact connection as N.O. or
N.C. when ordering; N.O. Shown.
F = Fuses
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
RS = Optional Remote Reset Switch
Relay contacts are isolated.
CAUTION:
2 amp max fast acting fuses must
be installed externally in series
with each input. (3)
FIGURE 14 TVM/TVW Series
FIGURE 13 PLMU/PLM/PLR/PLS Series
Note: Relay contacts are
isolated, 277VAC max.
L1, L2, L3 = Line Voltage Input
NO = Normally Open Contact
NC = Normally Closed Contact
C = Common, Transfer Contact
CAUTION: 2 amp max. fast acting fuses are
recommended to protect the equipment‘s
wiring. They are not required to protect the
HLMU.
168
F = Fuses
ØA = Phase A = L1
ØB = Phase B = L2
ØC = Phase C = L3
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
2A fast acting fuses
recommended for safety (not
required)
Relay contacts are isolated.
L1 = Phase A
L2 = Phase B
L3 = Phase C
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
C = Common, Transfer Contact
Relay contacts are isolated.
F = 2A Fast acting fuses are recommended,
but not required
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix C - Connection Diagrams
FIGURE 16 - KVM Series
FIGURE 15 - HLV Series
L1
L1
N/L2
N/L2
L1
N/L2
I = Relay contacts
are isolated.
V = Voltage
L = LED
S = Undervoltage Setpoint
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
C = Common, Transfer Contact
N = Relay contacts are non-isolated.
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
C = Common
T1 = Undervoltage Trip Point
T2 = Restart Delay
FIGURE 18 - ECSW Series
FIGURE 17 - ECS Series
L1
N/L2
L1
N/L2
V = Voltage
I> = Overcurrent
I< = Undercurrent
W = Insulated Wire
Carrying Monitored Current
Relay contacts are isolated.
MC = Motor Contactor
M = Motor
F = Fuses
OL = Overload
RSW = Reset Switch
V = Voltage
I> = Adjustable Overcurrent
I< = Adjustable Undercurrent
W = Monitored Wire
∆T - Adjustable Trip Delay
FSW = Fan or Float Contacts
CR = Control Relay
CS = Current Sensor
MCC = Motor Contactor Coil
FIGURE 19 - TCS Series
FIGURE 21 - DCSA Series
Positive
Switching
Connection
Connection
forfor
4 - 20 mA
Loop
4-20mA
Loop
FIGURE 20 - TCSA Series
PS
LCSC10T12
LCSC10T12
Current
CurrentSensor
Sensor
Connect One:
A = 1 to 5VDC
Current measuring
B = 2 to 10VDC
device
Negative
Switching
L1
N/L2
PS = Power Supply
Z = Zero Adjust
S = Span Adjust
W = Insulated Wire Carrying Monitored Current
PLC = PLC Analog Input or Meter Input
Sinking
To LCSC10T12
LCSC10T12
To
Current Sensor
Current
Jumper used when
current
is not
Jumper source
used when
LCSC10T12
current
source is not
LCSC10T12
C
D
Connection for
L = Load
V = Voltage
PS = Power Supply
PLC = PLC Digital Input Module
Sourcing
Analog Voltage
Connection
for Output
Analog Voltage Output
Connect One:
A = 1 to 5VDC
Voltage
B = 2 tomeasuring
10VDC
D
A
device
B
Monitored AC conductor must
be insulated.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
AD = Instrument,
Meter, or PLC Input
Connect
One:
PS==1Power
Supply
to 5VDC
VDA
VDB = 2 to 10VDC
AD = Instrument, meter or PLC input
PS = Power Supply
169
249
249
Appendix C - Connection Diagrams
FIGURE 23 - LLC1 Series
FIGURE 22 - LCS10T12
FIGURE 24 - LLC4 Series
C
Metal Tank or use
additional Probe
Wire Length: 500 ft. (152.4m) max. (Customer
Supplied)
CAUTION: The LCS10T12 must be connected to
the LPM12 or LPMG12 before current flows to
prevent damage or shock hazard. Monitored wires
must be properly insulated.
FIGURE 25 - LLC8 Series
L1 N/L2
Metal Tank or use
additional Probe
P = Probe
L = Load
V = Voltage
∆S = Sensitivity Adjustment
Connect common to conductive tank
or an additional probe as required.
Contacts A, B & C are isolated.
FIGURE 26 - LLC6 Series
L1
N/L2
P = Probe
C = Probe Common
V = Voltage
Relay contacts are isolated.
Connect common to conductive tank. Additional probe
is necessary for non-conductive or insulated tanks.
FIGURE 27 - LLC2 Series
N/L2
L1
Metal Tank or use
additional Probe
Metal Tank or use
additional Probe
V = Voltage
LLCO = Low Level Probe
G or CP = Ground or Common (Reference) Probe
R = Optional NC Reset Switch (not included)
NO = Normally Open
NC = Normally Closed
C = Common or Transfer Contact
Relay contacts are isolated.
Connect common to conductive tank. Additional
probe is necessary for non-conductive or insulated
tanks.
PC = Probe Common
P = Probe
V = Voltage
R = Optional NC Reset Switch
Connect common to conductive tank. Additional probe
is necessary for non-conductive or insulated tanks.
FIGURE 29 - ARP Series
L1
Metal Tank or use
additional Probe
V = Voltage
L1
N/L2
L = Low Probe
H = High Probe
C = Probe Common
∆S = Sensitivity Adjustment
NC = Normally Closed
NO = Normally Open
Connect common to conductive tank.
Additional probe is necessary for nonconductive or insulated tanks.
N/L2
SPDT 8-pin
FIGURE 28 - LLC5 Series
L1
N/L2
DPDT 11-pin
Metal Tank or use
additional Probe
L1
N/L2
HP = High Level Probe
LP = Low Level Probe
C = Probe Common
V = Voltage
Relay contacts are isolated.
Connect common to conductive tank. Additional probe
is necessary for non-conductive or insulated tanks.
Relay contacts in above are isolated.
L1
N/L2
DPDT 8-pin
cross wired
Duplexing (Cross Wired): Duplexing models operate the same as
alternating relays and when both the Control (S1) and Lag Load (S2)
Switches are closed, Load A and Load B energize simultaneously.
V = Voltage
LA = Load A
LB = Load B
S1 = Primary Control Switch
S2 = Lag Load Switch
170
The DPDT 8-pin, cross wired option, allows extra system load
capacity through simultaneous operation of both motors when
needed. Relay contacts are not isolated.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
Appendix C - Connection Diagrams
FIGURE 30 - FS155 & FS165 & FA Series
N/L2
N/L2
L1
L1
(H)
FIGURE 31 - FB Series
L1
L2
(H)
L1
L1
N/L2
N/L2
V = Voltage
B = Beacon
F = Flasher
BRC = Flasher Bypass Relay Contacts
T = Toroid
AR = FB Alarm Relay
BR = Bypass Relay Coil
FL = Flasher Failure LED
LL = Lamp Failure LED
AXL = Lamp Alarm Relay Coil
NOTE: Flasher module may be located on either the
line or load side of the toroidal sensor.
F = Flasher (FS155-30T, FS155-30RF, FS165-30T, FS165-30RF)
AX = Auxiliary Unit
B = Beacon
DL = Dummy Load for Constant Line Loading
Rd = 3.3 KΩ @ 5W for 120VAC
8.5 KΩ @ 5W for 230VAC
FIGURE 33 - SCR Series
Beacon Connection Diagram
L1
N/L2
FIGURE 32 - SCR490D
L1
N/L2
Obstruction Lamp Connection Diagram
L1
N/L2
V = Voltage
OL = Obstruction Lamps
T = Toroid
SS = Selector Switch
AXL = Auxiliary Load/Alarm
Relay contacts are isolated.
V = Voltage
B = Beacon Lamps
SS = Selector Switch
T = Toroid
F = Flasher
AXL = Auxiliary Load/Alarm
OL = Obstruction Lamps
Relay contacts are isolated.
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
171
Appendix C - Connection Diagrams
FIGURE 34 - FB9L
FIGURE 35 - SCR9L
L1
N/L2
Beacon Connection Diagram
L1
V = Voltage
B = LED Beacon
SS = Selector Switch
SI = Sensor Input
L = Indicator
F = Flasher Failure LED
AXL = Auxiliary Load/Alarm
FF = Flasher Failure/Bypass Relay
BRC = Bypass Relay Contacts
Obstruction Lamp Connection Diagram
N/L2
L1
N/L2
V = Voltage
B = Beacon Lamps
SS = Selector Switch
L = LED Indicator
F = Flasher
AXL = Auxiliary Load/Alarm
OL = Obstruction Lamps
SI = Sensor Input
H = “3“ Spare AC Hot Connection (2A max.)
FIGURE 36 - PCR Series
FIGURE 37 - SIR1/SIR2 Series
L1
N/L2
V = Voltage
CV = Control Voltage
R = Reset
NC = Normally Closed Output
NO = Normally Open Output
= Undefined time
Load may be connected to terminal 3 or 1.
Note: Normally open output is shown.
Normally closed output is also available.
Dashed lines are internal connections.
FIGURE 38- SLR Series
L1
N/L2
L = Load
S1 = Initiate Switch
Note: Normally open output is shown. Normally
closed output is also available.
172
FIGURE 39 - NLF1/NLF2 Series
L1
N/L2
L = Load
S1 = Control Switch
Internal connections between terminals
2 & 4.
FIGURE 40 - PHS Series
L1
N/L2
Triac Output Device
V = Voltage
L = Load
RT = External Adjustment
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
NOTES
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
173
NOTES
174
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
NOTES
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
175
NOTES
176
www.ssac.com • 800-843-8848 • fax: 605-348-5685
For over 85 years, Littelfuse products have helped protect electrical
equipment used in mining, petrochem, marine, alternative energy, HVAC and
other industrial applications. We offer Littelfuse Startco protection relays
and custom power centers as well as Littelfuse Selco generator protection,
controls and alarm panels. Now a part of Littelfuse, SymCom and SSAC
manufacture electronic products for monitoring, protecting and controlling
motors, pumps, timing controls, and custom designs.
Littelfuse electrical product portfolio includes:
Littelfuse products are certified to many standards around the world. To check certifications on a specific product please refer to the product datasheet on Littelfuse.com.
Littelfuse World Headquarters
8755 West Higgins Road, Suite 500
Chicago, IL 60631
USA
Tel: +1-800-832-3873
Fax: +1-847-787-5190
E-mail: [email protected]
Littelfuse Startco
3714 Kinnear Place
Saskatoon, SK S7P 0A6
Canada
Tel: +1-306-373-5505
Fax: +1-306-374-2245
E-mail: [email protected]
Littelfuse Selco
Betonvej 10
DK- 4000 Roskilde
Denmark
Tel: + 45-70 26 11 22
Fax: + 45-70 26 25 22
E-mail: [email protected]
Littelfuse Selco ME L.L.C
P.O. Box 52898
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Tel: + 971-4 3413660
Fax: + 971-2 3413770
E-mail: [email protected]
SymCom
222 Disk Drive
Rapid City, SD 57701
USA
Tel: + 1-800-843-8848
Fax: + 1-605-348-5685
E-mail: [email protected]
WWW.SSAC.COM
F or 85 years, Littelfuse electrical safety products have helped OEM engineers, consulting engineers and end-users
select the right products to protect critical electrical equipment—all supported by our full line of product catalogs
and reference materials.
Arc-Flash Relay Brochure
Littelfuse offers one of the fastest Arc-Flash Protection relays on the
Motor Protection Relay Brochure
Littelfuse provides a range of multi-function motor protection
market. The PGR-8800 can detect a developing arc flash extremely fast
and send a trip signal before any significant damage occurs.
products that reliably protect small, medium and large motors.
Generator Controls and Alarm Panels Littelfuse Selco provides generator control, diagnostics
and protection products as well as alarm annunciation
and indication panels.
Fuses and Fuse Holders Catalog
L ittelfuse POWR-GARD® offers a complete circuit-protection
portfolio, including time saving indication products for an instant
visual blown fuse identification, even on de-energized systems.
To request catalogues for the entire Littelfuse portfolio of products, please contact your authorized
Littelfuse sales representative or visit our website at Littelfuse.com/catalogs
Scan with your mobile device
to download this catalog.
© 2015 Littelfuse, Inc. Printed in USA.
Specifications, descriptions and illustrative material in this literature are as accurate as known at the time of publication,
but are subject to changes without notice. Visit SymCom.com for the most up-to-date technical information.
FORM NO: RC206
Rev: 1-A-032715
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement